• Search Please fill out this field.
  • Manage Your Subscription
  • Give a Gift Subscription
  • Sweepstakes
  • Travel Products
  • Activity + Adventure
  • Camping + Hiking

The Best Tents for Every Outdoor Adventure, Tested and Reviewed

We have top picks for backpacking, car camping, and sticking to a budget.

tent in travel

In This Article

Jump to a Section

  • Our top picks
  • Others We Liked

Our Testing Process

  • Tips for Buying
  • Why Trust T+L

We independently evaluate all recommended products and services. If you click on links we provide, we may receive compensation. Learn more .

Travel + Leisure / John Somerall

From multi-day forays into the deep backcountry to occupying a drive-up spot at a local park for the weekend, we love camping. It’s the best way to immerse yourself in nature, unplug, view the stars, and relax . And the key factor in a successful camping outing is having the right tent, one that keeps you dry if it rains, breathes well and doesn’t cause internal condensation, pitches easily, and is easy to transport.

We put 18 tents to the test, using real-world conditions to access every aspect of each product, from the ease of assembly to overall performance in variable weather conditions (even dousing the tent with a garden hose when it didn’t rain to evaluate its waterproofness) and key design features that make camping easier and more enjoyable. We also talked to Bill Gamber, Co-Founder and President of Big Agnes — one of the most innovative tent makers — about the evolution of tent construction as well as key considerations and tips on what to look for when buying a tent.

Some tents hit the sweet spot in terms of performance and versatility. Others honed in on key features specific to different types of camping, from ultralight tents built for the most discerning backpacker to cavernous car-camping tents big enough for your entire brood.

Best Overall

Nemo aurora highrise camping tent.

  • Ease of Setup 5 /5
  • Ease of Use 5 /5
  • Design 5 /5
  • Performance 5 /5
  • Durability 5 /5

Easy to assemble, durable enough for most weather conditions, and sporting ample internal storage, the Aurora Highrise is the perfect outdoor home for tall, gear-loving campers.

The rainfly doesn’t come all the way to the ground on all sides, a potential drawback for winter camping.

With a max peak height of 72 inches and near-vertical walls that really open up the interior space, the Aurora Highrise from Nemo won us over thanks to the ease of assembly, detailed internal gear storage, and ample headroom for tall campers. Despite its noticeable height, it stood up to heavy winds while camping on the beach even though the guy lines weren’t tied down. The durable fabric worked to block out the elements, and the aluminum poles perfectly balance the weight-to-strength ratio you’d expect in a high-end tent. Even after five months of use, it's holding up well without any signs of wear and tear. Large side windows worked well to help regulate air circulation, and the two doors open onto generous vestibules.

Nemo really packed in all the small details destined to woo you, including the brand’s Gatekeeper door clips, a pocket that transforms your headlamp into a tent lantern, and multiple gear pockets. And disassembly happened even faster than pitching the tent, taking about five minutes. The whole package can be easily stored in the included duffle storage sack for quick transport from car to campsite — checking an important box when it comes to great camping gear . The light blue color makes this tent stand out, and the internal 150D PU poly tent floor comes in a bold pattern, a design element that’s supposed to add a bit of whimsy and fun...but that some campers may not like.

The Details: 13.8 pounds | 90 x 100 x 75 inches | 4 people

Travel + Leisure / Dylan Thompson

Best Budget

Coleman sundome tent.

The Sundome Tent is incredibly spacious in terms of internal square footage and height, and it’s perfect for a basic night of camping for a large crew of campers.

The side gear pockets could be a bit larger, and there are no vestibules. 

Coleman stitched the pitching instructions onto the carrying bag of the Sundome Tent, but it was so easy to assemble, we didn't need it — the tent went up in five minutes, and assembling it solo was no problem. After five months of use, we love the snag-free, continuous pole sleeves that make set up a breeze. With a tent floor that spans 10 x 10 feet, the interior space is massive — enough space to accommodate two queen-sized airbeds, and a center height of 6 feet means most campers don’t have to bend over while entering or standing inside. Awnings at the front door and rear window provide added weather protection, which works with the brand’s WeatherTec system — a tub-like floor with welded corners, inverted seams, and taped seams on the rainfly and tent body to block out water — while the strong frame has been tested to withstand 35-mile-per-hour winds. In addition to two windows, the tent also has a ground vent that works well to allow cool air to circulate and push out the hot air. And when the tent was disassembled, everything fit neatly into the storage bag, a detail that we appreciated given the typical frustrations of trying to make all parts fit into most stuff sacks.

The Details: 18 pounds | 10 x 10 x 6 feet | 6 people 

Travel + Leisure / Alicia Dolieslager

Easiest Setup

Rei co-op half dome sl 2+.

The hub pole design of the Half Dome SL 2+ makes assembly intuitive and fast, and the interior provides enough space for two campers and loads of gear.

As it’s meant for backpacking, the internal space may feel constrictive to some campers longing for more space or a taller ceiling.

Rather than making you fuss with tent sleeves during assembly, the REI Co-op Half Dome SL 2+ employs a hubbed pole system — simply unfurl the tent, assemble the poles, and then clip the poles onto the frame and you’re done. After five months of use, we love that it's both easy to assemble and easy to break down and return to its stuff sack. The free-standing backpacking tent provides enough space for two people plus extra room for lots of gear (or your camping dog ), with a peak height of 42 inches. Two-sided entry (each with vestibules) made it easy for us to exit and store extra gear, and mesh panels in the upper portion of the tent improve ventilation — and views — while the fly design lets you roll up the sides and allow more airflow. There’s also two closable ceiling vents to avoid condensation build-up.

The Details: 4.7 pounds | 90 x 54 x 42 inches | 2+ person

Travel + Leisure / Frances Crouter

Best for Backpacking

Nemo dagger osmo 2p tent.

Low in weight and high in internal space, the Dagger Osmo makes for the perfect two-person backpacking tent with loads of camp-friendly extras and durable construction that’s meant to last.

The price is a bit higher compared to other tents on our list, but the overall quality of the product means it’ll last a long time.

With a feathery 3.3 pound minimal weight, the Nemo Dagger Osmo 2-person Tent will appease even the most arduous backpacker. A 31.3-square-foot interior and a peak height of 42 inches provide ample space for two campers and their gear, with additional storage options in the vestibules. The pitching instructions weren’t included, but thankfully the tent parts are color-coded, which helped us align the poles to the proper clips, and since all the poles are integrated into one system, the frame went up quickly. Built with a proprietary blend of poly and nylon, the tent boasts impressive water repellency, minimal stretch when wet, and a higher strength rating compared to similar fabrics, details that kept things dry when we were caught in a prolonged, heavy rainstorm.

In addition to the extra space and weather protection, Nemo packs in the small details, including a Landing Zone (a triangular piece of fabric that hooks to the outside of the tent for your shoes), an easy-to-use stuff sack that’s designed to let you split up the tent between two backpackers, one-handed door clips, and Nightlight Pockets, which transform your headlamp into a mellow, even tent lantern. After five months of use in various weather conditions, we even washed this tent following manufacturer instructions and it continues to look good-as-new.

The Details: 4.1 pounds | 90 x 50 x 42 inches | 2-person 

Travel + Leisure / Taylor Fox

Best Budget Backpacking

Rei co-op trailmade 2 tent.

  • Ease of Use 4 /5

With an approachable price point, the REI Trail Made Tent is a great way to introduce yourself to backpacking, offering enough space for two hikers along with wide vestibules to protect your gear.

After multiple camping trips over a five-month period, we felt it's just a bit too small for two adults to share.

Nothing makes for a more frustrating — and exhausting — experience than struggling to pitch your tent after a long day of backpacking , which is why we appreciated the ease of which the REI Trail Made 2-person Tent went up quickly. It uses hooks to secure the poles (rather than fabric sleeves), and we didn’t even have to refer to the instructions attached to the stuff sack. As you’d expect from a backpacking-focused tent, the 88 x 52-inch floor area provides enough space for two adults but little else, and a peak height of 39.9 inches allows for easy kneeling but not standing. But ample vestibules on both sides, along with two wide doors, make it effortless to keep your gear dry. Weighing in with a minimal packing weight of 4.4 pounds, it’s light enough to carry for days, and the packed dimensions of 8.5 x 22 inches means it won’t swallow up loads of space in your pack. The stuff sack also has a bit of extra space to accommodate a small tarp.  The rainfly employs straps that buckle into place, so you can loosen them for more ventilation or tighten everything down when the weather turns foul. Gear-heads will also love the internal organization, which includes pockets and gear loops — and, unlike most tents, it also comes with a footprint, which will help extend the life of this already-durable tent.

The Details: 5.4 pounds | 88 x 52 x 39.9 inches | 2 people

  • Travel + Leisure/Jessica Christopher

Best Weather Resistance

Hilleberg allak 2 tent.

With bomber materials, several options to control airflow, and the ability to be pitched securely anywhere, the Allak 2 will stand up to the worst of Mother Nature, season after season.

This is a tent for serious campers, backpackers, and boat or bike touring and is likely too much for a casual camper.

Foul weather can be an unavoidable consequence of heading outdoors, but if you like to camp year-round in any kind of condition, go with the Hilleberg Allak 2. After five months of use, we love that it stays cool during the day and retains heat well at night. This backpack-friendly two-person tent is constructed of durable, weather-resistant Kerlon 1200 on the outer that’s been triple-coated with silicone, along with a DWR ripstop nylon inner layer and a 70D tripe-coated poly floor, and it uses a three 9-millimeter pole frame that stood up to harsh winds during our testing. The freestanding tent can be pitched anywhere, with guy lines and stakes to help security, while the outer walls extend to the ground and include mesh areas backed with adjustable fabric panels to customize the air circulation for various conditions. With lots of car camping and backpacking experience under our belts, we found that the 31.2-square-foot interior felt roomier than other two-person backpacking tents, while the domed architecture allowed for ample headroom — though the 41-inch max height means you probably can’t stand. In addition to the lower mesh vents, the roof has an adjustable vent that circulated air almost like a ceiling fan, which really improved circulation to provide comfort and combat condensation. Overall, we were particularly taken by the quality of materials and craftsmanship, with each Hilleberg tent being hand-made and inspected to deliver the best product possible.

The Details: 7.2 pounds | 88 x 51 x 41 inches | 2 people

Travel + Leisure / Michael Weisbaum

Best Ultralight

Mountain hardwear nimbus ul 2 tent.

Mountain Hardwear

Though it’s one of the lightest backpacking tents on the market, the Nimbus UL 2 doesn’t skimp on the essentials, including ample ventilation, weather protection, a good-sized interior, and very quick setup.

The single door helps cut down on excess weight, but it means two campers have to use the same entrance, and it’s important to stake down the tent as you pitch it because it’s light enough to get blown by a strong wind if it isn’t weighed down.

Ounce-counters rejoice! The Nimbus UL 2 Tent from Mountain Hardwear weighs in at an astonishingly low 2 pounds (trail weight) — without sacrificing the key features you want in a backpacking tent, including 28.1 square feet of internal space, an additional 7.7 square feet of storage in the vestibule, and minimal pack size of only 6 x 12 inches. During our testing, the tent held up to variable conditions, including foul weather and wind gusts of up to 40 miles per hour, with the pointed rear of the tent positioned to distribute the force of the wind. Even after five months of use, the tent looks brand new inside and outside and none of the poles have bent in any way. We love that it comes with a three-quarter mesh canopy that allows for ample circulation and star gazing when the weather cooperates, and the sil-nylon rainfly goes on quickly and is 100 percent waterproof. Ventilation also proved to be plentiful, even with the fly on, and no condensation appeared after a particularly humid night. Setup and breakdown were a breeze, clocking in at around three minutes.

The Details: 2.28 pounds | 86 x 42 x 41 inches | 2 person

Travel + Leisure / John Somerall

Best 6-person

Marmot limestone 6-person tent.

  • Performance 4 /5

The Limestone 6P Tent is huge , providing ample space for a number of campers and their corresponding gear, and setup was quick and painless.

It takes a bit of practice to successfully fold the tent so that it fits in the carrying case.

The Marmot Limestone 6P Tent is downright cavernous, with a 89.9-square-foot floor area, an additional 40 square feet of protective storage in the vestibule, and a peak height of 76 inches, enough space for us to stand without issue. Yet, despite its massive size, it was easy to set up thanks to the color-coded poles, clips, and fly, taking one person about 15 minutes. The waterproof fly comes with taped seams for full coverage, with plenty of venting to avoid overheating or condensation — a key feature for a multi-person tent — though it could benefit from a bit more air circulation. When weather isn’t an issue, the mesh ceiling affords star gazing, and Marmot also adds all the right mini-features, like internal pockets for gear storage and a lampshade pocket to hold your handy headlamp and provide ambient light. Even after pulling on zippers and stretching the fabric during five months of regular camping, the tent still looks brand new.

The Details: 17 pounds | 120 x 100 x 76 inches | 6 person

Best Vehicle Rooftop

Thule 3-season x tepui foothill tent.

This tent can be set up on either the driver or passenger side of the vehicle.

It tends to run on the warmer side.

We like how the Thule 3-season x Tepui Foothill Tent is compact for packing but roomy enough for two people. When folded up for traveling, the small size and softshell design allow other items such as bicycles and kayaks to be transported on the roof as well. Although the compact, low-profile nature of this tent is fantastic, perhaps the only downfall is that the ladder has to be stored inside your car for traveling. The skylight and panoramic-style windows maximize views and ventilation capabilities, ideal for stargazing or sunrise watching from your sleeping bag. Sleep comfortably on the 4-centimeter foam mattress included with the tent. Both interior and exterior hanging loops and pockets help with storage needs, too. The Foothill tent is great for smaller cars and ideal for solo or duo travelers due to ease of setup, as well as its low and lightweight profile that won’t weigh you down. It’s a prime example of holding up to Thule’s reputation for superior durability and weather-proofing, keeping you warm and dry from the elements.

The Details: 84 x 47 inches | 83 x 24 x 9.5 inches packed | 122 pounds

Other Tents We Liked

The North Face Wawona 6 : The Wawona won high marks for its high-quality materials and ample weather protection, but the instructions weren’t very clear and it took a while — and at least two people — to pitch the tent for the first time, and though the tent is rated to fit six, four campers seemed more realistic. 

REI Co-op Wonderland 6 Tent at REI : This turned out to be plenty roomy, having space for a queen-sized air mattress, a twin cot, and a dog bed with room to spare, but the massive tent is hard to pitch solo and can take up to 30 minutes to assemble — a major drawback if you’re trying to set the tent up while it’s raining. The price was also a bit high, and it didn’t come with a footprint or vestibule, though the wide awning at the door offers some protection.

Travel + Leisure / Megan Wood

We tested 18 tents in real-world environments, everywhere from a palatial backyard to deep into the wilderness of a national park to assess how well each product performed in a variety of different temperatures and weather conditions. Each tent was then evaluated on the key features — the ease of setup and takedown, the overall design, durability, weatherproofness, portability, ease of use, internal air circulation, and overall value, which weighed the key features against its price point. Then, every tent was evaluated on a one-to-five scale on each of those key elements to narrow the selections to the ones included in this round-up.

To broaden the appeal of the tent offerings, our testers ranged from casual car campers to diehard backpackers who love to clock in serious miles in the backcountry so that there would be a preferred selection regardless of your skill level or desire to execute certain types of outings. In addition to confirming that each tent delivered the essentials — ease of assembly and portability, serious waterproof protection, and ample internal space for the desired number of campers — we also took note of the little features, like gear pockets or those that are designed for your headlamp to be transformed into a camp lantern, which helped narrow our suggestions even further.  We continued to test over a five-month period to see how well the tents performed over time during rigorous use.

Tips for Buying a Tent

Understand waterproofing levels.

Any tent worthy of its name will provide waterproof protection, typically by employing a rainfly that sits over the actual tent, which usually comes with a mesh ceiling to aid in air circulation and to allow you to soak in the views. But higher-quality tents utilize DWR and the latest waterproof fabrics to really seal out the elements. Just be sure that the fly goes all the way to the ground when it’s pitched, and ensure that you have guy lines and tie-off points that let you remove any slack in the fly, which can cause water to pool. Your tent should also be able to stand up to heavy winds. The better brands use wind tunnels to validate the tent’s stability.

Travel + Leisure/Ben Anderson

Choose ventilation wisely

Whether it's from humid and hot conditions or from the natural heat your body generates, the inside of a tent can get warm quickly, leading to uncomfortable sleep and the build-up of condensation, especially when the rainfly is on and the doors are closed. To combat this, tent designs employ venting within the fly itself so that you can allow a bit of airflow, as well as mesh panels at the base of the tent to improve circulation. If it’s not raining, there are also a few other things you can do. Be sure to pitch the tent so that the door faces the breeze (if there is any) and stake out the fly and provide ample tension so that it maximizes the airspace between the fly and the walls of the tent. Also look for tents that have mesh windows and ones that let you roll up and secure the doors on the rainfly to maximize circulation.

Remember ease of setup

In the best of worlds, you’ll have clear skies and ample help to pitch your tent. But the realities of the wild mean that the faster the tent can be set up, the sooner you’re dry. For all but the biggest tents, setup shouldn’t take more than ten minutes, tops. Tent manufacturers typically use a color-coded system to let you know which poles align with which clips and/or sleeves and also offer visual instructions (that are typically printed on the carry case so you never lose them). The quickest-to-pitch tents typically employ clips to attach the poles rather than fabric sleeves, and some have attached all the poles to one system, which makes pitching the tent faster and less confusing.

Car campers can benefit from bigger tents with more space without having to worry about the tent’s weight, while backpackers should find the sweet spot between size and weight — sometimes lugging a 4-pound tent is worth the trade-off to have extra internal space. The size of the vestibules – the space that’s at the door (or doors) created when the rainfly is assembled and staked out — should also be taken into account as it affords storage space for gear, keeping things dry while freeing up the internal space of the tent. For the most comfortable long-term camping experience, we recommend getting a tent with a listed capacity of two more people than you anticipate will be using it.

Prices vary greatly based on the type of tent, the size, and the key purposes (car camping versus backpacking, solo camping versus family camping, etc). Gamber advises that the price of a tent aligns roughly with the quality of the materials used as well as extra features. You can find lower-cost tents around $100, but they’ll be made of heavy materials that aren’t built to last and likely employ environmentally unfriendly manufacturing processes. So it’s smart to invest in a higher-quality tent, and that goes double for backpacking tents, which provide your only refuge when you’re out in the wild. You also benefit from lighter, more durable materials, smaller pack size, smart features like internal storage and hooks that hold your headlamp and double as a tent lantern, and ample vestibule space to store your gear.

A footprint is an additional piece of protective fabric that’s designed to lay under the floor of your tent, which adds another layer of moisture protection and also protects the tent itself from abrasive elements like rocks or roots, which in turn extends the life of your tent. Some tents come with footprints, and almost all tent-makers sell footprints for their tents, which exactly match the dimensions of your tent floor and will work with the poles and clips once the tent is pitched. But you can also get much of the same protection by using a standard tarp, provided it covers the floor of the tent.

In addition to using a high-quality, warm sleeping bag , wearing a hat, and other cold-weather hacks like sleeping with a water bottle with hot water, the tent itself can add 5 to 10 degrees of warmth. On cold nights, be sure all the doors are closed and that the rainfly extends to the ground to avoid any air circulating from underneath. On really cold nights, you can also close the vents (typically secured via velcro) to block cold air from circulating, but in more temperate conditions, a little bit of venting helps fight off internal condensation as the temperature of your tent responds to your body heat.

Gamber advises, first and foremost, to never store your tent when it’s damp or in damp weather. “The tents can really hold moisture and then that just kills the waterproofness, the polyurethane coating or silicone. It can also cause mold,” he says. Always be sure your tent is 100 percent dry before putting it into storage, and keep it in a room with low humidity. In terms of spot-cleaning stains or dirt, you can use a standard detergent to get rid of any marks. And also be sure the tent doesn’t have any branches or rocks inside, which could potentially tear the tent fabric or rainfly.

Why Trust Travel + Leisure

Nathan Borchelt has been rating, reviewing, and writing about outdoor and travel gear for decades, and is a life-long camper, with countless outings both backpacking and car camping throughout the world. In addition to his insight, he worked with a cadre of testers who put each tent through real-world tests to evaluate the key features, ease of set-up and take-down, overall durability and weather protections, key design features, and price–rating each key feature on a one-to-five scale. Then we layered in additional research and feedback from camping experts such as Bill Gamber , Co-Founder and President of Big Agnes to narrow and refine the final list of recommendations.

Love a great deal? Sign up for our T+L Recommends newsletter and we'll send you our favorite travel products each week. 

tent in travel

We’re on the road right now – join in on the fun and follow @thebrokebackpacker on IG!

  • Meet the Team
  • Work with Us
  • Czech Republic
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • Scandinavia
  • Philippines
  • South Korea
  • New Zealand
  • South Africa
  • Budget Travel
  • Work & Travel
  • The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
  • Travel Resources
  • How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Gear » best backpacking tent

5 Best Travel Tents (MUST READ! • 2024 Buyer’s Guide)

Let’s be honest now, do  you actually even NEED to buy a travel tent? With an abundance of cheap hostels, nice airbnbs and moving trains to sleep on, you may well be wondering if modern backpackers need to burden themselves by hauling a tent around with them.

But hear me here. A backpacking tent offers you a home . Anywhere you go, be it parks in the urban sprawl or glorious remote vistas in the wilderness, you’ll have your home with you!

Camping out in the woods, on the beach, or at the foot of some mighty mountain is a truly amazing way to reconnect with nature. I love to camp and have been lucky enough to camp out in over fifty different countries across five continents. Plus I saved a hell-a-lotta dough on accommodation costs in the process too…

In this in-depth post, I’ll  condense my years of traveling with a tent down and review the best tents for backpacking for all budgets and styles of travel – cheap tents, light tents, hiking tents, travel tents. It’s a goddamn tent city and we’re finding you a sweet crib!

A group of the best hiking tents at K2

Quick Answer: Best Backpacking Tents for 2024

The 5 best backpacking tents of 2024, how to pick the best backpacking tent for you, thoughts on camping hammocks  , how and where we tested to find the best backpacking tent, faq about the best backpacking tent, so, what is the best tent for backpacking.

  • Overall Best Tent for Backpacking –>  MSR Hubba Hubba
  • Best One Man Tent –>  REI Co-op Trailmade 1 Tent
  • Best 3 Person Tent –> MSR Hubba Hubba
  • Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent –>  Nemo Hornet
  • Best Hammock Tent –> Lawson Blue Ridge Hammock Tent
  • Best Bivvy Style Tent –> Crua Hybrid
  • Jump to –>  Backpacking Tent Reviews

MSR Hubba Hubba 2 Tent

MSR Hubba Hubba 2

  • Price > $$$$
  • Weight > 3.25 lbs.
  • Capacity > 2 Person
  • Free Standing > Yes

NEMO Hornet OSMO Ultralight 2P Tent

Nemo Hornet

  • Price > $$$
  • Weight > 2.5 lbs.
  • Capacity > 2 person
  • Free Standing > No

REI Co-op Trailmade 2 Tent with Footprint - Nic

REI Co-op Trailmade 1

  • Weight > 4.6 lbs.
  • Capacity > 1 Person

Lawson Blue Ridge Hammock Tent

Lawson Blue Ridge Camping Hammock

  • Weight > 4.25 lbs.
  • Capacity > 1-2 Person

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL 2

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL 2 Solution Dye

  • Price > $499.95
  • Weight > 1.13kg
  • Capacity > 2
  • Free Standing > Semi free standing

tent in travel

Crua Hybrid

  • Weight > 6.6 lbs
  • Capacity > 1

#1 Overall Best Tent for Backpacking: MSR Hubba Hubba

MSR Hubba Hubba 2 Tent

  • Price: $549.95
  • Weight: 3 lb. 4 oz
  • Dimensions: 84 x 50 inches
  • Size when packed: 4.5 x 19 inches

Discover the perfect blend of lightweight design and robust performance with the MSR Hubba Hubba tent. Weighing just 3.5 pounds, this tent is a backpacker’s dream, offering an incredibly spacious interior without the extra weight. Its durable construction, intuitive setup, and eco-friendly materials make it an ideal choice for any adventure. Enjoy ample headroom, two large vestibules for gear storage, and a mesh canopy for ventilation and stargazing. The Hubba Hubba stands out for its quick assembly, compact packing, and adherence to high environmental standards, ensuring that your outdoor experiences are not only comfortable but also sustainable.

While it IS expensive at $500, it’s a great bloody tent. MSR is one of the most respected brands in the backpacking tent and gear industry and they have seriously decent customer support – when you buy an MSR tent it comes with a lifetime warranty so you can see it as an investment, it’ll be the last tent you ever have to buy!

tbbteam-gear-MSR-Hubba-tent

Finally, the MSR Hubba Hubba comes in three sizes, 1 man, 2 man and 3 man. We have tried all of them. The one in the picture is the One-Man.

  • Ultra Light Weight
  • Great weight to space ratio
  • Leading material in technology
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Expensive (but the lifetime warranty makes it worth it!)

tent in travel

REI is one of America’s biggest and most-loved outdoor gear retailers.

Now, for just $30, get a lifetime membership that entitles you to 10% OFF on most items, access to their trade-in scheme and discount rentals .

#2 Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent: Nemo OSMO Hornet

NEMO Hornet OSMO Ultralight 2P Tent

  • Price: $429.95
  • Weight: 2lbs 8 oz
  • Dimensions: 85 x 51 x 43 in
  • Size when packed: 7.5 x 12.5 inches

Check out our epic full review of the Nemo Hornet here!

Step into the future of backpacking comfort with the Nemo OSMO Hornet tent, where innovation meets affordability. Priced competitively, this tent offers exceptional value, combining Nemo’s cutting-edge OSMO fabric technology with a design that’s both ultralight and ultra-durable. Weighing barely over 2 pounds, the OSMO Hornet is an ideal companion for hikers and backpackers looking to minimize their load without sacrificing space or comfort.

Experience the OSMO difference with its advanced waterproof and breathable fabric, ensuring you stay dry and comfortable no matter the weather. The tent’s spacious interior, innovative pole structure, and two-door design provide ample room and easy access. With its quick setup, compact pack size, and focus on sustainability, the Nemo OSMO Hornet is not just a shelter but an investment in comfortable and eco-conscious adventures. Enjoy the wilderness in a tent that balances price, weight, and remarkable living space, making it a smart choice for any outdoor enthusiast seeking value and performance.

  • Well designed
  • Waterproofing has mixed reviews
  • So does it’s strength
  • No lifetime warranty

#3 Best One-Man Tent: REI Co-op Trailmade 1 Tent

REI Co-op Trailmade 2 Tent with Footprint - Nic

  • Price: $159
  • Weight: 4 pounds 9 ounces
  • Dimensions: 88 x 36.5  inches
  • Size when packed: 7.5 x 22.44 inches

Are you a backpacking enthusiast searching for a practical yet sustainable tent? This 1-person, 3-season offering might just be the one. The REI Co-op Trailmade 1 prioritizes usability with eco-friendly construction. REI is a Climate Neutral Certified brand, meaning it’s a great way to look after our planet whilst backpacking.

REI Coop Half Dome Tent

Weighing in at 4 pounds 9 ounces, this tent won’t slow you down either on the trails or backpacking around a new town. Packing down to an incredibly small 7.5 x 22.44 inches, it’s the perfect compact companion for your next adventure. Where it might be small when packed down, it opens up like a tardis when pitched. With floor dimensions of 88 x 36.5 inches, it offers a spacious 20 square feet of floor area and a height of 41 inches. On top of that, you’ve also got a super useable 9.5 square feet of vestibule area which is perfect for storing your gear.

One of the areas that we really love about this tent is the way in which its construction reduces its carbon impact. REI’s commitment to sustainability can be seen in its use of recycled materials and solution-dyed mesh meaning no harmful chemicals have been used during the process to make it fire retardant.

Need more options? Check out our list of the best one-man tents for some more ideas.

  • Lightweight
  • Pretty durable
  • Center seam can tear
  • Entry level

tent in travel

Do You Want to Travel FOREVER??

Pop your email in below to get a FREE copy of ‘How to Travel the World on $10 a Day!’.

 #4 Best Camping Hammock Tent: Lawson Hammock Blue Ridge

Lawson Blue Ridge Hammock Tent

  • Price: $199
  • Weight: 4.25 pounds
  • Dimensions: 90 x 42 inches
  • Size when packed: 6 x 22 inches

Hammock tents are super versatile, well made and can be set up like a normal tent on the ground if needs be – this offers the best of both worlds. If you are looking for a quality one-man tent for backpacking but also want to hang out on the beach in a hammock during the day, the Lawson Hammock Tent offers incredible versatility and best of all these bad boys are tough and you can put them through hell.

This particular hammock tent comes with an integrated mosquito net to keep bugs out and a waterproof ripstop nylon rain fly to keep you dry (it actually rained hard when we tested it too). It’s also easy enough to put up despite the novel design. They felt it wasn’t overly complicated to put up despite being a very different design than they were used to.

Super lightweight Best of two worlds Seriously cool

Not cheap for a hammock Not everyone likes hammocks

#5 Another Great Travel Tent – Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL 2 Solution Dye

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL 2

  • Price: $499.95
  • Weight: 1.13kg

Big Anges have really outdone themselves with the Tigerwall UL Solution Dye series. Now being their smallest and lightest tent, it is designed to be the perfect travel companion for 3-season multi-day trips. When this parcel arrived in the post, at first, I thought I had the wrong order; it was way too small for a 2-person tent. How wrong I was. Every tiny detail, from the poles to the pegs have been meticulously thought about to reduce every single gram – yet maintaining that balance of strength and structure. Boasting their solution dye fabric, this tent doesn’t just reduce weight; its fabrication even has a reduced energy and water usage – making it one of the most eco-friendly tents on the market too. 

The single pole structure is made with DAC Featherlite NFL aluminum. It comes in a Y-shape with a small, built-in T-bone to add the necessary dimensions, while also creating a super-fast build time. The inner canopy is made of a breathable ripstop nylon/polyester mesh which allows perfect airflow with a bug protector. It has a large built-in pocket for storage.

As much as I love the Big Anges Tigerwall, like everything, it comes with its flaws. The footprint is made of the same Silicone-treated ripstop Solution Dye nylon that the raincover is made from. Although this maintains that super ultralightweight design, I can see it ripping. This is the only disappointing part of the design of this tent for me.

#6 Best Bivvy Tent for Backpacking: Crua Hybrid

tent in travel

  • Price: $299.99
  • Weight: 6.6 lbs
  • Length of Sleeping Area:  6.1ft
  • Size when packed: 29.1 x 13.3 x 13.3 in

If you’re looking to travel light, quickly and lay your head wherever you can, then the Crua Hybrid might just be for you. This tent is probably one of the most versatile on the market at the moment and for backpacking it makes the perfect accompaniment for those on a real adventure.

Whether you choose to use it as a bivvy or hang it off the nearest palm tree as a hammock, you’ll be able to bed down whenever and wherever the need arises. Luckily, the tent is made up of super-strong and durable rip-stop polyester meaning wherever you put it night in night out, it will last the course of your trip!

Make no mistake, this thing is most definitely a one-person tent but that doesn’t mean it isn’t spacious! The interior of the tent is a mummy shape meaning it’s tapered for the wider parts of the body and it features a pretty large vestibule for the style of tent. This area is not only ideal for keeping your gear but it can also be used by those who want a bit more headspace.

Another great feature of this tent is the integrated anti-bug mesh meaning during the warmer months or whilst travelling around tropical areas you can pull the waterproof flysheet off and let the breeze blow through without getting eaten alive. It also makes the tent less claustrophobic than you might imagine for a bivvy-style tent.

The tent is predominantly designed for the summer months but it can be combined with the Crua Culla Solo, an insulation insert built specifically for this tent. This adds not only insulation for the winter months but can also be used to keep out the blazing sun as well as acting as a sound and light barrier for the ultimate night’s sleep. But of course, this is to be purchased extra and does add extra weight to your pack.

  • Hybrid design can be adapted to different travel styles
  • Super durable
  • Quick and easy set up

Ten years ago, I hit the road with almost no money in my pocket, a battered tent and an old camping stove. I hitchhiked my way across Europe, thriving on a shoestring budget and having an incredible adventure. Since then, I’ve personally tried and tested dozens of backpacking tents in my travels.

If you’re a long-distance hiker, your needs will be pretty different to a backpacker traveling around the world. Weight is arguably the most important factor to look at when choosing both a travel or hiking tent and personally I would never carry a tent that weighs more than 5 pounds – it’s just too heavy.

Personally, I opt to go for a light and compact tent which I can pitch quickly. All of the tents that I’m reviewing weigh under 5 pounds and are quick to set up but some of them are lighter, or faster to set up, than others.

tent in travel

Price is obviously an important factor and if you’re on a budget, your choices are plentiful! Once upon a time, cheap backpacking tents were dogshit, falling apart and breaking before long. These days, however, many kickass companies have stepped up to the plate and offer some seriously good cheap tents; so much so that we have a roundup of the best budget backpacking tents!

Think carefully about what you need your personal tent for and how many people you envision sleeping in it. Most of the time, three-man backpacking tents only weigh a little bit more than two-man tents so if you will be camping with a buddy, it’s well worth picking a three-manner and taking the extra sleeping space.

Two-man backpacking tents can be pretty cramped, especially if you want to roll around a lot. 😉

Considerations to make about your backpacking tent.

When choosing the best backpacking tent for yourself, here’s what you should consider…

  • Size when packed
  • Size when open
  • Pitching time
  • Functionality
  • Durability and strength

Having a backpacking tent with you opens up a whole new world of possibilities – you can save a ton of money by camping and if you’re hitchhiking you really MUST have a tent as there is no way of knowing where you’ll end up sleeping!

tent in travel

If you are on a long-term budget adventure, having a tent for camping really is a necessity as it will save you so much cash and gives you so many more options. A backpacking tent not only saves you money in the long run but frees you up to stay in a place you otherwise could never have stayed in. Some of my most memorable travel experiences were only possible because I was camping.

Check out the comparison table and detailed tent reviews below so that you can choose the best backpacking tent for your needs.

tent in travel

Now, you  could spend a fat chunk of $$$ on the WRONG present for someone. Wrong size hiking boots, wrong fit backpack, wrong shape sleeping bag… As any adventurer will tell you, gear is a personal choice.

So give the adventurer in your life the gift of convenience: buy them an REI Co-op gift card!  REI is The Broke Backpacker’s retailer of choice for ALL things outdoors, and an REI gift card is the perfect present you can buy from them. And then you won’t have to keep the receipt. 😉

If you just don’t want to take a tent, at least take a hammock! Camping hammocks are compact, light and give you a ton of freedom.

If you’re travelling solo then I would suggest getting a hammock rather than a tent (depending on where you are travelling) or even getting both as a hammock opens up a whole new world of outdoor sleeping…  Check out The 10 Best Camping Hammocks to find the best backpacking hammock tent for you or, if you’re feeling lazy – buy this one; it’s the best value camping hammock around (but it can’t be pitched on the ground like the Lawson Blue Ridge).

Also, if you ever want to step up your camping game to another level, check out our epic review of the best rooftop tents .

the best tent for backpacking

The only way to really test a tent out, to be honest, is to get all up inside it! So in the name of science we took each tent out for a proper few nights camping to give them all a proper old test drive and find you the perfect backpacker tent!

In order to fairly and consistently assess and compare them to one another, our testers applied the following metrics to each of them;

Packed Weight

You can go onto a tent manufacturer’s website and find out what the packed weight of a tent is but that KG/Ibs number only really comes into sharp focus once you’re 5 hours into a hike, halfway up a mountain and your shoulders a screaming bloody murder!

The lighter a tent feels when strapped to your back, the better, simple as that! Either way, you’re going to want a compact tent for backpacking.

Packability (Packing and Unpacking!)

One of the most annoying features when it comes to tents is twofold. The first is pitching and unpitching. No one wants to be messing about with an overly complicated tent in gale-force winds and a downpour! Equally, many tents can be a nightmare to pack back into the inhumanly small bags they come in. Again, having to be a master in origami to get the thing back into its bag is no fun for anyone!

Our testers awarded each tent points for being easy to pack and unpack and deducted points for being difficult. Fair enough right?

Warmth, Waterproof and Ventilation

When you spend a night sleeping in a tent, you really get to know it. Nothing brings into reality those temperature ratings until you’re freezing your arse off for hours on end or alternatively spending the night rolling around in what feels like a tropical swamp!

Insulation and ventilation are key components to a good tent and an enjoyable experience! One great way to really get on top of your temperature rating outdoors is a solid insulated tent .

Obviously, when assessing the warmth and ventilation capabilities of a tent our testers took into account the weather and the sleeping bag they were using.

In terms of testing out the waterproofing, if our testers ended up somewhere dry, they just went back to basics and threw a whole heap of water over it! Leaky mofos were sent packing!

Spaciousness and Comfort

Tents are not exactly designed for throwing parties (ok, some are) unfortunately… but I mean, we can try! Either way, you still want to have enough space to sit up and store your gear.

Again, this is something you only really get a feel for after spending a night inside a tent which is exactly what we did. 

Build Quality and Durability

All of our testers were instructed to subject tent poles to a good bit of good-natured force, look closely at the seam sewing and take notice of the thickness of the fly sheets.

As a side note, ultralight tents are not as durable as heavier ones so there is always a tradeoff between longevity and packed weight when it comes to this type of tent.

Still have some questions about the best tent for backpacking? No problem! We’ve listed and answered the most commonly asked questions below. Here’s what people usually want to know:

What is the overall best backpacking tent?

We think the MSR Hubba Hubba 2 offers the best value, however, the Nemo Hornet is a very strong competitor.

How many people can fit in a backpacking tent?

Backpacking tents are generally smaller than camping tents. Therefore, they can only fit 1-2 people at a time. There are some 3-man backpacking tents on the market as well.

Are backpacking tents durable and waterproof?

Loads of backpacking tents are durable and waterproof, however, they also cost accordingly. Budget tents don’t offer as much quality. The highest value tent is the MSR Hubba Hubba 2 .

What do I need to consider when buying a backpacking tent?

Keep therse things in mind: 1. Size and Price 2. Durability, strength and functionality 3. The season you’re backpacking in 4. The weight as you need to carry it

tent in travel

Our GREATEST Travel Secrets…

Pop your email here & get the original Broke Backpacker Bible for FREE.

I decided to break down all the information you really need to pick the best tent for backpacking so hopefully, you have found this post useful and can now pick out the best tent for your needs.

If I had to pick one overall epic tent for backpacking I would say go for the  MSR Hubba Hubba .

So pick up the best budget solo backpacking tent and head out there! Happy camping amigos!

Found the right tent? Now check out the best backpacking sleeping bags to put inside!

tent in travel

And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!

Aiden Freeborn

Aiden Freeborn

Best Travel Tents Pinterest Image

Share or save this post

tent in travel

32 Comments

I appreciate this post. Looking for ultralight tents that are easy to carry and setup, also made without flame retardants / VOCs.

Hey there, Will. Thanks for this useful resource.

Very curious about your take on the newly launched NEMO Firefly. Perhaps it’s too new for you to have any first-hand experience, but interested especially in how you feel it might stack up to the HHNX2.

I know that’s your go-to (and mine), but I have to admit this Firefly has me intrigued. Thoughts?

Looking for as in-depth as you’re capable of offering, in light of the fact I might consider purchasing one myself. Pros/cons/etc.

Hello, We do not yet have personal experience with the Nemo Firefly, but from all reports, it sounds like a good tent. If you end up buying one, let us know how you like it!

Hello, We do not yet have personal experience with the Neo Firefly, but from all reports, it sounds like a good tent. If you end up buying one, let us know how you like it!

Recently read through the Broke Backpacker web site and see you make recommendations on various backpacking gear. I represent a manufacturer of light weight backpacks designed for a backpack and or motorcycle pannier. Would you be so kind as to let me know how I might be able to participate in your web site helping people become aware of the DL Adventure products.

Thank You Al

Hello, Please email us for this sort of inquiry. Thanks!

So, after shopping around for tents and giving myself a headache from staring at the screen, I gave up and decided to purchase the Bearheard Emergency tube tent, a quick backup in case I couldn’t find a room to rent in a hostel or wanted as little set-up hassle as possible on camping grounds. (Plus, hey! Super lightweight, doesn’t take up much space in my pack, and will keep me dry and warm in harsh climates.)

And now I’m in post-purchase regret because I have no clue how I’d secure myself and my backpack within this doorless/flapless tent, but buying another tent that’s going to break my bank and add too much weight to my pack just doesn’t seem like an option. I guess I’m thinking too much about this, but for anyone who’s reading:

Any tips on keeping myself and my stuff safe in this humble thing? I have a retractable cable lock, if I can do anything with that.

Hey Timmmy,

Hmmm, your options are limited in such a small space. I recommend keeping your valuables in your tent with you when possible. Good luck!

Is there is any tent that suits for hot weather ? I mean while travel in the summer which tent is perfect?

The MSR Zoic 2p is great for hot weather if you don’t use the rainfly. The tent has a ton of mesh all the way around the tent body, allowing for maximum airflow. Cheers!

Hi Will. I can’t tell you how much I appreciate your site. I’m planning a trip in the summer of 2020 full of firsts (first backpacking, first solo, first SEA) and your insights have been extremely helpful. So I have a question about the need for a tent. I’m gonna be doing a modified banana pancake trip, but i’m really planning on hostel hopping. I have a travel hammock, but not one I’d sleep in without jerry-rigging a mosquito net. Is it worth me bringing a tent just in case or am I better served saving weight/space in my pack?

Hey Dan, and Hi from Chiang Mai! We’re on the pancake trail right now and you’ll do well in hostels on the pancake trail. You can bring a tent if you’re planning on camping up in the hills outside of civilization, but depending on your travel style, you’re likely to get invited into people’s homes more often than not if you’re off the beaten track, respectful, and like spicy food. If it comes down to it, you can pick up a mosquito net here. Happy adventuring!

Couldn’t find the Vango Banshee for the listed price… Seems it has gone up to 240$ for the Banshee 300 Pro I see on Amazon. Is it still worth the price?

The Vango is a solid tent for its price bracket.

Well done . Great review. Totally covered all I needed on Pakistan. Also one of my favourite countries to travel . I hitched from Calcutta to London way back in 1995 and Pakistan was the Jewel . Doing it all again and should be back there in a couple of weeks .I can’t wait .

Do you have any negative experience with the MSR mutha hubba 3 person tent regarding waterproofness? Almost all the negative feedback state that the rainfly touches the inner tent during heavy rainfall. Is this a manufacturing default or just the result of a wrong set-up?

Hi Nicolas,

If tensioned properly, the rainfly should NOT touch the inner tent body during heavy rain. That said, if many people are reporting the issue, it could be a design flaw that MSR may well have addressed for their upcoming release of the updated 2019 MSR Hubba Hubba tent series. I have personally never encountered such an issue with the rainfly (I have an older Hubba Hubba tent as well as the 2019 updated version), but that is not to say that it can’t happen. I have always been 100% dry in my Hubba Hubba, and I have spent weeks sleeping in it. If you follow the steps to tension the rain fly properly using all the grommet straps and guy lines you should be enjoying night after night of (dry) sleeping in the tent. Hope that helped! Good luck!

In the reviews online I’ve read on the MSR Mutha hubba NX 3-person tent, there seems to be a recurrent problem with condensation/leaks, specifically the fact that the rain fly touches the inner tent. Do you know if, for the 2019 version, this problem has been taken care of? Is this, in your expertise, a real problem or just a consequence of a bad set-up? I am going backpacking in a very wet country for 3 months so this concerns me a bit. I am torn between the Big Agnes copper spur HV UL 3 and the MSR Mutha hubba NX 3 person tent, so I’d like to get an experts opinion!

Kind regards,

Brilliant review, thank you. It says the MSR Hubba Hubba is a 3 season tent, does that mean its no good for winter?

This definitely depends, but it is not built to handle intense winter/mountaineering camping and snow, nor extremely low temperatures, so I guess it depends how harsh your winter is.

I love your articles and I’m going to follow your advice for haggling in Vietnam and Thailand in my near future. Just wondering if you’ve ever tried a bivy sack or a sleeping pad/air bed and could you comment on it?

I will choose the Big Agnes Fly Creek UL1 all the way. It might be expensive but it’s totally worth it!

Thank you very for your great review.

For a travel of several months in Latin America, I would like to take an MSR Hubba NX tent. I will hiking with my tent several times and will volunteer in places where I will have to stay in my tent. I think that MSR Hubba NX tent is good alternative for this travel, but I hesitate between solo or two person tent. Taking into consideration that I will stay a lot of days in the tent, I would like to be able to move a little in the tent (I am 1.80 tall), perhaps to store my backpack, but I am hesitating for the extra weight (1/2 kg) /place that I will have to carry.

Do you think that it will worth taking the NX2, for the extra room that it will provide? I will not always be in camp and will carry this tent in cities, buses, etc. when I am not using it..

Personally, if I am camping a lot – I always opt for more room, however if I am going to be carrying that over a multi-day trek, I would sacrifice comfort for weight. It’s really a matter of personal preference and what kind of activities you will be doing 🙂

Really useful comments, thanks Confused on the name of the 3 man MSR Hubba Hubba. The link takes you to the MSR Mutha Hubba NX. Is it the same thing or am I missing something.

That’s correct buddy – the 3 man is the Mutha Hubba NX.

Really useful review! Can I ask what your thoughts on the MSR Elixsr – seems similar to the Hubba Hubba, but a little heavier and bigger to pack down, but quite a lot cheaper (£200 vs £360). Or would you say the Vango Banshee is better than the Elixsr? Seems like there’s more livable space and vestibule space with the Elixsr… Thanks, Sky

The MSR Elixsr is definitely superior to the Vango Banshee but obviously it’s twice the price… I genuinely think that the Vango Banshee is the best value backpacking tent around but if you have more money to spend, and want to splash out on a tent that will last a lifetime, MSR simply make the best tents in the world. Really though it depends on how many people, and how much stuff, you need to get into your tent… The Vango Banshee 300 is good for two people, not the advertised three people that Vango say you can comfortably fit inside.

Sorry dude, but the vango banshe is a piece of shit… barely no ventillation, not enough screens, useless in a tropical climate and fire retardent, pigs arse, half the fly burnt down on mine I informed vango and they told me bad luck, as I needed another fly, they told me to buy another tent….wankers !!! Also its a pain to put up the way the inner bag attaches to the fly, stupid design. Rant over.

I respectfully disagree dude… I traveled with a Vango for years and it was a trusty workhorse, it ain’t as light or as tough as some of the other tents out there but for what you pay – it’s a great backpacking tent! Probably shouldn’t have been cooking in your tent porch if you didn’t want it to burn 😛

Hi, can you name the tent on the first picture? The triangle-ish one (doesn’t look like the Vango..?!).

Thank you annette

That’s actually an ANCIENT North Face tent that my mates in Bhutan lent me.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

Protect Your Trip »

The 11 best camping tents of 2022, according to reviews.

Explore the top-rated options for every type of outdoor adventure.

The 11 Best Camping Tents of 2022

Yellow tent in the mountains, sunrise on the ridge.

Getty Images

Pack the perfect shelter for your next camping or backpacking trip.

Perhaps the most important piece of camping gear is your tent – after all, camping without the proper shelter can ruin the entire trip. Many factors come into play when choosing your camping tent, ranging from the time of year you plan on using it to the style, size and more. No matter what you're going to use your tent for – whether you want to camp at a national park , on the beach or anywhere else – there is an ideal option out there for you.

The Best Camping Tents of 2022:

U.S. News editors researched dozens of review sites, including Amazon, online retailers, travel industry review sites and more, to come up with this selection of the best camping tents for 2022.

Best Backpacking Tent: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Tent

Best canopy tent for camping: clam quick-set escape screen tent, best dome tent for camping: alpha camp 3 person backpacking camping tent, best car camping tent: eureka space camp 4 person tent, best cabin tent: eureka copper canyon lx 4 person tent, best solo camping tent: rei co-op quarter dome sl 1 tent, best two-person camping tent: the north face stormbreak 2-person tent, best family camping tent: core 9 person instant cabin tent, best four-season camping tent: eureka mountain pass 2 person tent, best budget tent: coleman sundome camping tent, best waterproof tent: woods lookout 8-person 3-season tent.

(Note: Prices were accurate at the time this article was updated; they may fluctuate due to supply chain issues.)

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Tent in orange against white background.

Courtesy of Big Agnes

Coming in at about 3 pounds, this Big Agnes tent won't weigh you down as you backpack to your campsite. The tent also folds up to 6 x 19.5 inches, meaning you will still have plenty of space in your backpack for all your other necessities. This product includes off-the-floor storage so your important items stay safe and dry, and the seams are taped with waterproof, solvent-free polyurethane tape. The canopy fabric – a double ripstop nylon – keeps the tent light enough to easily haul with your gear but strong enough to withstand the elements. Recent campers love that this tent is lightweight for carrying on hiking trips , yet roomy enough to be comfortable when set up.

[ Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Tent: $549.95 or less. View deal .]

When you're camping, ensuring you bring a shelter suitable for sleeping is important – as is having a screened-in area for eating and relaxing. This eight-person pop-up shelter will do the trick. At 140 inches wide and 140 inches long, this canopy tent boasts plenty of space for whoever you are entertaining and can even fit over a standard-sized picnic table. It typically takes less than a minute to set up, and the taped roof panel made with water-resistant fabric keeps campers dry, while the high-quality mesh screen keeps bugs out. A carrying case, stakes and tie-down ropes are included. Users comment on how easy this CLAM product is to put up and take down.

[ CLAM Quick-Set Escape Screen Tent: $329.99 or less. View deal .]

This dome tent has everything you need for a good night's sleep in the great outdoors. The high-grade fiberglass poles keep the tent secure, and three zippered windows provide ventilation. The mesh storage pocket inside will keep your valuables safe. This Alpha Camp tent also has electrical port access, so you can easily charge your electronics and keep them in the tent with you while you do so. Campers love the ease of assembly and this dome tent's adaptability in different weather conditions.

[ Alpha Camp 3 Person Backpacking Camping Tent: $72.99 or less. View deal .]

The best part about car camping is that you don't have to worry about how heavy your gear is, including your tent. This four-person, three-season tent is on the bulkier side but will easily fit in your car to drive to your campsite. It is equipped with an adjustable venting system so you'll be comfortable no matter what the weather is, plus two large doors and vestibules. This tent made by Eureka! has 10 pockets for easy organization, and the rainfly is made with 68-denier ripstop polyester, so you can stay dry on your camping adventure. Purchasers of this tent say it comfortably fits a queen-size air mattress plus gear.

[ Eureka! Space Camp 4 Person Tent: $369.95 or less. View deal .]

This roomy Eureka! Copper Canyon LX option has plenty of space for up to four people, even with air mattresses or cots for everyone to sleep on. Despite its size, this tent is easy to put up thanks to the combination steel-fiberglass frame featuring quick clips, pole sleeves and corner hubs. The extended fly coverage over the door is designed to protect you from precipitation, and the gear loft means you can take advantage of every inch of floor space. Recent campers appreciate how spacious this cabin tent is, allowing you to stand up inside without issue.

[ Eureka! Copper Canyon LX 4 Person Tent: $259.95 or less. View deal .]

REI Co-op Quarter Dome SL 1 Tent against white background.

Courtesy of REI

When you're camping solo, there's no need to lug around a tent bigger than what you need. This REI Co-op tent is perfect for use by one person. With plenty of space for a solo camper but weighing only around 2.5 pounds, this option won't weigh you down, either. The interior is fitted with plenty of pockets and hang loops so you can easily organize all of your gear. The rainfly can keep you dry, and the roof vent allows for airflow, so you will be prepared no matter what weather comes your way. And, since chances are you'll be assembling the tent on your own, note that the poles are color-coded, making the setup simple. Solo campers are impressed with how well this camping tent holds up in strong winds.

[ REI Co-op Quarter Dome SL 1 Tent: $329 or less. View deal .]

The North Face Stormbreak 2-Person Tent with sleeping bags inside, against white background.

Courtesy of The North Face

This North Face Stormbreak tent is a great option for any camping couple. Designed for an occupancy of two, this four-season tent features doors that stuff into pockets, so there is no tedious rolling. The fully seam-taped canopy and floor protect the interior – and both of you – when it rains, while the high-low ventilation maximizes airflow for ideal sleeping conditions. Recent users praise the color-coordinated setup system.

[ The North Face Stormbreak 2-Person Tent: $184.95 or less. View deal .]

If there's one thing every family seems to need, it's space, and this Core tent certainly has plenty of that, accommodating up to nine people – perfect for a family camping trip . It features a detachable room divider for added privacy, near vertical walls, and a 78-inch center height, so every family member can comfortably stand up inside. This tent option's floor plan can fit nine adult sleeping bags or two queen-sized mattresses, making it the perfect camping shelter for any family. The removable rainfly, tent stakes and carry bag are all included. Recent buyers of this tent love the expandable carry bag, which makes packing up much easier than with other tents.

[ Core 9 Person Instant Cabin Tent: $299.99 or less. View deal .]

Not only does this tent provide the ultimate weather resistance, but its 32-square-foot interior also gives plenty of room for two people. The breathable canopy and removable side panels allow for optimal ventilation during warmer months; those panels combined with a waterproof rainfly keep the harsher elements out during colder and rainier weather. Campers say this product is the only tent you need, since it works well year-round.

[ Eureka! Mountain Pass 2 Person Tent: $334.95 or less. View deal .]

When it comes to camping gear, you can't go wrong with Coleman. This budget option doesn't sacrifice quality, yet it will allow you to easily stay within your price range. The tent may not have lots of fancy extra features, but it offers you the protection you need for a night outdoors. The sturdy frame and pole attachments can withstand 35+ mph winds, and the Weathertec system with welded floors and inverted seams will keep you dry. Recent reviewers say they love how durable and well made this tent is.

[ Coleman Sundome Camping Tent: $69.99 or less for two-person tent. View deal .]

The Woods Lookout 8-Person 3-Season Tent can help ensure your camping trip isn't ruined because of some bad weather. This option features an exterior, floor and rainfly made with a water-resistant coating and taped seams, so campers can rest easy even as the rain pours down. You won't just be protected from the rain – the preattached mesh panels can keep the bugs out, too. Made by a Canadian company, this tent has been tested for extreme durability in the Canadian outdoors. Users appreciate how the roomy vestibule allows you to enter and exit without the inside of the tent getting wet.

[ Woods Lookout 8-Person 3-Season Tent: $259 or less. View deal .]

You might also be interested in:

  • The Best National Parks in the U.S.
  • The Top Places for Camping in Colorado
  • The Top Places for Camping in Florida
  • The Top Sleeping Bags
  • The Top Packable Jackets
  • The Top Beach Tents
  • The Top Travel Backpacks
  • The Top Fanny Packs
  • The Top Duffel Bags

Tags: Travel , Travel Gear

World's Best Places To Visit

  • # 1 South Island, New Zealand
  • # 4 Bora Bora

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

You May Also Like

The best weekender bags for women.

Rachael Hood , Erin Evans , Catriona Kendall , Amanda Norcross and Leilani Osmundson March 27, 2024

tent in travel

What to Pack in a Carry-on Bag

Rachael Hood March 27, 2024

tent in travel

15 Best Nashville Tours

Lyn Mettler March 26, 2024

tent in travel

The Best NYC Helicopter Rides and Tours

tent in travel

The 6 Best Kauai Helicopter Tours

Holly Johnson and Marisa Méndez March 25, 2024

tent in travel

The Best Diaper Bag Backpacks

Amanda Norcross March 21, 2024

tent in travel

The 13 Best Los Angeles Tours

Kyle McCarthy and Marisa Méndez March 21, 2024

tent in travel

The Best Washington, D.C. Tours

Kim Foley MacKinnon March 20, 2024

tent in travel

The Top Amusement Parks in the U.S.

Holly Johnson and Sharael Kolberg March 19, 2024

tent in travel

Spookiest Savannah Ghost Tours

Gwen Pratesi March 19, 2024

tent in travel

Home

Best Backpacking Tents of 2024

An in-depth look at the top backpacking tents on the market, from ultralight models to spacious all-rounders and leading budget options.

Backpacking tents (camping in MSR Hubba Hubba in Patagonia)

Switchback Travel ( Brian McCurdy )

We use affiliate links and may receive a small commission on purchases. Read more about us . 

In choosing the right backpacking tent, you have a wide range of options from minimalist ultralight shelters to inexpensive and heavier entry-level models. Uses and budgets vary, and the ideal tent for beginners and those taking shorter trips differs significantly from thru-hikers counting every ounce. After extensive testing and many nights sleeping under the stars, below we break down the best backpacking tents of 2024. For ease of comparison, we’ve primarily listed two-person models here with other available capacities in the specs. For more background information, see our backpacking tent comparison table and buying advice below the picks.  

Our Team's Backpacking Tent Picks

  • Best Overall Backpacking Tent: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2
  • Best Combination of Price and Performance: REI Co-op Half Dome SL 2+
  • Best Budget Backpacking Tent: REI Co-op Trail Hut 2
  • Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent: Zpacks Duplex Zip
  • Best All-Season Backpacking Tent: MSR Access 2

Best Overall Backpacking Tent

1. big agnes copper spur hv ul2 ($550).

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 backpacking tent 2

For a backpacking tent that deftly balances weight, interior space, and features, look no further than Big Agnes’s Copper Spur. This tent helped define the ultralight category and still is going strong many renditions later. In the latest 2-person version, you get a healthy 29 square feet of floor space, solid headroom with pre-bent poles and steep walls, and two doors and vestibules—all at just 3 pounds 2 ounces. It’s much lighter than competitors like the Nemo Dagger below but has few compromises with a spacious and freestanding design. We’ve tested various iterations of the Copper Spur everywhere from Patagonia to Mongolia, and it’s performed flawlessly in conditions ranging from warm nights to heavy rain and wind. 

At $550, the Copper Spur HV UL2 is one of the pricier tents in its class, and you’ll want to be careful with the delicate materials (its 15 x 20D floor in particular is quite thin and won’t hold up to wear and tear as well as heavier models below). In addition, while the low weight is worth it for those who get out a lot, recreational backpackers may be better off with a heavier yet more durable design. Nevertheless, the Copper Spur’s quality is impeccable, with substantial zippers, thoughtful interior storage, color-coded grommets, and easy adjustments to really dial in your setup. And for bikers, Big Agnes also makes the Copper Spur HV Bikepack in 1, 2, and 3-person versions, which features shortened poles and rugged compression sacks that attach to a bike frame in multiple configurations... Read in-depth review See the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2

Best Combination of Price and Performance

2. rei co-op half dome sl 2+ ($329).

REI Half Dome SL 2%2B backpacking tent 2

If you’re looking for the right combination of performance and price, it’s hard to beat REI’s iconic Half Dome. This tent has gone through multiple iterations over the years, and the most recent SL (“superlight”) is one of the most balanced offerings yet. For $329, the SL is well built, easy to set up and take down, relatively durable with a 40-denier floor, and has ample mesh for stargazing and ventilation. Yes, you can save with the cheaper REI Trail Hut below, but there are real tradeoffs in terms of interior space, weight, and packed size. All told, we think the Half Dome is a great value for what you get and should keep many backpackers happy—it’s the tent we recommend most to family and friends.

For over $200 less than the top-rated Copper Spur, the Half Dome SL offers a bump in durability, and its generous dimensions make it a very roomy tent for two. But you can’t have it all, and in the case of the SL, the big compromise comes in terms of weight and bulk. At over a pound and a half heavier than the Copper Spur, “superlight” is a bit of a misnomer, although you can drop about 8 ounces by leaving the included footprint behind (the Big Agnes does not come with a footprint). Despite the nitpicks, we think the Half Dome SL is in a class of its own among value options, making it a reasonable choice for avid backpackers and beginners alike... Read in-depth review See the REI Co-op Half Dome SL 2+

  Best Budget Backpacking Tent

3. rei co-op trail hut 2 ($199).

REI Co-op Trail Hut 2 (backpacking tent)

Let’s be honest: A fair share of us are casual, fair-weather backpackers who make our way into the backcountry for just a weekend or two each summer. If this sounds like you, a budget pick like REI’s tried-and-true Trail Hut 2 is a great choice. For just $199, you get a durable tent (its 66D and 68D materials are much tougher than the lighter-weight options here) that features a door and vestibule on each side, full-coverage rainfly, and ridge pole for increased headroom. Throughout our testing (we even took the tent to Southern Patagonia), we’ve been very impressed with its high-quality and confidence-inspiring feel. The sub-$200 category is dwindling as inflation causes tent prices to rise, but the Trail Hut 2 continues to hold down the fort with a winning formula that few tents match. 

What do you sacrifice by going with the REI Trail Hut? At almost 6 pounds (that includes the footprint), it will add significant weight and bulk to your pack, which is not ideal for those covering long distances over multiple days in the backcountry. In addition, you get standard aluminum rather than DAC poles, which are generally less premium and don’t come pre-bent like many high-end designs (this helps to boost interior space). But we can’t help but love the low price of REI’s budget model, which makes it a great pick for shorter trips and most casual backpackers. It’s also worth noting REI’s even cheaper Trailmade 2 ($179), but its quality and livability are noticeably more compromised for a mere $20 savings... Read in-depth review See the REI Co-op Trail Hut 2

Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent

4. zpacks duplex zip ($699).

Zpacks Duplex Zip ultralight trekking-pole backpacking tent

A number of leading ultralight tents use Dyneema—the high-tech fabric praised for its hydrophobic nature, sag resistance, and stellar strength-to-weight ratio—and the trekking-pole-supported Zpacks Duplex Zip is a classic and time-tested design. With an incredibly low weight of just 1 pound 4.4 ounces (excluding stakes), it’s by far the lightest tent here, yet offers a surprisingly roomy sleeping area for two and includes a bathtub floor for a true tent-like feel. In use, we found the Zpacks to be surprisingly user friendly and weather protective, roughly on par with ultralight semi-freestanding tents that check in a full pound heavier. And the latest “Zip” version builds off the original Duplex, with modernized features like zippered storm doors, peak vents, and magnetic door keepers. In the end, no tent is perfect, but the Duplex Zip is a ultralight yet durable and roomy option that has stood the test of time.

Within this category, we’d be remiss not to also mention the Hyperlite Unbound 2P (also $699). The Unbound closely follows the design of the Duplex Zip, but with a noticeably higher-end look and feel. It features a stellar build quality (the cottage-brand Duplex feels ever so slightly handmade), a sleek buckle at the base of the door that can be operated with one hand, and contrasting colorways and components. However, the Unbound is 3.6 ounces heavier, uses a thinner floor fabric, and lacks the Duplex’s end cinches that close the mesh gap between the canopy and bathtub floor, which can make a difference in high winds or heavy rain. In the end, neither tent is our first choice for exposed campsites or inclement weather (largely due to the mesh-heavy design), and your final decision will come down to priorities: the durability and low weight of the Duplex Zip, or the premium finishes of the Unbound?... Read in-depth review See the Zpacks Duplex Zip

Best All-Season Backpacking Tent

5. msr access 2 ($800).

MSR Access 2 4-season backpacking tent

The majority of backpacking tents are of the lightweight, 3-season variety, but if you anticipate getting out in tougher conditions, you may want to step up your protection. Slotting just below a full-on winter-ready design is MSR’s Access 2. With a sturdy structure, durable poles, and considerably less mesh than its warmer-weather counterparts, the Access is built to handle driving wind, rain, and snow. Importantly, you still get two doors and vestibules and a decently roomy, non-tapered floor area for just 4 pounds 1 ounce, which is a truly impressive feat. For backcountry ski trips or spring mountaineering when you need a step up from a standard backpacking tent, the Access is well worth a closer look.

Our biggest gripe with the Access is that it’s not particularly versatile for mild conditions—with very little mesh in the tent body, it’ll overheat quickly unless you’re mindful to keep doors and vents open at night. And at $800, it’s surprisingly pricey. In terms of other tents that fit a similar designation, the Hilleberg Nallo below is an impressively tough option (compare its 70D floor to the MSR’s 30D), but offers less interior space, is less breathable due to its thicker materials, and is over a pound heavier than the Access at 5 pounds 5 ounces. Additionally, Big Agnes makes a beefed-up Expedition version of its popular Copper Spur, and we’ve had good luck with the Nemo Kunai over the years. These are all worthy tents for intrepid backpackers headed out year-round, but the Access meets a particularly nice balance of weight, price, and performance. See the MSR Access 2

Best of the Rest

6. msr hubba hubba 2p ($550).

MSR Hubba Hubba backpacking tent (%24480)

One of the most well-rounded backpacking tents on the market for years running, MSR’s Hubba Hubba offers exceptional livability and weather protection in a durable, lightweight package. With a recent revamp, the newest version shaves a considerable amount of weight (10 oz.) off of the outgoing model with the use of thinner materials, but the overall design remains the same. A non-tapered floor plan, 40-inch peak height, and near-vertical walls offer excellent interior space, and you get great weather resistance with a long-lasting waterproof coating on the fly and a hubbed pole design for stability in high winds. Checking in at just 3 pounds 4 ounces, our takeaway is that it’s the best Hubba Hubba yet.

How does the Hubba Hubba measure up to our top-ranked Copper Spur? The Big Agnes is 4 inches longer and 2 inches wider at the head, and the steep walls and non-symmetrical pole structure create an impressive amount of headroom at one end. On the flip side, the MSR’s non-tapered build offers more width throughout, which means you have the option of sleeping head-to-toe with your tentmate. Another factor to consider is the Hubba Hubba’s solid tent walls (the Copper Spur is more mesh-heavy), which will be better in high winds but result in less ventilation overall. Finally, both tents use relatively similar materials—the MSR’s floor is 20D versus the Big Agnes’ 15 x 20D—but there have been several complaints with the latest Hubba Hubba’s durability, including reports of the carbon fiber poles splintering (we didn’t experience this during testing). In the end, the Copper Spur maintains the top spot due to its unparalleled ventilation, livability, and reliability, but the slightly more weather-worthy Hubba Hubba is hot on its heels... Read in-depth review See the MSR Hubba Hubba 2P

7. Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL3 Solution Dye ($500)

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL3 backpacking tent

If you’re traveling as a pair, a two-person tent is your best bet for streamlining weight and bulk. But if you’ve ever been tent-bound in a storm before, you know: The walls can start closing in quickly. The good news is that with advancements in fabric technology and tent design, it’s possible to bump to a more spacious shelter without dramatically increasing your load. Big Agnes’ Tiger Wall UL3 is one of our favorite three-person tents thanks to its low weight—for under 3 pounds, it’s a very roomy shelter for two, with space still left over for a child, a canine, or gear. If you’re traveling in inclement weather, with a smaller third companion, or just like the idea of some extra room (without a crazy weight penalty), it’s as good an option as any.

The Tiger Wall keeps weight down with a semi-freestanding design, which does come with some disadvantages. We’ve found it particularly difficult to get a taut pitch when camping on rock, and the tent simply isn’t as weather-worthy as a freestanding design like the Copper Spur above. But you do get two doors and two vestibules, and a large ridge pole across the center offers a great boost in headroom. In terms of materials, the Tiger Wall’s silicone-coated nylon is impressively strong (although it’s still thin and requires gentle treatment), and we like that Big Agnes has turned to fade-resistant solution-dyed fabrics in order to reduce their environmental footprint. Finally, keep in mind that you can shave even more weight by opting for the Tiger Wall 2 Platinum ($700, 2 lb. 11 oz.) or Carbon ($1,000, 2 lb. 1 oz.) which feature the same design but with even lighter materials... Read in-depth review See the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL3 Solution Dye

8. Nemo Dagger Osmo 2P ($530)

Nemo Dagger OSMO 2P backpacking tent 2

For weight-conscious backpackers who don’t want to compromise on livability and durability, the Nemo Dagger Osmo is a great option. At 4 pounds 2 ounces for the two-person version, this tent is roomy, relatively lightweight and durable, and packed with features. You get two large doors, two spacious vestibules for storing gear, and a generous interior that’s a few inches longer than most of the competition (and a half-foot longer than the Hubba Hubba above). And like the MSR, the floor of the Dagger Osmo is symmetrical as opposed to tapered toward the feet, making it possible for two people to sleep in opposite directions (head to toe) for more shoulder room.

The big news with the latest Dagger is the use of Nemo’s Osmo fabric, which is intended to boost water resistance and reduce sagging, all while eliminating the use of harmful chemicals in production. It’s a great win for weather protection and sustainability, but with a 4-ounce weight increase, the Dagger Osmo is now considerably heavier than tents like the Copper Spur (3 lb. 2 oz.) and Hubba Hubba (3 lb. 4 oz.). Further, its design falls short in a few other ways: The small openings at the doors don’t dump condensation as well as the MSR’s large vents at each end, and the fly doesn’t extend all the way to the ground at the head and foot. But the Dagger Osmo is unparalleled in terms of interior space, making it especially well-suited for taller hikers or those who want a bit more room... Read in-depth review See the Nemo Dagger Osmo 2P

9. Tarptent Double Rainbow ($299)

Tarptent Double Rainbow backpacking tent

Category: Ultralight Packaged weight: 2 lb. 10 oz. Floor dimensions: 88 x 50 in. Capacities: 1P, 2P, 3P What we like: A fairly uncompromised design that’s still affordable and lightweight. What we don’t: Not freestanding and seam sealing costs extra.

California-based cottage brand Tarptent isn’t a household name yet, but the company offers an inspiring ultralight lineup at reasonable price points. The Double Rainbow is our favorite model, featuring a unique single-wall design that keeps weight in check while still maintaining impressive livability. For just 2 pounds 10 ounces, you get a 30-denier floor (15D is standard in UL tents), a generous and symmetrical floor plan that easily fits two sleepers (30.6 sq. ft. compared to the Tiger Wall’s 28 sq. ft.), and two doors and vestibules. Priced at just $299, it’s no wonder that the Double Rainbow is one of the most popular cottage designs among ultralighters and thru-hikers this year.

The Tarptent’s hybrid single-wall construction means setup is a breeze: you simply thread the main pole through a sleeve in the rainfly and stake everything out (the “tent body” is made of mesh and hangs from the bottom of the rainfly). This is particularly nice in wet conditions, as there’s no moment during the setup process when the inside of the tent is exposed to rain. It’s important to keep in mind that the Double Rainbow is a non-freestanding design, which means you’ll need soft ground or good anchors to get a good pitch (alternatively, you can convert it to freestanding with trekking poles). Finally, it does not come seam-sealed, but it’s a fairly simple DIY process or you can add it onto your order for $35. And a final note: Tarptent also makes the Double Rainbow Li ($679), a Dyneema version of the tent here that competes with the Zpacks Duplex Zip above... Read in-depth review See the Tarptent Double Rainbow

10. Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 2P ($650)

Nemo Hornet Elite OSMO Ultralight 2P backpacking tent_

For the cream of the crop in ultralight tents, look no further than the Nemo Hornet Elite. At just 2 pounds 1 ounce for the two-person model, this semi-freestanding tent is just about as light as you can go without dipping into the trekking-pole shelter market. And thanks to the use of Nemo’s thin yet durable Osmo material and features like their headroom-increasing “Flybar” pole clip, it’s impressively functional and spacious, too. We love the Hornet Elite’s two-door and two-vestibule design, and creative storage solutions offer organization for you and your tentmate’s headlamps, phones, backpacks, and more. Further, Nemo uses ripstop nylon (rather than mesh) at the head of the tent, which translates to increased protection in windy conditions (some ultralight tent bodies are fully mesh). Ounce for ounce, the Hornet Elite is one of the most livable and premium options in its weight class, making it an ideal choice for serious thru-hikers and ultralight backpackers.

But while the Hornet Elite is arguably the best semi-freestanding tent on the market, its ultralight build still has a host of limitations. Nemo doesn’t list a thickness for the fabric, but we’d place it around 10-denier for the fly and floor, which is undeniably thin. What’s more, the Elite’s tapered and streamlined floor plan is a very snug place for two people, and weather protection is slightly compromised with just a partial rainfly at the head (meant to increase ventilation). But if you choose your campsites wisely (don’t pitch the Hornet Elite on top of sharp rocks or sticks) and aren’t opposed to cozying up with your tentmate, the Nemo is a remarkable 2-pound shelter. For those willing to suffer a slight weight penalty, the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 offers a bump in headroom and better weather protection via its full-length fly ($450; 2 lb. 8 oz.). See the Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 2P

  11. Sea to Summit Telos TR 2 ($599)

Sea to Summit Telos TR2 backpacking tent

Australia-based Sea to Summit is a reliable go-to for outdoor gear, but 2021 marked their first foray into backpacking tents. And they entered the competitive market with a bang, unveiling two models: the semi-freestanding Alto TR and the all-around Telos TR featured here (a new, more budget-friendly Ikos TR was released for 2023). The headliner is the unique Tension Ridge, which gently bends the ridge pole upward at each end rather than the more common downward-sloping design (concave vs. convex). It’s a small tweak in construction with a significant effect, resulting in taller doors, increased livable space, and better airflow (the vent naturally remains agape at the apex rather than drooping closed). Tack on a number of creative extras—including a snap-on “Lightbar” headlamp diffuser and a versatile fly that sets up in multiple configurations—and it’s safe to say that Sea to Summit has made one heckuva debut.

The Telos TR2 takes direct aim at the Copper Spur HV UL2 above: both are freestanding tents that feature thin fabrics, tapered footprints, and two doors and vestibules. The Copper Spur is $49 less and gets the edge in terms of weight and floor dimensions, with a half-pound lighter build and 3.5 more inches length. That said, it’s a close call in terms of livability: The Telos’ generous 42.5-inch peak height and ridge-pole design makes for a very spacious interior (the Big Agnes’ peak height is 39 in.). But we should note that the Sea to Summit has a flaw in wet weather: During our testing in a torrential downpour, rain pooled in the concavities of the fly and slowly dripped into the tent through the vent opening. But most tents need to go through a few iterations before reaching perfection, and we really like the direction the Telos is headed... Read in-depth review See the Sea to Summit Telos TR 2

12. Nemo Aurora 2P ($300)

Nemo Aurora 2P backpacking tent

For backpackers who care more about saving money than ounces, Nemo’s Aurora is an interesting addition to the market. And it’s not all pinching pennies here: The Aurora is impressively livable with two oversized doors, near-vertical walls, and a full-coverage fly with built-in vents. The symmetrical design and Nemo’s intuitive hardware make setup easy, and thoughtful internal storage is great for staying organized at camp. All in all, we’ve found that Nemo tents consistently are high quality and offer a nice balance of thoughtful features, and the Aurora falls right in line.

Priced at just $300 (with an included footprint), the Aurora is a strong budget pick and gives the REI Half Dome SL above a run for its money. You save $29 with the Nemo and get more durable materials (68D vs. 40D for the floor), but the REI is over 11 ounces lighter and more spacious with an additional 2 inches in both the length and the width (although the Aurora’s peak height is 2 in. taller). Weight-conscious hikers will likely opt for the Half Dome, but the Aurora is still a durable and affordable choice. And for more space, you can bump up to the Aurora 3P (88 x 72 in.) for $360. Editor's note: Both versions of the Aurora are currently available at a discount; keep an eye out for an updated design in spring 2024, which features a PFAS-free build (PFAS are a group of “forever chemicals” that are harmful both to humans and the environment), 100% recycled floor, and stronger pole design...  Read in-depth review See the Nemo Aurora 2P

13. Durston X-Mid 2 ($280)

Durston X-Mid 2 trekking-pole tent (backpacking tents)

A lot goes into making a solid tent at a low weight, so ultralight price tags can be fairly steep compared to standard backpacking tents (as evidenced by the Nemo Hornet Elite and Zpacks Duplex Zip above). It’s for this reason that the Durston X-Mid is such a surprising entry. Like many trekking-pole shelters, the X-Mid 2 is well built, stormworthy, roomy, and checks in for less than 2.5 pounds. But at just $280, it’s less than half the price of many tents in its weight class. Importantly, there’s nothing about the X-Mid that is cheap: It features a double-wall build, which does a lot to boost ventilation (a rarity among trekking-pole shelters), polyester fly that doesn’t sag when wet, and innovative parallelogram shape that ensures that the doorways aren’t blocked by poles. If you’re looking to go light on a budget, the X-Mid 2 is a high-quality option.

So how does Durston manage to make the X-Mid at such a low price point? In short, with compromises that will be fairly minor for most, but might add up for serious users. The X-Mid is over a pound heavier than the Duplex Zip, which could be a deal breaker for thru-hikers set on a low base weight. What’s more, the sil/PEU polyester fly will gradually lose its waterproofing over time, while Dyneema is naturally hydrophobic. And for just $19 (and 2.6 oz.) more, the Tarptent Double Rainbow above offers a more user-friendly setup with standard tent poles, although the Durston is a better ventilated and more spacious design (and once you get the hang of the trekking-pole setup, it’s a breeze). For UL hikers looking for a very high quality budget tent, it’s truly hard to beat. If you venture out solo, you can save even more with the X-Mid 1 ($240). See the Durston X-Mid 2

14. SlingFin Portal 2 ($540)

SlingFin Portal 2 backpacking tent

SlingFin might not be a household name, but don’t be fooled: This company knows how to make a serious tent. Established by the original Mountain Hardwear tent designer (also a former TNF and Sierra Designs designer), SlingFin is employee-owned and self-describes as “small, lean, and scrappy,” specializing in high-quality tents with no constraints. The Portal is their most popular and lightest freestanding design, alleged to handle rough weather with more ease than most 3-season tents. SlingFin accomplishes this feat by way of internal guylines, a plethora of exterior guy-out points, secure connections between the fly and poles, and attachments that allow you to reinforce the structure with trekking poles. And as a nice touch, the Portal also features pre-installed spare zipper sliders on both doors, which quickly extends the life of the tent (and makes in-the-field repairs easy).

We brought the Portal 2 backpacking in Patagonia, thinking the windy environment would be an excellent testing ground for a tent that claims to be between 3- and 4-season categories. Unfortunately, we faced conditions that were unfair for almost any tent, and spent a night with the Portal collapsed on top of us, bivy-sack style (we did not set it up with trekking pole reinforcements, which would certainly have helped). It is worth noting, however, that the SlingFin didn't fare as well as other tents we had with us that night, including the much heavier Sea to Summit Ikos (we suspect some of this is due to the Portal's lighter poles and predominantly mesh upper). In the end, the Portal 2 is a great 3-season tent with a premium fit and finish (it falls in the same category as models like the Copper Spur and Dagger above), but we just can’t get behind SlingFin’s strong claims regarding its weather resistance.  See the SlingFin Portal 2

15. Hilleberg Nallo 2 ($855)

Hilleberg Nallo 2P backpacking tent

For hitting the backcountry in winter or even treks in inhospitable places like Nepal or Peru, you’ll most likely want a step up in toughness and warmth from the 3-season tents that dominate this list. Enter Hilleberg’s fantastic Nallo (Hilleberg describes it as “all-season” and they don’t use that designation lightly). With a tunnel-like shape as opposed to a traditional dome layout, the Nallo excels in strong gusts and heavy precipitation. Just face either end of the tent in the direction of the wind, batten down the hatches with the many guylines, and sleep in relative peace. We used the Nallo in some brutal weather above the Arctic Circle and came away extremely impressed with its toughness.

The Achilles' heel of the Nallo is breathability. If you’re backpacking in warm conditions, it struggles to ventilate and can build up serious condensation on the inner walls. It’s for this reason that we’re such big fans of the Nemo Kunai (not listed here due to lack of availability), which has canopy walls that unzip to reveal breathable mesh. Other downsides include the Nallo’s steep price and hefty build, which is over a pound heavier than the MSR Access above. What's more, the Hilleberg features just one door and vestibule—if you want a step up in convenience, check out their Allak 2 instead. There’s no denying that Hilleberg tents are expensive, but their ridiculously high quality and stalwart weather protection make them top choices for guides, avid explorers, and those headed into inclement conditions. See the Hilleberg Nallo 2

16. Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL2 Solution Dye ($400)

Big Agnes Fly Creek Solution Dye backpacking tent

Fast and light hikers love the Big Agnes Fly Creek UL—the two-person version weighs in at a measly 2 pounds 4 ounces, which is comparable to a decent bivy sack or hammock. This feathery-light weight is accomplished with a single door at the head end, an interior that tapers aggressively towards your feet, and a hubbed pole that runs the length of the tent in a spine-like shape. The tent and rainfly fabrics are also impressively strong despite being so thin they’re semi-see-through, and with a recent update are now solution-dyed, which means they’re less prone to fading (notably, this process also reduces energy and water waste during manufacturing).

It's important to be aware that the Fly Creek won’t offer the same protection from the elements as a sturdier design like the MSR Hubba Hubba above. The rainfly is prone to sagging onto the tent body (guying it out thoroughly will help alleviate this issue), and the fairly simple pole structure means the tent collapses inward during heavy winds. What’s more, the all-mesh body is vulnerable to drafts and does a poor job keeping out flying dirt and sand. In the end, we think the Tiger Wall and Nemo Hornet Elite are the better all-around UL choices for parties of two, both of which utilize two-door-and-vestibule layouts for just a few ounces more... Read in-depth review See the Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL2 Solution Dye

17. Marmot Tungsten 2P ($249)

Marmot Tungsten 2P backpacking tent

REI’s Trail Hut above isn't the only good values on the market. At a budget-friendly price of $249, the recently updated Marmot Tungsten has a similar three-season build with durable fabrics and all the features that most weekend backpackers need. The tent has two doors and vestibules, weighs in at a respectable 5 pounds 4 ounces, and offers a roomy 32 square feet of floor space. We also like the mix of solid nylon and mesh on the tent body, which provides both good ventilation alongside privacy and weather protection. And whereas the Half Dome SL above has a 40-denier floor and 30-denier fly, the Tungsten ups the ante with 70- and 68-denier fabrics in the floor and fly, respectively.

All things considered, we like the Marmot Tungsten and it makes a nice hybrid backpacking and car camping option. One downside is the tent’s packed size, which is large enough to make it difficult to squeeze into a backpack (it’s much easier to divide up the load between two people). And although it’s more expensive at $329, the REI Half Dome SL 2+ weighs over 8 ounces less than the Tungsten yet offers considerably more floor area and vestibule space. But the Tungsten is nevertheless a solid option for penny pinchers, and we like that the newest version features solution-dyed fabric, which reduces energy and water waste during manufacturing. Marmot also offers the 2-person tent in a lightweight version (the Tungsten UL, for $379), which uses substantially thinner materials to trim away nearly 2 pounds from the standard model. See the Marmot Tungsten 2P

18.  The North Face Stormbreak 2 ($185)

The North Face Stormbreak 2 backpacking tent (%24169)

The North Face makes a lot of high-performance tents for expedition use, but their casual lineup also has a lot to offer. For just $185 at full retail price, the Stormbreak 2 is a great value in a two-person backpacking tent. All the intangibles are there: The Stormbreak is roomy with a full 50 inches of non-tapered width, offers good weather protection with a full-length fly, and has two large doors and vestibules for storing your gear at night. In terms of durability, the TNF uses a burly 75-denier canopy and 68-denier floor, which means it should last you years to come. All in all, that’s a lot of bang for your buck.

What are the downsides of The North Face’s Stormbreak 2? With a packaged weight of 5 pounds 14 ounces, it’s one of the heaviest two-person tents on this list, although most of the competition is literally hundreds of dollars more expensive. And given the low cost, the fabrics and poles feel cheaper than mid-range and premium models. It’s also important to note that the Stormbreak’s fly does not feature any venting, which means it could overheat quickly in a storm (on a dry night, you can open up your vestibule doors for airflow). The price is right, but we’ll always point you first to REI’s in-house collection for the best value.  See The North Face Stormbreak 2

Backpacking Tent Comparison Table

*Editor's Note: "Weight" refers to the packaged weight of each tent, with the exception of trekking pole-supported models.

Backpacking Tent Buying Advice​​ ​

Backpacking tent categories, backpacking tent weight, interior space, fabric durability (denier), weather protection, ventilation, storage: vestibules and interior pockets, set up and take down, freestanding vs. non-freestanding tents, tent poles and stakes, backpacking tent capacities, do you need a footprint, price and value.

There are as many styles of backpacking tents as there are backpackers, from streamlined thru-hiking-inspired designs to durable and comfortable classics. It follows that when deciding on a tent, you’ll first want to think about what backpacking looks like for you. Are you someone who gets out every weekend of the summer, or just a few days a year? Do you like to travel fast and light or prioritize comfort and durability? How much space do you need? Below we break the field down into four separate categories: all-around, budget, ultralight, and all-season.

Backpacking tents (backpacking in the San Juan Mountains)

All-Around Backpacking tents in our all-around category are the core of the market. These tents offer the best combination of livability and weight-savings, checking in around 3 to 4 pounds (for a 2P model) and featuring complex pole structures that result in steep walls and generous interior space. Their design also translates to impressive stability in high winds and great wet-weather protection. Further, most all-around tents feature two doors and two vestibules, which adds a great deal of convenience and storage. But there are a few caveats: These tents are expensive (our top-ranked Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 is $550) and aren't particularly durable, with relatively thin fabrics and zippers. Finally, although all-around tents are very doable for two sleepers, you’ll often find larger floor plans in our budget category. But for class-leading performance, tents in our all-around category are our top choice for most.

Nemo Dagger OSMO 2P backpacking tent (adjusting rainfly)

Budget If you’re new to backpacking or only get out a few times a year, it’s worth taking a look at a budget tent. Most of these designs have an MSRP of less than $350 and are defined by their thicker fabrics, simple pole structures, and heavier builds. Comfort is high, with spacious floor plans that don't compromise for weight-savings, two doors and two vestibules, and lots of storage. And with considerably more durable fabrics, they can withstand much more use and abuse, which is good news for those who don’t want to spend too much time taking care of their gear. It's true that budget tents lack the fancy architecture and low weights of more expensive tents here, but in our opinion they're all beginners need and nothing they don’t. From our list above, the REI Co-op Trail Hut 2 is our favorite budget tent, and you can bump up to the Half Dome SL 2+ for an impressive mix of price and performance.

REI Co-op Trail Hut 2 Backpacking Tent (putting on the rain fly)_0

Ultralight Weight-conscious thru-hikers have relied on bare-bones shelters for a long time, but only recently has the ultralight craze hit mainstream backpacking. The number one consideration here is keeping weight to a minimum (3 pounds or less), which ultralight tents do by way of thin fabrics and zippers, tapered floor areas, heavily sloped ceilings, fewer doors, smaller vestibules, and simplified pole structures. Further, the majority are non-freestanding and semi-freestanding, meaning they must be staked out in order to hold their shape. Unsurprisingly, there are a fair share of potential tradeoffs with tents in this category: They suffer in terms of weather protection (we’ve had particularly bad luck with the Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL2 in high winds), require a lot of extra care, and can be fairly cramped quarters for two. Further, you'll spend up to drop weight: Most ultralight tents are $400 or more, and Dyneema tents like the 1-pound 4.4-ounce Zpacks Duplex Zip will run you $699.

Nemo Hornet Elite OSMO backpacking tent (lacing up shoes)

But we’re big believers that ultralight gear can be taken too far, which is what happens (in our opinion) when tent floor fabrics drop below 15 denier (as is the case with the Big Agnes Tiger Wall Platinum’s 7D floor) or when you wake up with a tent wall stuck to your face (a real life experience we had with the Six Moon Designs’ Lunar Solo). We certainly understand the appeal for thru-hikers and serious backpackers, and in the right environments the compromises can be minimal. But for most recreational backpackers, the weight-savings probably isn’t worth it. Most of the time, you can get a whole lot of comfort and convenience (not to mention, a longer lifespan) by bumping up to a tent that’s just one pound heavier (at just over 3 lb., the Big Agnes Copper Spur is fairly uncompromised). For this reason, we feature a few ultralight tents here and are sure to call out their weaknesses in the write-ups above. For a deeper dive on this topic, see our article: Backpacking Tents: How Light is Too Light?

Zpacks Duplex Zip and Hyperlite Unbound 2P at camp

All-Season We’ve included a few all-season tents on this list to provide a complete view of the backpacking market, including the MSR Access   and Hilleberg Nallo. These tents offer more protection than your standard 3-season tent without being quite as bulky or expensive as a 4-season tent . Whereas most 3-season designs are fairly mesh-heavy, all-season tents use mostly nylon walls for better warmth and wind protection. You also get sturdier pole structures, which adds a bit of weight but is worth it when the weather turns. You can expect higher price tags and increased weights in this category, but all-season tents are nevertheless our top pick for backpacking in areas like Peru, Nepal, or Alaska. And if weight isn't your top priority, you can always bump up to a 3-person version for more space.

MSR Access 3 (clipping)

A backpacking tent is one of the heaviest and bulkiest items you’ll pack for an overnight trip, but the good news is that modern designs are lighter than ever. The 2-person tents on our list range from 1 pound 4.4 ounces for the non-freestanding Zpacks Duplex Zip to 5 pounds 15 ounces for the budget REI Co-op Trail Hut 2, with popular models like the MSR Hubba Hubba  and Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 settling somewhere in the 3-pound range. In general, you can expect budget tents to be the heaviest, followed by all-season, all-around, and ultralight. As is the case with most outdoor gear, shaving weight from a tent design will result in some tradeoff, often in the form of compromised durability, interior space, weather protection, or ventilation (not to mention a higher price tag). In the end, it helps to be mindful of your priorities when making your tent purchase. 

MSR Hubba Hubba 2P backpacking tent (La Playita)

Packaged Weight vs. Trail Weight When researching tent weight, you’ll commonly see manufacturers and retailers list two specs: packaged weight and trail weight (also referred to as "minimum weight"). The former includes everything that comes with the purchase of the tent, including the tent body, rainfly, poles, stakes, guylines, stuff sacks, and footprint (when it’s included with the tent—as is the case with REI Co-op's Trail Hut 2  and Half Dome SL 2+). This is an important factor to consider when comparing models, as a footprint can tack on 7 ounces or more to the total tent weight, not to mention a stuff sack that may be unnecessary while backpacking.

The trail weight, on the other hand, only includes the tent body, rainfly, and poles. We’ve chosen to list packaged weight in the specs above—it’s closer to what most folks realistically bring—but keep in mind that you can trim ounces from there. Depending on the build of the tent components, the difference between packaged weight and minimum weight can be substantial: anywhere from over a pound for the entry-level REI Trail Hut 2 with its heavy aluminum stakes and included footprint to a 7-ounce difference for the Big Agnes Copper Spur .

Backpacking tent (Nemo Dagger in stuff sack)

Floor Dimensions  In parsing out how roomy a backpacking tent is, the first thing you’ll want to evaluate is the floor dimensions (L x W), which matter quite a bit when you’re trying to fit two backpackers with their sleeping pads side-by-side. In general, the floor area of a tent tends to go down as weight goes down, and some two-person tents can get pretty cozy with two adults and gear inside (you always can size up to a “plus” or three-person version for more space). It’s also worth mentioning that some tents taper at the foot end, which helps shave weight but also has a negative impact on livability (making it hard to sleep head-to-toe). In these cases, we’ve provided two measurements for the floor width (86 x 52/42, for example). And a final note on floor dimensions: While they’re a good place to start, they certainly don’t tell the whole story about a tent’s interior space. It’s a good rule of thumb to take the tent’s peak height and shape into consideration as well, and in particular the slope of the walls (more on this below).

Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL2 Solution Dye backpacking tent (single door headroom)

Peak Height and Slope A tent’s “peak height” refers to its tallest point, and among two-person models varies from 39 inches for a design like the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 up to 48 inches for the Zpacks Duplex Zip and Durston X-Mid 2. But while peak height does make a difference in terms of sitting up and moving around inside your tent, it’s important to also consider the slope of the walls in order to get a true picture of a tent’s livability. To understand this, just picture the difference between a pyramid-shaped tent (a tall peak height at the apex with sharply sloped walls) and a box-shaped tent, which features the same peak height throughout (headroom is the same at the sides as in the middle). Slope is a trickier subject than peak height and cannot be communicated via a simple measurement, but there are a few tell-tale signs to look for. 

Most of today’s most premium designs feature pre-bent poles and a ridge pole, both of which help to stretch the walls outward and make them near-vertical. This can go a long way in extending the peak height both length and widthwise, and is seen in popular tents like the REI Half Dome SL and Nemo Dagger. On the other hand, some budget and ultralight tents use simplified pole structures (or even trekking pole setups), resulting in a sharper slope and less interior space (the Nemo Hornet Elite, for example). While a tent like the Nemo Dagger is actually fun to hang out in (two people can sit face-to-face), the Hornet Elite can feel a bit like a coffin. Not everyone will need to prioritize a tent with a generous peak height throughout, but it’s especially worth it for those who anticipate bad weather or spending a lot of time inside.

BA Copper Spur Platinum backpacking tent (steep walls)

One of the easiest ways to think about tent durability is to consider the thickness of the fabric, which is measured in terms of denier (technically speaking, the weight of the yarn). The higher the denier—of the floor, canopy, and rainfly—the more durable the tent. Logically, denier lines up with weight: The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL3 ($500; 2 lb. 15 oz.) has a thin 15-denier floor, while the 5-pound-14-ounce TNF Stormbreak 2 ($185) uses a robust 68-denier fabric. Ultralight gear certainly requires an extra level of care—we typically recommend using a footprint with lightweight tents and checking your campsite for sharp sticks or rocks—but it’s a sacrifice many are willing to accept to reduce their packed weight. Because the area most vulnerable to punctures or tears is the floor, this is the number we list in the specs and comparison table above.

NEMO Dragonfly OSMO 2P tent (door tie backs)

While fabric thickness is a large factor in determining a tent’s durability, it’s not the only one. The quality of the rest of the materials (poles, zippers, etc.) also plays a part, as does the attention to detail. Additionally, premium tents will often add a silicone coating (also referred to as “silnylon”) to their thin fabrics for additional tear strength and longevity, while most budget designs do not. This is an expensive process—there’s a reason Hilleberg tents are $850 or more—but the payoff is incredible toughness even on a tent like the Nallo that uses otherwise thin 30-denier fabric. We’ve learned to trust the build quality of tents from leading manufacturers like REI, Nemo, and MSR, but you’ll want to be a bit more careful with dedicated budget brands like Alps Mountaineering and Eureka, which specialize in the entry-level market. 

REI Co-op Trail Hut 2 backpacking tent (unpacking)

Your first line of defense in bad weather is the rainfly. As the name indicates, the rainfly covers the exposed tent body for increased resistance from precipitation, wind, and cold. Even ultralight designs have a waterproof coating, are seam-taped (or can be inexpensively), and can withstand hours of downpour without leaking, provided they cover the entire tent body (we’ve found that most leakage actually comes from the ground around the bottom of the tent). We almost always recommend a full-coverage rainfly, although some tents like the Nemo Hornet Elite  have impressive weather resistance even with some sections only protected by the tent body.

Nemo Hornet Elite OSMO backpacking tent (cut out rainfly)

The next factor in weather resistance is the tent structure. In general, more expensive tents offer increased weather resistance (some ultralight models are exceptions). The poles and pole systems on budget tents are likely to bow during strong winds, while high-end tents like those from MSR and Big Agnes have stronger poles and tons of exterior ties to anchor yourself down during a storm.

A healthy percentage of people get up to the mountains a few weekends a year during the summer months, and encounter moderate conditions in terms of temperature, wind, and precipitation. If you fall into this category, all on our list should perform admirably. We once slept in an older version of the REI Half Dome for six consecutive weeks in Patagonia with only a couple of uncomfortable nights during big storms. That being said, subsequent trips in a Hilleberg did make us appreciate the quality and bombproof feeling you get in a high-end tent.

Cordillera Blanca MSR Access 2

How well a tent ventilates depends on a couple of factors. First, look at the amount of mesh on the tent itself. A double-wall tent (the tent body and rainfly being two independent pieces) with liberal amounts of mesh should breathe well in mild weather. Leave the rainfly off and the tent will be even more comfortable in hot temperatures so long as the sun isn't hitting you directly. With the rainfly on, things get a little trickier. A standard rainfly has a waterproof coating to help protect the interior from getting wet, which also means the rainfly doesn’t ventilate very well, and moisture from your breath is trapped inside, creating a dewy interior.

Sea to Summit Alto TR 2 backpacking tent (mesh tent body)

So what can you do? Tent manufacturers combat these problems by installing roof vents towards the top of the rainfly that can be deployed even in the rain. The vents are covered from the top by the rainfly fabric, so only in a strong storm with rain coming sideways will there be an issue with raindrops reaching the interior. By creating good airflow out the top of the tent, along with good spacing between the rainfly and tent body at the bottom, problems with moisture collecting on the interior of the tent can be greatly reduced. And some tents like the Sea to Summit Telos TR 2 have convertible-like rainfly designs that roll back fairly easily. You can leave half of the rainfly open for ventilation and stargazing, but if you feel a couple of rain drops during the night, it only takes a few seconds to roll the rainfly back down.

Backpacking tent (vent)

Tent storage can be broken into two categories: vestibules and gear closets outside the tent, and pockets inside the tent body for small items you need close at hand. A traditional vestibule covers the entry door to the tent with enough space for a couple backpacking packs and footwear. Without it, your options are bringing the wet and grimy gear inside the tent or letting it soak outside. Needless to say, we put a priority on some sort of outside gear storage. The amount of vestibule space is measured in square feet and can vary a fair amount. From our top picks above, the smallest vestibules are designs with just one door, like Big Agnes’ Fly Creek (8 sq. ft.). On the other end of the spectrum is the REI Half Dome’s roomy 22.5 square feet divided between two vestibules. For those camping with a partner, the REI’s added space makes staying organized (and sane) much easier.

Storing backpack in vestibule (Nemo Dagger backpacking tent)

A tent with excellent interior organization isn’t a top priority, that is, until you get into the tent for the first time and look for a spot to store your headlamp , handheld GPS, or other small items. We’ve found the most helpful area for a pocket is near your head, and a simple mesh drop-in pocket or two is sufficient. Some tents have pockets along the interior of the roof, which make for an easy place to squeeze in a headlamp to light up a game of cards. Should the tent not include pockets along the roof, look to see if it has hang loops instead for securing a light. These extra little details can make your backcountry camping experience all the more enjoyable.

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL3 backpacking tent (interior storage)

This article covers primarily two-person backpacking tents (the most common capacity), and a quick look at our picks above shows our clear preference for models with two doors. These designs are by far the most convenient if you consistently camp with a partner: Each person has their own door for getting in and out, including vestibule storage space. A few models above use just one door to save weight—the Big Agnes Fly Creek , for example, puts its door on one end. If you’re sharing the tent with a partner, this can be a major downside—you’ll be crawling over your tent mate to get in and out and will be limited to one vestibule for exterior storage. In the end, unless you’re traveling alone or pulling out all the stops to save weight, we recommend a tent with two doors.

REI Co-op Half Dome SL 2%2B backpacking tent body

The good news for backpackers is that setting up a modern tent has become surprisingly easy. Many of us remember the fabric sleeves of old that were both time consuming and extremely frustrating, but the majority of tents now use simple clips that take a matter of seconds to attach. In addition, tent poles have become streamlined and come together with ease. To set up most tents, you simply lay out your footprint if you have one, stake out the corners, attach the poles, and clip everything together. From there, the rainfly often can be the trickiest part (we’ve put ours on inside or backwards more times than we can count), plus you have those small Velcro attachments on the inside. But the whole process usually takes just a few minutes from start to finish, which is fantastic.

It’s worth noting that some ultralight tent systems can be more finicky to set up and definitely require some practice. When getting acquainted with shelters like the Zpacks Duplex Zip , we've found ourselves initially fumbling a bit to get everything taut and in place. And because Hilleberg tents are designed so uniquely, it can take a few tries to get setup speed where you want it to be. Regardless of your tent choice, it’s always a good idea to set it up at home first. Not only will this help guarantee that you know what you’re doing in the backcountry when the conditions may be more challenging, but it also ensures that you have all of the necessary components.

Setting up the Nemo Dagger OSMO 2P backpacking tent

The term freestanding means that by attaching poles to the tent body, it has a solid structure and can stand completely on its own. Non-freestanding or semi-freestanding tents need to be staked out in some (or all) of the corners to create a rigid frame. The benefit of a freestanding tent is a simple setup that is far easier to move from one area of your campsite to another (or to use on a rocky surface). As a result, most mainstream tents on the market are freestanding. Non-freestanding tents require fewer pole sections, which reduces weight, and are a popular choice for backcountry enthusiasts that are well versed in choosing a good campsite and erecting a tent. Owing to their design, semi- and non-freestanding tents also tend to have more sloped walls (read: less headroom) and less interior space overall. For a deeper dive into the topic, see our article on  freestanding vs. non-freestanding tents .

Durston X-Mid 1 non-freeestanding backpacking tent

Without getting too into the nitty gritty on tent poles and stakes, there are a few important details to cover. In terms of poles, nearly every quality backpacking tent uses aluminum poles (exceptions to the rule are the Zpacks Duplex Flex, MSR Carbon Reflex, and Big Agnes Fly Creek Carbon, which use carbon-fiber poles). Aluminum is relatively affordable, lightweight, and will flex quite a bit prior to failing. Name brand poles like Easton or DAC are easy to trust, but there are also a number of quality in-house offerings. You’ll find simple pole layouts in budget tents—for example, the criss-crossing structure of the REI Co-op Trailmade 2 —while more premium tents tack on a ridge pole at the apex for stability and headroom. And in 2024, most of our favorite tents feature hubbed poles (meaning that the poles are all attached at a center “hub”), which offer greater rigidity and easier setup.

REI Co-op Half Dome SL 2%2B backpacking tent (hubbed poles)

No matter the tent style or manufacturer, stakes are an integral part of setting up a tent. Most two-person tents will include six: one for each corner and one for each side of the vestibule. That’s all fine and good for setting up in mild conditions, but it’s insufficient for bad weather when you want to use guylines. Thus, you may want to purchase some extra stakes, and it may be worth replacing your stock ones as well. Cheaper hook-style aluminum stakes come with most tents and can be a pain to use because they’re too thick and round to easily sink into the ground, and have a tendency to bend when being hammered in. Thankfully, upgrading isn’t very expensive. We really like the MSR Groundhogs : they are light, tough and easy to put in the ground. And the DAC stakes that come with the Hilleberg Nallo (and other Hilleberg models) are some of the best we've used.

NEMO Dragonfly OSMO 2P tent (stakes)

Most of the backpacking tents above are of the two-person variety, with floor plans that can accommodate two 20-inch sleeping pads side-by-side. The two-person tent is the most popular capacity, but many backpacking models also come in one, three, and four-person designs. Solo travelers can save some weight by opting for a one-person option, while families or couples traveling with a dog can bump up to a three- or four-person model. It almost goes without saying that weight and packed size will increase alongside capacity, but it is worth noting that, in general, one four-person tent will be lighter than two two-person models. For example, the Marmot Tungsten 4 checks in at 9 pounds 3.8 ounces, while the two-person version weighs 5 pounds 14.2 ounces.

Family backpacking trip with the old 4-person REI Half Dome backpacking tent

We’ll start by noting that a footprint is optional—some of the tents above come with an included footprint, while others do not. These simple tarps go beneath your tent (usually attaching to the pole in each corner) to provide an extra layer of protection underneath. They’re a nice added bit of assurance to have when it’s wet (make sure to tuck them under the tent to avoid pooling, as that can have the opposite effect) or when you’re camped on rough surfaces like granite or sharp plants. That said, they do add an additional cost (a $40 footprint would increase the price of a $200 tent by a whopping 20%) and 5 to 10 ounces to your pack.

Here’s our take: A footprint is a good idea if your tent is thin in terms of denier (see the durability section above ) or if you plan on camping on rough surfaces like granite, tend to be careless with your gear, or don’t have the risk tolerance for a torn floor (and the subsequent repair). On the other hand, if you have a durable tent and are camping on dirt, it’s unlikely that your tent will rip. 

Backpacking tent (Marmot Tungsten footprint)

Cost always is a key consideration and a backpacking tent is a big purchase. Here’s our take: if you are on a budget, only plan on backpacking once or twice a summer, are covering short to moderate distances, or just don’t mind carrying a few extra pounds, we are big fans of entry-level tents like the REI Co-op Trail Hut 2   ($199 with a footprint included) and Half Dome SL 2+ ($329 but a noticeable step up in interior space and features). These tents offer the highest value: Build quality is good, they are durable and roomy, setup is easy with simplified pole structures, and they cost considerably less than lighter-weight models. For casual backpackers on shorter trips, there is no need to spend more.

Setting up Nemo Aurora backpacking tent

Continuing up the price ladder, the trend is toward lighter and more packable designs. For those who take multi-day backpacking trips, get out a lot, and prioritize a low pack weight, the investment will be well worth it. Tents that are lightweight yet fairly uncompromised will be some of the most expensive (consider the $550 Big Agnes Copper Spur), while semi-freestanding designs with smaller footprints will come in a bit less (the $400  Big Agnes Fly Creek , for example). Most people may not want to consider anything above $500, but this is where you’ll find the lightest designs and the most expensive materials, such as Dyneema fabrics and carbon fiber poles. These tents (like the $699 Zpacks Duplex Zip and $650 Big Agnes Tiger Wall Platinum) are a good fit only for extremely weight-conscious backpackers and thru-hikers who spend countless nights outside and need the best tool for the job. However, unless you care a lot about saving weight, they’re often not the best value, with fragile materials and compromised livability and features. Back to Our Top Backpacking Tent Picks     Back to Our Backpacking Tent Comparison Table

Learn More About Outdoor Gear

Big Agnes Copper Spur backpacking tent (opening vestibule)

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Tent Review

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 backpacking tent (staking out tent on beach)

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 Tent Review

Backpacking tent

How to Choose a Backpacking Tent

Nemo Dagger OSMO 2P backpacking tent (pitched in Patagonia)

Nemo Dagger Osmo 2P Tent Review

Durston X-Mid 1 trekking pole shelter (adjusting door in mountains)

Best Ultralight Tents of 2024

Footprint for backpacking tent (laying down footprint in desert)

Does Your Backpacking Tent Need a Footprint?

Non-Freestanding backpacking tent (Hyperlite Dirigo 2 by lake)

Freestanding vs. Non-Freestanding Backpacking Tents

Zipping up REI Co-op Passage 2 budget backpacking tent (camping on beach)

Best Budget Backpacking Tents of 2024

Backpacking checklist (tent set up by lake)

Backpacking Checklist for 2023

tent in travel

Mobile Menu

Megamenu - desktop hamburger menu.

  • Hiking Gear
  • Backpacking Gear
  • Biking Gear
  • Camping Gear
  • Footwear Reviews
  • Climbing Gear
  • Skiing Gear
  • Winter Gear Reviews
  • In-Depth Gear Reviews
  • Hiking Shoes
  • Hiking Boots
  • Trail Running Shoes
  • Mountain Bike Shoes
  • Approach Shoes
  • Climbing Shoes
  • Beginner Climbing Shoes
  • Mountaineering Boots
  • Winter Boots
  • Rain Jackets
  • Down Jackets
  • Synthetic Jackets
  • Fleece Jackets
  • Hardshell Jackets
  • Softshell Jackets
  • Windbreaker Jackets
  • Ski Jackets
  • Winter Jackets
  • Hiking Pants
  • Hiking Socks
  • Trekking Poles
  • Baby Carriers
  • Running Vests
  • Backpacking Tents
  • Backpacking Packs
  • Backpacking Sleeping Bags
  • Backpacking Sleeping Pads
  • Backpacking Stoves
  • Backpacking Food
  • Water Filters
  • Altimeter Watches
  • Handheld GPS
  • Mountain Bike Helmets
  • Mountain Bikes
  • Mountain Bikes Under $1,000
  • Mountain Bikes Under $2,000
  • Gravel Bikes
  • Bike Brands
  • Kids' Bikes
  • Hitch Bike Racks
  • Camping Tents
  • Rooftop Tents
  • Camping Sleeping Bags
  • Camping Mattresses
  • Camping Chairs
  • Camping Stoves
  • Duffel Bags
  • Rock Climbing Shoes
  • Climbing Helmets
  • Climbing Harnesses
  • Climbing Quickdraws
  • Belay Devices
  • Climbing Ropes
  • Climbing Backpacks
  • Winter Gloves
  • 4-Season Tents
  • Ski Helmets
  • Ski Goggles
  • Ski Backpacks
  • All-Mountain Skis
  • Ski Bindings
  • Backcountry Skis
  • Backcountry Ski Boots
  • Skis for Beginners
  • Hardpack Skis
  • Mirrorless Cameras
  • Full-Frame Cameras
  • DSLR Cameras
  • Point-and-Shoot Cameras
  • Travel Cameras
  • DSLR Lenses
  • Mirrorless Lenses
  • Lofoten Islands
  • Lofoten Hiking
  • Hardangervidda
  • Jotunheimen
  • 10 Great Norway Hikes
  • Public Huts
  • Torres del Paine
  • Chalten and Glaciares
  • Lake District
  • Patagonia National Park
  • Milford Sound
  • Abel Tasman
  • Marlborough
  • Great Walks
  • Adventure Towns

Add adventure to your inbox

  • Privacy Policy
  • Terms of Use

© 2024 Switchback Travel. All Rights Reserved. No part of this site may be reproduced without our written permission.

Table of contents

10 Best Backpacking Tents of 2024

tent in travel

Some of the links on this page are affiliate links

The NEMO Hornet OSMO 2 and Big Agnes Tiger Wall 2 backpacking tents pitched in a campsite surrounded by granite peaks in the Sawtooth Mountains

Your backpacking tent will be one of the most important gear purchases you make. Finding one that has the best balance of weight, interior space, convenience, and weather protection will make it much easier to stay happy and comfortable on trail.

Our team of gear experts has spent over a decade testing more than 50 backpacking tents – from budget beasts to minimal ultralight shelters. We’ve hiked upward of 20,000 miles on trails all over the world, including treks through the alpine peaks of Patagonia, summer monsoons in the Rockies, and sweltering days in the desert, with more than 1000 nights in the wilderness. We’ll use our experience in this guide to help you find the best backpacking tent for you.

Though a regular backpacking tent will suit most people, anyone planning a long-distance adventure should definitely check out our guide to the best ultralight tents available. On the other hand, if cost is your primary consideration, we’ve caught some Zs in plenty of budget tents as well as larger camping tents for weekends away with the family.

Quick Picks for Backpacking Tents

Check out this quick list of the best backpacking tents, or continue scrolling to see our full list of favorites with in-depth reviews.

Best backpacking tent overall: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ($530)

Best ultralight backpacking tent: Zpacks Duplex ($669)

Best budget tent for backpacking & car camping: REI Half Dome SL 2+ ($349)

Best semi-freestanding tent: Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ($450)

Best lightweight & sturdy tent for harsh conditions: SlingFin Portal ($560)

Spacious tent with innovative features: Sea to Summit Telos TR2 ($599)

Great option for UL hikers wanting more space: NEMO Hornet OSMO 3 ($550)

Most affordable backpacking & car camping tent: REI Trailmade 2 ($199)

We’ve updated all of our reviews with more long-term testing results after several hundred more miles of experience with each tent over the past year.

  • The Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 remains the best overall pick for over five years running.
  • We still highly recommend the classic Zpacks Duplex , but we also had a chance to test out and review its sibling, the Zpacks Duplex Zip .
  • The REI Half Dome SL2+ remains one of the best deals for a backpacking/car camping hybrid tent.
  • The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye continues to be our favorite semi-freestanding backpacking tent.

tent in travel

  • Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2

Best backpacking tent overall

Price: $530

Weight: 3 lb. 2 oz.

Dimensions: 88 x 52/42 x 40 in. (wider at head, narrower at foot)

Size: 1-Person , 2-Person , 3-Person , 4-Person

  • Ultralight for a freestanding tent
  • Quick and easy to set up
  • Ample headroom
  • Very useful pocket layout
  • Large doors/vestibules
  • Quality construction/materials
  • Rainfly zippers can snag

The Copper Spur HV UL2 is one of our all-time favorite backpacking tents – the CleverHiker team has spent hundreds of backcountry nights in this shelter. Its ultralight freestanding design enables hikers to pitch it almost anywhere, and it doesn’t sacrifice convenience, weather protection, or livability.

The Copper Spur is a popular choice among thru-hikers of the AT , PCT , and CDT , all of which are notoriously tough on gear. Despite the ultralight materials used in the construction of this tent, it can last for thousands of miles if you take the time to clear pokey debris from your campsites. We’ve taken several iterations of the Copper Spur 2 over a thousand miles each on trail, and they’re still going strong.

The bent-pole structure and ridge pole of the Copper Spur create nearly vertical sidewalls – maximizing interior volume and providing ample headroom. The UL2 has enough space inside for two regular-width sleeping pads and some gear. You can even squeeze a tapered wide pad plus a regular pad inside but you’ll likely need to store gear outside in that case. 

If you and your hiking partner both use wide pads (or you just prefer extra space), you’ll want to bump up to the Copper Spur HV UL3 . Pretty unique in the backpacking tent category, the Copper Spur 2 and 3 are also offered in Long versions. The Copper Spur Long gives you a whopping 96 inches of floor length, so it’s a lot more comfortable for hikers over six feet tall who prefer to store all their gear inside. Whichever size you go with , you’ll have a backpacking tent that provides an exceptional balance of camp comfort and low packed weight.

Full Review: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2

tent in travel

  • Zpacks Duplex

Best ultralight backpacking tent

Price: $669

Weight: 1 lb. 2.5 oz. (no stakes or poles)

Dimensions (LxWxH): 90 x 45 x 48 in.

Size: 1-Person , 2-Person , 3-Person

  • Very durable for the weight
  • DCF material won’t sag when wet
  • Trekking poles can double as tent poles
  • Needs condensation management
  • Non-freestanding design has a learning curve

The Zpacks Duplex is our go-to ultralight backpacking tent for thru-hiking and long-distance adventures. This tent provides an excellent amount of interior space and weather protection at a low weight.

The Dyneema Composite Fabric (DCF) is a big part of what makes the Duplex such a great choice for thru-hikes. It’s waterproof, tough, incredibly light, and doesn’t sag when wet; the downside is that it’s very expensive. That said, the Duplex is a very worthwhile investment if you love to backpack light since it can last for several seasons if you treat it with care. 

The other key to the ridiculously low weight of the Duplex is its non-freestanding, single-wall design. This eliminates the need for dedicated tent poles (you use your trekking poles to create the structure) and a rainfly. It may take a few pitches to get it perfect if you’ve never used a backpacking tent like this before, but you’ll quickly get the hang of it with a little practice. Condensation can also be a bigger issue in single-wall tents because there isn’t a mesh layer to keep the interior separate from the flysheet, so ventilation and campsite selection become a lot more important.

The high ceiling of the Duplex allows you and your hiking partner to sit up comfortably at the same time, and the two-door design will keep you from crawling over each other to get in and out. If you’re looking for the best ultralight backpacking tent on the market, this is your guy.

The Duplex is spacious enough for two hikers, and it’s an absolute palace for one. But pairs of hikers who really like to spread out should look at the Triplex for even more square footage with a negligible amount of added weight. CleverHiker Founder, Dave Collins, has used both extensively, and the Plex tents are his absolute favorites for big mileage trips and hikes with a ton of elevation gain. For ultralight solo trips he packs the Duplex, but when he needs more space to share with a tentmate – like on his JMT thru-hike – he brings the Triplex. On the flip side, solo hikers who prioritize saving weight above anything can’t go wrong with the Plex Solo .

Full Reviews:   Zpacks Duplex , Zpacks Duplex Zip , Zpacks Triplex , and Zpacks Plex Solo

tent in travel

  • REI Half Dome SL 2+

Best budget tent for backpacking & car camping

Price: $349

Weight: 4 lb. 11.5 oz. (including footprint)

Dimensions (LxWxH): 90 x 56 x 42 in.

Size: 2-Person , 3-Person

  • Less expensive
  • Very roomy interior
  • More durable than many others
  • Freestanding design is quick/easy to set up
  • Footprint included
  • Heavier than some
  • Bulkier than some

REI’s Half Dome SL 2+ has an unrivaled blend of affordability, durability, and interior space. Its symmetrical freestanding design and very roomy dimensions make it comfortable and user-friendly for hikers of all experience levels. This is our favorite budget-friendly crossover tent for those who want a single shelter that works for camping in the frontcountry and the backcountry.

The spacious interior comfortably fits two hikers plus their gear – you could pack along two wide/long sleeping pads and still have room to spare. The generous amount of headroom also allows two campers to sit up comfortably which is a real perk on rainy days spent inside. While this isn’t the most glamorous camping tent nor the lightest backpacking tent, the Half Dome suits both needs well and costs far less money and storage space than buying a separate tent for each activity.

Though the weight of the Half Dome is more than we prefer for multi-day backpacking adventures, it’s not too bad when split between two hikers. In addition, you can save about 8 ounces by leaving the included footprint at home. Footprints aren’t strictly necessary and we often choose to hike without one. Just taking time to clear your campsite of debris before setting up will go a long way toward preserving your tent floor (but we wrote a whole post that’ll help you decide whether or not you should use a footprint ). Plus the Half Dome already has a pretty robust floor as it is (40-denier nylon).

The NEMO Dagger 2 below is in this same crossover category, and – if money was no object – we’d recommend the Dagger over the Half Dome for its lower weight and larger amount of headroom. But budget is a top consideration for many of us when buying big-ticket outdoor gear, and the much friendlier price point of the Half Dome SL 2+ gets you a very comparable tent that won’t disappoint.

Full Review: Half Dome SL 2+

Stock photo of the Tiger Wall 2 with a white background

Big Agnes Tiger Wall 2

Best semi-freestanding tent

Price: $450

Weight: 2 lb. 8 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 86 x 52/42 x 39 in. (wider at head, narrower at foot)

  • Roomy for one
  • Two doors/vestibules (a perk for solo hikers)
  • A bit tight for two
  • Not as durable as some (floor material is thin)
  • No rainfly vents

Solo backpackers who want some space to sprawl and ounce-counting pairs of hikers will love the ultralight design of the Big Agnes Tiger Wall 2 . With enough structure to perform well in inclement weather but a weight that’s barely over a pound per person when split between two hikers, the semi-freestanding Tiger Wall is a more convenient alternative to non-freestanding ultralight tents.

The Tiger Wall 2 and Tiger Wall 3 are top picks for CleverHiker Managing Editor, Ben Applebaum-Bauch. He’s used the 2-person version on over 1,000 miles of trail – including the Oregon Coast Trail and Superior Hiking Trail – and the 3-person version for his 3,000-mile CDT thru-hike with his partner. Both sizes of the Tiger Wall held up beautifully on trail, and only have minor signs of wear and tear to show for all the hard miles put on them – very impressive for such lightweight shelters.

Semi-freestanding tents can often feel a bit cramped, but – while the quarters in the Tiger Wall 2 are still a bit tight for two – this tent has a wider ridge pole than most others in this category. The ridge pole creates more livable space where we want it most – at the head when sitting up. Additionally, you can save valuable floor space by storing gear in the large mezzanine pocket at the foot of the tent. 

Another comfort feature of the Tiger Wall is the easy-to-use door toggles that give you the ability to roll back both sides of the vestibule to take in grand views or max out ventilation on clear nights. Since the Tiger Wall doesn’t have vents on the rainfly like many other tents, we prefer to sleep with one or both doors rolled back whenever possible for airflow.

Out of the three semi-freestanding tents on our list, this is the one we’d recommend most for pairs of hikers looking to balance weight and space most efficiently. Overall, hikers who prioritize saving weight and don’t mind sharing a tighter space will love the minimal yet functional design of the Tiger Wall 2. If you prefer more room to spread out, the excellent Tiger Wall 3 has extra floor space and a few more inches of peak height but is still lighter than many 2P tents.

Full Review: Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2

tent in travel

  • SlingFin Portal

Best lightweight & sturdy tent for harsh conditions

Price: $560

Weight: 3 lb. 5 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 85 x 51/42 x 44 in. (wider at head, narrower at foot)

  • Excellent weather protection
  • Lightweight
  • Roomy interior
  • Useful pockets

With an extra stable frame, generous headroom, and top-quality construction and materials, the SlingFin Portal is an excellent lightweight shelter for hunkering down when nasty weather hits. 

The Portal can be set up with internal guylines that run along the interior walls at the head and foot to give the structure significantly more strength in wind than external guylines alone. In the most basic terms, the internal guylines take the stress imposed on the structure by wind and transfer it to the stakes where your tent is anchored to the ground. This keeps the tent from bending and contorting in the wind like most other lightweight backpacking tents would. Comfort is increased as a result, but it also bumps safety up several notches since your poles will have a far lower chance of snapping in strong gusts.

Thicker poles, internal guylines, and the ability to attach trekking poles for added structural integrity make the Portal super solid in wind, rain, and even light snow. These features are unique for a lightweight backpacking tent and are generally more common in high-end 4-season mountaineering shelters . Many hikers would probably be better off buying the versatile Portal rather than a dedicated winter tent that’s heavier and less practical for summer and shoulder season hiking.

One of our favorite features of the Portal is its generous headroom, which makes it feel much more livable than the average lightweight 2-person backpacking tent. While we wish there was a smidge more floor space from head to foot on this tent, the solid amount of breathing room up top keeps the Portal from feeling cramped.

Other details like great pockets and included replacement zipper sliders come together with the stormworthy design to make the Portal one of the best backpacking tents we’ve ever tested for staying comfortable and safe in harsh weather.

Full Review: SlingFin Portal

tent in travel

  • NEMO Hornet OSMO 3

Great option for UL hikers wanting more space

Price: $550

Dimensions (LxWxH): 88 x 68/62 x 44 in. (wider at head, narrower at foot)

  • Ultralight for the size
  • Well-priced for the specs
  • Roomy for two
  • Convenient pockets
  • High-quality materials/construction
  • Good ventilation
  • Innovative stuff sack makes it easy to split the load
  • Only one side of the rainfly can be tied back

Ultralight doesn’t have to mean sacrificing comfort. With the NEMO Hornet OSMO 3 , a pair of hikers can have the conveniences of a traditional 2-person tent – two doors/vestibules, a roomy interior, and useful pockets – without the additional weight. As an added bonus, this spacious shelter costs around the same amount of money as many of the leading 2-person backpacking tents.

You might want extra space for a variety of reasons – maybe you want to fit two wide sleeping pads with room to spare, or you travel with a large dog or an adventurous kid, or you just want a little more breathing room when sharing your tent with a partner. Whatever the case may be, the generous floor dimensions and peak height of the Hornet 3 will accommodate.

NEMO’s proprietary OSMO fabric repels water better than standard nylon or polyester flysheets, and – best of all – it stretches far less when wet. This means your pitch stays taut in the rain, and you won’t have to worry about saggy rainfly material creating wet spots on the tent body, your sleeping bag footbox, or your head.

We’ve always been big fans of NEMO’s attention to detail, high-quality construction, and innovative designs, and the Hornet OSMO 3 doesn’t disappoint. For those who prioritize saving weight over having extra space, the NEMO Hornet OSMO 2 is also a great choice and is a bit more affordable than similarly designed tents.

Full Review: NEMO Hornet OSMO 2

tent in travel

  • Sea to Summit Telos TR2

Exceptionally spacious tent with innovative features

Price: $599

Weight: 3 lb. 10 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 84.5 x 53 x 43 in.

  • Excellent headroom
  • Quick/easy to set up
  • Very light for the amount of space
  • More comfortable living space than others
  • Excellent ventilation
  • A bit heavier than some in this price range

The Sea to Summit Telos TR2 is an innovative tent with a lot of unique features to love. The biggest standout is its pole structure which provides far more headroom than any 2-person backpacking tent in its weight class.

The inverted ridge pole of the Telos points upward instead of sloping downward like most others. This creates tall door openings and practically vertical sidewalls that translate to a massive amount of headroom throughout the length of the tent. We find that having ample headroom inside a tent considerably increases comfort, and the Telos is certainly best-in-class for this spec.

CleverHiker Senior Gear Analyst, Casey Handley, took the Telos on a rainy test hike over the 40-mile Timberline Trail with her partner. This spacious tent provided a cozy retreat for the pair to wait out inclement weather when the rain really started coming down. There was plenty of room to keep gear dry inside as well as enjoy a game of cards until the weather quieted down.

The Telos also has exceptional ventilation – it features a huge apex vent that can be opened or closed plus low venting on the vestibules that can be deployed when necessary. We find that the vents create truly excellent circulation and provide comfortable and practically condensation-free nights. Other creature comforts, like the light-dispersing Lightbar and shady Hangout Mode, add to its livability and make the Telos feel like a little slice of luxury in the backcountry. 

Though it’s pretty spendy, the comfort the Telos provides is worth the cost if you’re looking for a versatile 2-person backpacking tent with all of the details dialed in. There’s really nothing else on the market like this tent, and we recommend it to hikers whose main priority is comfort on trail.

Full Review: Sea to Summit Telos TR2

tent in travel

  • NEMO Dagger OSMO 2

Best crossover tent for backpacking & car camping

Weight: 4 lb. 2 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 90 x 50 x 42 in.

  • Very spacious
  • Light for how much space it offers
  • Great pockets
  • On the heavy side

The NEMO Dagger OSMO 2 offers a ton of interior space at a reasonable weight, so it’s perfect for those wanting a tent that’s comfortable for both backpacking and car camping.

When split between two hikers, each will carry just over two pounds. While that’s not as impressive as some others at first glance, it’s actually very respectable when you consider the whole picture. The Dagger offers significantly more interior space than much of the lighter weight competition thanks to its long, rectangular floor and nearly vertical side walls. 

Since the Dagger has enough floor space for two wide/long pads and plenty of interior volume to comfortably hang out inside, it works quite nicely for car camping as well. Crossover tents like this one will save the user storage space at home and a ton of money over buying a dedicated tent for each activity.

The Dagger has many convenient features built in, like two huge, trapezoidal vestibules for gear storage, light-dispersing headlamp pockets, and an included tub accessory for the vestibule that keeps your gear clean and dry. The innovative OSMO fabric also doesn’t sag when wet (unlike Silnylon), and it remains waterproof for longer than the coated fabrics used for many other tents.

Though the Dagger is among the more expensive tents on our list, its ability to pull double-duty as a luxurious backpacking tent or a comfortable car-camping tent makes it a versatile option that’s worth the high price tag. Those looking for lightweight livability in a convenient design will find that the NEMO Dagger OSMO 2 is among the best of the best.

Full Review: NEMO Dagger OSMO 2

tent in travel

  • MSR FreeLite 2

Good balance of weight & livability for solo hikers

Weight: 2 lb. 5 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 84 x 50 x 39 in.

  • Rainfly gutter prevents drippy entry
  • Tight for two

The MSR FreeLite 2 is a great option for those looking to go lighter without sacrificing the convenience of a double-wall tent. It has two large doors/vestibules, a smart rainfly design that prevents drippy entry in the rain, and a lower weight than many similarly designed tents.

We view the FreeLite as more comfortable for solo hikers since the interior headroom can feel a little cramped when spending any extended amount of time inside. But for pairs that value saving weight over having more interior space, the FreeLite has the dimensions to accommodate two people.

The rainbow shape of the FreeLite is effective at shedding precipitation, and the unique rainfly gutters direct water away from the zippered entry to prevent it from pooling up and pouring onto the floor while moving in or out of the tent in wet weather. 

Solo backpackers wanting the best mix of weight, livability, and weather protection will love the FreeLite, and pairs who would opt to save weight and don’t mind tight quarters will find that this tent delivers excellent performance.

Stock photo of the REI Trailmade 2 tent with a white background

  • REI Trailmade 2

Most affordable crossover tent for backpacking & car camping

Price: $199

Weight: 5 lb. 7 oz. (including footprint)

Dimensions (LxWxH): 88 x 52 x 40 in.

Size: 1-Person , 2-Person

  • Durable (strong zippers & thick material)
  • Lack of ridge pole limits headroom a bit

The affordable REI Trailmade 2 is a great tent for backpackers on a tight budget or those wanting to save money on a crossover tent that works for both car camping and backpacking. 

Though none of the Trailmade’s specs (other than price) are really standouts, the tried-and-true dome design holds up well in bad weather. The quality materials and construction of the Trailmade (strong zippers and thicker material) ensure this tent will remain reliable through many seasons of use. And the symmetrical free-standing design is quick and easy to pitch, so this is a great starter tent for beginners.

What holds the Trailmade back from ranking higher on our list is the lack of a ridge pole across the top. Most backpacking tents nowadays include this pole to pull out the sides of the tent and increase headroom – significantly increasing livability without much added weight. Since the Trailmade omits this pole, it feels a bit narrow inside across the spine – especially when the space is split between two hikers.

While we consider the Trailmade a bit heavy for backpacking, the weight and bulk aren’t too bad when split between two hikers. You can also save about 8 ounces by leaving the included footprint at home.

The budget-friendly Trailmade is an excellent investment for beginners and those wanting to get into the backcountry without spending a fortune. We would recommend trying to stretch your budget a bit for one of the more comfortable options on this list if you plan to backpack often, but you won’t be disappointed by the Trailmade if you really just need to keep costs down.

Full Review: REI Trailmade 2

tent in travel

  • Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo

Affordable & spacious ultralight backpacking tent

Price: $395

Weight: 2 lb. 13 oz. (no stakes or poles)

Dimensions (LxWxH): 90 x 54 x 45 in.

  • Small packed size
  • Seam sealing costs extra

The Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo is one of the best value backpacking tents on our list due to its excellent blend of space, weight, and durability. CleverHiker Gear Tester, Heather Eldridge, has put the Lunar Duo through the wringer on multiple thru-hikes covering thousands of miles, and it continues to hold up like a champ.

The Lunar Duo is a bit heavier than many other ultralight non-freestanding tents, like the Zpacks Duplex above, but we find the weight tradeoff is worth the significant monetary savings for hikers on a budget. One thing that makes the Lunar Duo unique among non-freestanding tents is the arched brow poles over the doors. These poles maximize headroom along the entire length of the tent and give the Lunar Duo the most luxuriously spacious interior of any model in its class. 

The large vestibules are designed to open completely without disturbing the structure of the tent so you get the same ventilation and view benefits as a double-wall tent. On top of that, the floating canopy and peak vents work together to create ample airflow in the Lunar Duo – cutting down significantly on interior condensation. 

If you’re looking for a roomy ultralight shelter at an exceptionally affordable price, few tents come close to the Lunar Duo. 

Solo hikers wanting to cut down on weight even more, should check out the Lunar Solo . It’s one of our top 1-person tent picks because it’s very spacious for one hiker and their gear, it’s easy to set up, and it’s incredibly affordable for the specs. 

Full Reviews: Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo & Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo

Stock photo of the MSR Hubba Hubba 2 with a white background

  • MSR Hubba Hubba 2

Great balance of weather protection & weight

Weight: 3 lb. 4 oz.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 84 x 50 x 40 in.

  • Great weather protection
  • Lightweight for the weather-worthiness
  • Lack of headroom makes interior feel a bit tight

The long-time crowd favorite MSR Hubba Hubba 2 is a standout on the backpacking tent market for its durability and weather protection. The rainbow shape of this tent leaves very little surface area along the spine to catch gusts of wind, and there aren’t any flat surfaces on the fly for water to pool. 

One of our favorite details of the Hubba Hubba is the gutter on the vestibule doors. This little feature directs water down a groove behind the rainfly closure providing a drip-free entry in wet weather.

The Hubba Hubba’s symmetrical freestanding design makes it quick and easy to set up and provides just enough space to squeeze two wide pads inside. However, we find that the pole structure causes the walls to slope inward – limiting interior headroom. 

That said, if you tend to be hard on gear or you often backpack in places with temperamental weather, the Hubba Hubba is still a top choice for its high-quality build at a relatively low weight.

Full Review: MSR Hubba Hubba 2

The Zpacks Triplex pitched in a rocky, high-alpine campsite on the John Muir Trail

What’s Most Important to You in a Backpacking Tent?

Your backpacking tent will be one of the four heaviest items in your pack – tent, backpack , sleeping bag , sleeping pad – so this is a great place to save weight. We consider weight one of the most important specs for backpacking gear. The lighter your backpack, the more comfortable it will be, the more miles you’ll be able to hike, and the more enjoyable your trip will be.

Best lightweight backpacking tents

  • Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL 2

Best ultralight backpacking tents

  • Zpacks Duplex 
  • Zpacks Triplex  
  • Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL 2

We’re typically willing to spend a bit more for a high-quality backpacking tent with a low packed weight because we truly believe that leads to more comfortable and enjoyable backcountry trips. Livability and weight tend to trump cost in our books, but we recommend quality options at a variety of price points in our list below. If price is a key issue for you, make sure to check out our Best Budget Backpacking Tent list .

Best mid-range backpacking tents

Best budget backpacking tents

Best high-end backpacking tents

When choosing a backpacking tent, look for one with a good balance of space and weight. Many backpacking tents come in multiple size options (1P, 2P, etc.), but it’s very common for tents to feel smaller than their capacity ratings imply. If you plan to share your tent with another hiker, think about how comfortable you are with tight spaces and the width of your sleeping pads (many 2P backpacking tents won’t fit two wide pads).

Most spacious backpacking tents

  • Zpacks Triplex
  • Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL3

DURABILITY & WEATHER PROTECTION:

If you tend to be tough on gear or you often backpack in harsh, exposed conditions, picking up a more durable backpacking tent will likely be a smart choice. Small abrasions can easily be fixed , but all tents have their breaking points. If long-term durability is one of your top concerns, it may be beneficial to go with a tent that’s a bit more burly. Sturdier tents usually weigh more, but they’ll shed nasty weather easily and last a very long time.

Most durable backpacking tents

BEST 1-PERSON BACKPACKING TENTS

Going with a 1-Person tent is an easy way for a solo hiker to drop a lot of bulk and weight out of their pack. However, some solo hikers prefer having more space and would be happier in a lightweight 2-person tent. You’ll need to decide which is more important to you: saving space and weight in your pack with a 1P tent or having more room and versatility with a 2P tent.

Best 1-person backpacking tents

  • Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo
  • Copper Spur HV UL1
  • Zpacks Plex Solo
  • NEMO Hornet OSMO 1

Best 2-person backpacking tents for solo hikers

tent in travel

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL 2 – Photo credit: Heather Eldridge (CleverHiker.com)

tent in travel

Zpacks Duplex & Triplex  – Photo credit: Dave Collins (CleverHiker.com)

tent in travel

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 – Photo credit: Heather Eldridge (CleverHiker.com)

tent in travel

Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo – Photo credit: Heather Eldridge (CleverHiker.com)

The Sea to Summit Telos TR2 backpacking tent set up in a windy campsite with burnt trees in the background

Sea to Summit Telos TR2 – Photo credit: Heather Eldridge (CleverHiker.com)

tent in travel

MSR FreeLite 2 – Photo credit: Dave Collins (CleverHiker.com)

Critical Tent Considerations

You shouldn’t have to spend a fortune to get a great backpacking tent. That’s why this list contains an array of solid options at a variety of price points. If you backpack a lot, it probably makes sense to spend more for a quality product that will get many years of use. If you’re on a limited budget, you may want to check out our budget backpacking tent recommendations , but they do tend to be much heavier. 

CHOOSING A SIZE

The reality with tent sizes is that a lot of manufacturers exaggerate how many people can sleep comfortably in them. For example, many two-person backpacking tents are a tight fit for two average-sized people. If you plan on sleeping two people in your tent and want more space, you may find a three-person tent to be more comfortable. Extra space will add weight, so you’ll probably want to choose a lightweight tent to keep your backpack light. Check out our Tent Size Guide for more info on finding the right fit for you.

tent in travel

When researching tents, you’ll likely notice a few different specs listed for weight and it can get a little confusing.

tent in travel

PACKAGED WEIGHT VS. MINIMUM TRAIL WEIGHT

When researching tents, you’ll likely notice a few different specs listed for weight and it can get a little confusing. Some manufacturers may even exaggerate how light a tent is to make it seem more appealing. Unfortunately, there is no required set standard for measuring backpacking tent weights across the industry, but here are some tips to help you decipher all the numbers:

Packaged Weight

This spec refers to the weight of all parts of the tent plus any accessories it comes with when you buy it. This is usually the most accurate measurement to consider, and it’s the spec we’ve listed with all the tents on this list. After all, you’re going to be using tent stakes with your tent, right?

Minimum Trail Weight

This one gets a little hairy. Since there’s no required industry standard for calculating this, some manufacturers exclude more items than others. Minimum trail weight is generally accepted to mean just the essential components to keep you dry. It will always include the tent body, the rainfly, and the poles. This measurement usually excludes tent stakes (unless your tent is semi-freestanding), guy lines, and stuff sacks.

MINIMUM TRAIL WEIGHT

Do you need a footprint.

Almost every backpacking tent on this list comes with the option to buy a footprint that will help extend the life of your tent floor. Footprints are not necessary, though, and many choose not to use them. It’s totally a personal choice, but a footprint will ensure that your tent floor lasts as long as possible. If you need help deciding if a footprint is right for you, check out our post Do You Really Need a Footprint for Your Tent .

tent in travel

A backpacking tent that doesn’t protect against the elements is worse than worthless, it’s dangerous. So be careful about extreme budget tents you’ll find elsewhere. Every tent on this list will provide excellent storm protection to keep you safe, dry, and warm.

tent in travel

INTERIOR SPACE

Backpacking tents keep weight to a minimum by limiting interior space (and thus, use less material). One-person tents are great for dedicated solo hikers looking to travel fast and light. Two-person tents tend to be the most popular, because they strike a good balance between weight and interior space. Most two-person tents have just enough room for two sleepers and a few stuff sacks , with backpacks and extra gear stored in the vestibules. If you want more interior space for camping comfort, you may want to bump up one size in tents (for example, buy a three-person tent to fit two hikers). Just remember, interior tent space is a tradeoff between comfort and weight. Check out our Tent Size Guide for more information on choosing which model to go with.

SEASON RATING

Three-season shelters are the most popular backpacking tents and the style we’re focusing on in this guide. They’re built for spring, summer, and fall trips where you’ll need to keep bad weather out while promoting ventilation, which helps keep interior condensation to a minimum. Three-season tents can usually handle a little snow, but they’re not made for heavy snow and harsh winter conditions. If you’re looking for a winter worthy tent, make sure to check out our list of the Best 4-Season Tents .

tent in travel

Freestanding tents are generally preferable because they’re easier to use and quicker to pitch. They come with a fixed pole system that can be set up almost anywhere – even on solid rock. Non-freestanding tents use stakes , guylines, and trekking poles for pitching. They save weight by cutting out tent poles, but require more time/space to pitch and will take more practice to master.

DOORS & VESTIBULES

If you plan on sleeping two people in your tent, it’s more comfortable to have two doors and two vestibules. Having separate entrances will ensure that you’re not climbing over a tentmate and two sets of gear every time you want to get in or out of your tent. That’s a huge benefit, and it’s why almost all of our backpacking tent recommendations have two doors and vestibules.

tent in travel

WALL CONSTRUCTION

Double-wall tents come with two separate parts – a mesh tent body and a rainfly. The mesh inner-tent acts as a barrier from condensation that forms on the inside of the rainfly. Single-wall tents reduce weight by attaching the fly sheet directly to the mesh inner-tent, but that leaves hikers vulnerable to interior condensation in wet/cold conditions. Rubbing up against a wet tent interior is the pits, so we mostly recommend double-wall tents unless you usually backpack in arid, dry climates. For ultralight hikers open to the idea of single-wall shelters, have a look at our Best Ultralight Tents list.

The main trade-off with lightweight backpacking tents is that they’re built using thinner materials, which tend to be less durable than heavy-duty shelters. That said, ultralight tents will literally last for thousands of miles if treated with care . It’s also important to remember that a sharp stick or rock will puncture just about any kind of tent fabric. If you’re tough on gear and don’t want to deal with lightweight materials, we recommend choosing one of our heavier recommendations built for durability or adding a footprint to to increase the durability of your tent floor. For our personal use, we think lightweight tents are well worth the tradeoff.

tent in travel

Honorable Mentions

The following backpacking tents didn’t make our final list, but they’ve still got a lot of good things going for them. You never know, one of these tents might be perfect for you:

REI Flash 2

REI has made some of our favorite tents over the years, but few have been as impressive as the Flash 2. This tent was a new offering from REI in 2023, but it’s currently out of stock for the foreseeable future. It’ll be back at some point down the line, which is why we felt it still deserved an Honorable mention on our list.

This freestanding tent has a weight and interior volume that rivals some of the most popular backpacking tents, but it costs far less than anything in its class. With its unique pole architecture, the Flash 2 manages to feel more spacious than tents with the same dimensions – like the Big Agnes Copper Spur 2. The headwall of the Flash 2 stands vertically and is supported by an arch pole that pulls the sidewalls out. As a result, you end up with more headroom where you need it most.

We’re eagerly looking forward to the return of the REI Flash 2.

REI Trail Hut 2

The affordable REI Trail Hut 2 is almost identical to the REI Trailmade 2 on our main list. The biggest difference is that the Trail Hut has a ridge pole at the peak that creates more headroom than the Trailmade has. The other key difference is that the Trail Hut has more opaque nylon on the walls for privacy, while the Trailmade includes more mesh on the walls for airflow.If you’re after a crossover tent that you’ll mostly be using for car camping and only backpacking with it occasionally, you’ll probably find this tent more comfortable. If you’ll mostly be using your crossover tent for backpacking, we recommend saving the money and going with the lighter Trailmade 2.

NEMO Dragonfly OSMO 2

This tent feels a little tight for two, but it’s a roomy option for solo hikers. This tent is very similar in design to our top pick – the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2.  We prefer the ridge pole design on the Copper Spur since it pulls the headroom out more and creates more interior volume at the peak where you really want it.

The Dragonfly is very light for a freestanding tent and has a tiny packed size, so it’s a good choice for hikers looking to shave weight and bulk from their packs. 

The proprietary OSMO fabric on the Dragonfly makes it a great choice for hikers who frequently go out in foul weather. OSMO sags less than sil-nylon when wet, doesn’t absorb water, and stays waterproof for longer than standard coated fabrics.

A granite peak over the Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo

Why trust us?

We fully understand how tough it is to find trustworthy gear advice, and that’s one of the main reasons we built CleverHiker. We live for outdoor adventure, and we take these guides very seriously. Here are some of the reasons you can trust us:

  • Our choices are completely independent and based on personal experience.
  • We’ve logged over 10,000 trail miles and test outdoor gear for a living.
  • We own and field test every product we recommend, which is sadly not the norm.
  • We travel to industry trade shows to learn about upcoming product innovations.
  • We constantly update our guides when new products launch.
  • We treat our recommendations as if they were for our family and friends.
  • We’re lifelong learners and we’re always open to constructive criticism. If you think we’ve missed a product or got something wrong, we’d love to hear your feedback.

Need More Backpacking Advice?

The Marmot Tungsten 4, REI Wonderland 6, REI Camp Dome 4, and Coleman Octagon 98 in a forested campsite next to a fire ring.

10 Best Camping Tents of 2024

tent in travel

7 Best Budget Backpacking Tents of 2024

The Zpacks Duplex and Tarptent Motrail ultralight backpacking tents in front of a jagged mountain peak at sunset

10 Best Ultralight Tents of 2024

The NEMO Kunai 3P four-season tent in a snowy winter camping scene in the woods

Best 4-Season Tents of 2024

tent in travel

Backpacking & Camping Tent Size Guide

A backpacker relaxing on the shore of an alpine lake surrounded by mountains on an inflatable sleeping pad and the Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow

10 Best Backpacking & Camping Pillows of 2024

A backpacker relaxing in a red Eno Ultralight Sub6 hammock near a mountain lake in the Enchantments

10 Best Backpacking & Camping Hammocks of 2024

A hiker sitting in a meadow in the Helinox Chair Zero backpacking chair with a snowy mountain peak in the distance

7 Best Backpacking Chairs of 2024

A backpacker wrapped up in the Enlightened Equipment Revelation sleeping quilt while sitting on a rocky slab overlooking bare granite mountains across the valley

10 Best Backpacking Quilts of 2024

A backpacker sitting on a rock in the REI Magma 30 sleeping bag at sunset

10 Best Backpacking Sleeping Bags of 2024

A backpacker holding the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite in Yosemite National Park

10 Best Backpacking Sleeping Pads of 2024

The MSR Pocket Rocket Deluxe backpacking stove in front of a jagged mountain with red bands

10 Best Backpacking Stoves of 2024

Get the best content from cleverhiker & around the backpacking world.

Social media is great, but our bi-weekly newsletter is a much better way to stay in the know.

Sign up to get our curated emails with the best content from CleverHiker and around the backpacking world. You’ll be turned on to new videos, trip reports, gear reviews, inspiring outdoor stories and much more. So get in the mix!

The Best Camping Tents

A gray camping tent outside on top of a wooden platform.

Whether you’re thinking of hitting the road or staying close to home for your next car-camping adventure, you and your loved ones will need a comfortable place to sleep.

After researching nearly 100 tents, talking to tent designers and tent-pole manufacturers, and sleeping in a total of 51 tents on 12 weekend camping trips over seven years, we’ve concluded that the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 Tent is the best car-camping tent for two people, and the Kelty Wireless 6  is the best choice for most families.

Everything we recommend

tent in travel

Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 Tent

The best camping tent for two.

Easy to set up and pack away, the Mineral King 3 is a lightweight, two-door tent with a generous footprint and a sturdy dome shape. It’s the perfect choice for three-season multipurpose camping.

Buying Options

tent in travel

Kelty Wireless 6 Tent

The best camping tent for families.

Spacious and easy to pitch, this dome tent also has other features most families need: two large doors, roomy vestibules, and an affordable price. The tradeoffs: bulky fiberglass poles and flimsy stakes.

tent in travel

Marmot Tungsten 4-Person Tent

Higher price, more space for two.

With nearly 60 square feet of floor space plus two large vestibules, the Tungsten 4 is roomier than our top-pick tent for couples. It also costs more, though, and is less forgiving of a careless set-up.

Budget pick

tent in travel

Coleman Sundome 6-Person Tent

A cheap but reliable tent for couples and families.

Great for backyard overnights, this simple dome-style tent is for anyone who doesn't want to spend more than $150 on a tent but also doesn't want to buy another one next year. It has a partial rain fly, but only one door and no vestibule.

Upgrade pick

tent in travel

The North Face Wawona 6 Tent (2023)

A family tent with a spare room.

This dome-style tent has nearly vertical walls, high ceilings, and a single vestibule the size of an actual mudroom. It’s also straightforward to set up, and it is made with sturdy, light materials. It’s expensive, but you get value for your money.

May be out of stock

tent in travel

REI Co-op Base Camp 4 Tent

A hardier tent for two people.

A full rain cover, two vestibules, and an extra-sturdy pole structure make this the best choice for couples who want to get outside in any weather. It’s pricey, though, and unless the other couples’ tents we recommend, it doesn’t include a footprint.

tent in travel

REI Co-op Base Camp 6 Tent

A hardier tent for families.

A full rain cover, two vestibules, and an extra-sturdy pole structure make this the best choice for families who want to get outside in any weather. It's the most expensive of our picks, though.

The Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 Tent is the best car-camping tent choice for couples. It has everything you need for three-season camping, with the bonus of being light enough to double as an occasional backpacking tent. Although it’s designed to accommodate three people—hence the “3” in its name—we found that at 42.5 square feet, the tent is more comfortable for two, plus gear and maybe a medium-size dog.

A classic polyester dome tent, the Mineral King 3 uses two high-quality pre-bent aluminum poles, which maximize head and shoulder space, making this tent feel less cramped than other dome tents we tested. Two large doors provide easy entry and exit, and a vestibule—that’s camping speak for “mudroom”—outside each door adds significant sheltered storage. The Mineral King 3 has a full rain fly, which you can roll up halfway or completely remove for epic stargazing. It also comes with a groundsheet (aka footprint) to protect the tent floor.

The Kelty Wireless 6 is a spacious tent that is easy to pitch, and it offers solid weather protection and durability for a reasonable price. Like the Mineral King 3, it has a simple, dome-style design that maximizes livability and minimize headaches. With 87 square feet of interior space, plus 28 square feet of vestibule space, the polyester tent fits four adults comfortably, or two adults with two or three children, with plenty of room to store gear and muddy boots. (As its name indicates, it’s meant to house six people, but we wouldn’t recommend that.) The Wireless 6 has two large doors and a full rain fly.

Like most tents we saw in its price range, the Wireless 6 uses cheaper materials: Its poles (two, plus a “brow” pole that supports the two vestibules) are fiberglass, and its stakes are too light for their size (two bent during testing). Unlike the competition, this tent is functional, durable, and a joy to inhabit in most weather conditions. (We did notice that the fly took longer to dry than others we tested; don’t put it away while it’s still damp, or it’ll mildew.) It packs into a duffle with a handy shoulder strap and weighs about 17 pounds—manageable for most people across short distances. As with most six-person tents we’ve seen, this tent’s footprint is sold separately.

Though the Marmot Tungsten 4-Person Tent lacks the Mineral King 3’s adaptable fly, which makes access and protection from the elements such a breeze, the Tungsten 4 provides more living space and equal protection against the elements. A full rain fly with easy-attach color-coded clips covers the tent body and adds two large vestibules. Like the Mineral King 3, the Tungsten has aluminum poles that are connected at the top (for lightning-quick pitching) and pre-bent, which increases the dome tent’s headroom. With pentagonal doors and a fly scaffolded by two brow poles—as opposed to the Mineral King 3’s single one—this tent provides excellent shielding from multidirectional wind and rain, providing you follow the setup instructions faithfully.

The Tungsten 4’s poles are bent at a more acute angle and closer to the ground, which, we discovered, can cause the tent to collapse in windy conditions if you don’t attach the poles to the fly using the Velcro tabs running under the seams. You can also set up the tent without the fly while retaining some privacy, since the tent body has a high polyester wall on one side. Like the Mineral King 3, this tent comes with a footprint.

The best-selling Coleman Sundome 6-Person Tent has a footprint larger (100 square feet) than that of our top-pick tent for families, but it felt smaller because it has a lower ceiling, no vestibule, and only one door. Nevertheless, it still comfortably accommodates four people, and it’s a roomy choice for two. This no-nonsense tent is intuitive to set up, has mesh on the top halves of two walls, includes a partial rain fly that’s easy to put on and stake out, and feels cheery inside and out. (We don’t recommend the smaller version of this tent for couples who might actually take it on the road; it was just too flimsy in our tests.) Also note that this tent does not come with its own groundsheet. Coleman says that the tent doesn’t need one, probably because its floor is a crinkly (though tough) tarp-like polyethylene, not a taped-seam polyester as in our other picks.

The North Face Wawona 6 costs $200 more than the Wireless 6, but if you can swing the price, the tent offers a superior combination of livable space, smart design, and durable, high-quality materials (aluminum and heavy-duty polyester and mesh). Its fly extends into a huge front vestibule that can store large items like bikes, or even accommodate a table and chairs. Adults over 6 feet tall will be able to walk upright inside this tent—which has almost-vertical walls that can easily accommodate beds, cribs, and cots—as well as in the vestibule.

We also appreciated the tent’s construction, which combines good ventilation (the upper part of the canopy walls are mesh) with campsite privacy (those mesh bits are covered by the fly, which reaches only halfway down the tent on the back and sides). And this tent is easy to set up and pack down, especially considering its size. (It comes with a carrying bag equipped with duffle-style handles.) You’re unlikely to find a similar-sized tent that matches the Wawona’s quality and features for less money—most comparable tents we tested cost much more. As with most six-person tents, the Wawona 6’s footprint is sold separately.

Car campers who plan to brave miserable weather will appreciate the extra strength and protection of the REI Co-op Base Camp 4 Tent . The main bodies of our other picks are structured with two main poles with added support from smaller brow poles. The Base Camp, by contrast, has four full-size aluminum struts woven throughout it, somewhat like a basket, plus an additional brow pole that frames the front entrance and supports the larger of the two vestibules. The Base Camp also offers more privacy compared with our other picks—with or without the rain fly. Our other favorite features are the tent’s two wide doors, which you can open halfway from either direction or open fully (you can tuck the doors into “roof pockets” to keep them out of the way), turning the tent into a useful beach tent or sun shade.

Families who regularly pitch their tent in rainy locales need a wind-fighting tent with a good-size vestibule for storing wet shoes and gear, as well as a full rain fly for added weather protection. With almost 45 feet of vestibule space and four stability-enhancing criss-crossing poles, the next size up of REI’s Base Camp, the Base Camp 6 Tent , offers the best combination of space and features among the six tents we tested that fit those criteria. A footprint for each model is sold separately.

The research

Why you should trust us, who this is for, how we picked, how (and where) we tested, best camping tent for two people: mountain hardwear mineral king 3 tent, best camping tent for families: kelty wireless 6 person tent, runner-up tent for two people: marmot tungsten 4-person tent, best budget tent: coleman sundome 6-person tent, upgrade tent for families: north face wawona 6 tent, also great for unpredictable weather: rei co-op base camp 4 tent and base camp 6 tent, other good tents, what to look forward to, the competition, care, use, and maintenance.

An avid hiker, camper, and long-haul road-tripper, Claire Wilcox has slept in (and occasionally improvised) tents in 11 states. She covers outdoor gear for Wirecutter and worked on the most recent update of this guide, testing couples’ tents and family tents. She lives on Oahu, Hawaii.

A person laying inside of a camping tent with a sleeping bag, small room fan, and a sun hat.

A senior staff writer at Wirecutter, Kit Dillon has written about everything from backpacks and cooking gear to luggage and road-tripping . When he was younger, he worked for five years on oil rigs as an NDT (non-destructive testing) inspector, testing metal and welds for signs of corrosion, rust, and whatever other breakdowns and chaos might happen to the steel in the ocean. It is oddly relevant work for testing aluminum tent poles.

This guide also builds on the work of Kalee Thompson, a senior editor at Wirecutter.

For this guide, we focused on tents that suit the most common terrains you’re likely to encounter when car-camping—grassy lawns or clearings, beaches, dirt campsites, and basic platforms—in spring, summer, and fall. We’re not looking at tents designed for such specialized activities as mountaineering, backpacking, or winter camping, though some of our recommendations have cross-over potential.

Even if you’re not seeking any extreme-weather adventures, you’ll still need something that can withstand whatever the elements throw your way. The tents we discuss here are designed to keep you comfortable in wind, rain, and even light snow. (If you find yourself in a lightning storm, it’s best to seek shelter in your car or abandon the adventure for a motel, especially if you’re camping in an exposed area.)

Finding a small, light tent is the logical approach when you’re backpacking. But with car camping—the industry term for what most people consider just camping—you’ll likely be parking next to your campsite and unloading. If you won’t be carrying your tent more than a couple hundred feet, more space means more comfort (as well as more room for your stuff).

An assortment of camping tents laid across the floor, inside their carrying bags.

After putting in about 40 hours studying online reviews and company websites, as well as spending time consulting with frequent campers (both with and without kids) and considering our own diverse car-camping experiences, we evaluated the options (about 100, in the course of the past seven years) according to the following criteria:

The right capacity: Tent makers measure tent capacity by how many people can fit in them sardine-style, lying inside mummy bags. That means you can fit six adults in a six-person tent—but you probably wouldn’t want to do that, because those adults would be sleeping hip to hip, with little spare room for gear.

A diagram of sleeping bag arrangements where each differently sized tent fits a person 1:1.

We concluded that the best option for two people is actually a large three-person, or smaller four-person, tent that’s 40 to 60 square feet in size. For families with three to five members, we concluded that the best option is a tent rated for six people that’s between 80 and 100 square feet. Also, the height should be at least six feet, which allows most adults to comfortably stand upright inside. “When you camp with kids, you camp with a lot of gear,” Helen Olsson , author of The Down and Dirty Guide to Camping with Kids , told us. Olsson has three kids, a dog, and a six-foot-two husband. Bigger is better when it comes to car camping, she said: “Look for a base-camp-style tent that is meant for when you pull up in your car and pitch your tent right there.” All of the tents we considered fall into that category.

A dome shape: Usually designed around two- or three-pole arches, dome-style tents tend to be stronger than cabin-style designs, which maximize ceiling height by sacrificing some structural integrity. The dome shape does reduce overall livable space, but it’s better at deflecting winds and shedding rain, something you’re likely to appreciate if an unexpected storm hits. Our picks are all dome-style tents.

Four camping tents inside their carrying bags, laid in a row outside.

Adequate weatherproofing and durability: A good dome-style tent should be able to withstand high winds and driving rain without pitching or collapsing. We assumed that most car campers would likely not be camping in snow, so we focused on three-season models instead. Most of the tents we looked at could handle an unexpected flurry or a coating of frost, but we wouldn’t intentionally take them on a winter-camping trip.

Tent makers generally treat the fabrics with a water-repellent coating described in millimeters; 1,200 mm to 3,000 mm is the typical range found on family tents. That number does not refer to the thickness of the coating or the fabric; instead, it measures a specific test of water pressure , namely, how many millimeters of water can sit on top of the material before water starts leaking through. (As a Coleman product manager told us, “Nothing’s waterproof, not even submarines. Given the right conditions anything will leak.”) A higher number means better water resistance, but such stronger coatings aren’t always necessary: As this MSR blog post explains , “the more coating you add, the heavier and more rigid the fabric becomes, and—after a point—the more susceptible to tearing.” A typical umbrella has a rating of only 420 mm, the company’s experts point out, and it does just fine at keeping you dry.

It’s natural to focus on the quality of a tent’s rain fly—you need that piece to work when the skies open up. But according to our experts, the durability of the floor of your tent is actually more important.  Tent designer Bob Howe, who has developed models for nearly every major tent maker, including Easton, Marmot, The North Face, REI, and Sierra Designs, said that when it comes to a tent floor, two lightweight layers are often stronger than one heavy layer; he suggested using a groundsheet or footprint, even with a high-quality tent floor. If the tent you buy doesn’t come with a footprint (two of our recommended tents, the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 and the Marmot Tungsten 4 , do), we recommend purchasing a companion footprint , if one is available. A footprint doesn’t take up much space, is relatively inexpensive, and is much easier to repair or replace than a tent bottom if it tears. A basic tarp can do in a pinch.

The right materials for the job: On most tents, the walls and flies are made of either nylon or polyester . Nylon weighs less but more susceptible to UV damage, which makes it better for backpacking, when a tent spends most of its daylight hours packed up. Car campers generally leave their tents up for much longer periods of time, increasing the material’s UV exposure. As polyester is stiffer and heavier than nylon but not as susceptible to UV damage, Howe told us, and it doesn’t absorb water like nylon does, it’s generally better for car camping. It’s also less expensive.

To compare tent fabrics, you also need to know their overall rip strength. For most fabrics, rip strength is expressed as a measurement of the diameter of the fibers in their thread, or a denier—the higher the denier, the stronger the fabric. We found 40 denier up to 150 denier to be typical for car-camping tents; you can read more about these measurements in gear manufacturer MSR’s blog post and in this Outside article .

As for poles, Howe explained to us that each material has its advantages and drawbacks: Aluminum poles are far lighter and slide together more easily but cost more, while fiberglass-and-steel poles are often trickier to fit together and can leave splinters in your palms. They can, however, be stronger in high winds.

Ease of setup: We looked for dummy-proof tents that were intuitive to set up and that a lone person could erect fairly quickly. If you’ve ever arrived at a campsite after dark with two small kids who have been stewing in the backseat for hours, you know that dealing with a tent is often a one-person job. We’ve also found that a car-camping tent is the kind of item your friends may want to borrow from time to time. Those friends may well be novice campers, so we wanted something that the uninitiated but reasonably intelligent could erect, even if the original instructions had disappeared long ago. (You’re going to lose the instructions. Everyone loses the instructions.)

A person in the middle of a desert trying to put together a camping tent.

We also wanted self-standing tents, which can stay up on their own. Even so, you should, ideally, stake down each corner securely; in some crowded campgrounds, however, finding a flat spot with soil soft enough to do that can be difficult. A tent that requires staking to stand up—especially a larger, six-person tent—is unwieldy, and it’ll be impossible to set up on a hard surface such as blacktop or on raised wooden tent decks.

It is also important to consider the way in which the tent poles attach to the tent. Many of our picks use grommet attachments, which are more secure and simple to repair than key attachments if anything should break.

Two photos of methods for securing a camping tent: using a grommet (left) and using a key attachment (right).

Some of our tent picks also have guy-line systems that secure their outer rain fly—although most people probably won’t need to use those often. Guy-line systems are somewhat unique to each tent, with every model boasting its own specific rope bites and tie-downs. (Kit scoured YouTube tutorials and found this video to be the most informative tutorial on guy lines. With this video and a little practice, you’ll soon be pitching tents like a pro.)

Affordability: Car-camping tents should be relatively inexpensive. They don’t need to be the top of the line or made of the lightest possible materials or the most advanced fabrics (something you’d likely look for in a pure backpacking tent). We decided that the tents for this guide should not be precious items—but they shouldn’t be disposable, either. When we researched couples’ tents in 2022, we found no tents below $150 worth considering; our cap was $400. For our 2023 family tent testing, after completing our research we realized that $500 was now the average price for a good-quality tent. Below this amount, the flaws and tradeoffs started to mount. Still, we felt that $500 was a lot to pay for a family tent, so we looked for options that were more affordable and didn’t sacrifice too much.

Extra features: Stake design, pole strength and arrangements, rain-fly tie-downs, door construction, zipper strength, and gear-loft placements all play a role in the overall comfort and enjoyment of your tent. We also considered privacy, vestibules, extra headroom, and any other bonuses.

Once we had our criteria nailed down, we scoured Amazon reviews of four- and six-person tents, as well as owner reviews on retailer sites such as Backcountry , Cabela’s , Campmor , Dick’s Sporting Goods , Eastern Mountain Sports , L.L.Bean , and REI , plus professional reviews from GearJunkie and GearLab . We perused the lines of outdoor companies like Big Agnes, Marmot, and The North Face. And we studied the offerings of big-box stores including Costco, Sears, Target, and Walmart. We then requested test samples of the models that met our criteria and also had a consistent record of positive reviews.

A group of 10 camping tents set up in the middle of a desert.

For earlier incarnations of this guide, we tested tents in Arizona (alongside Lake Mead and just south of the Hualapai reservation , near the Grand Canyon) and southern California (near Joshua Tree National Park; at the Mountain Oak Campground , an hour or so east of Los Angeles; and at Wheeler Gorge Campground , outside Ojai, California).

After our longtime top-pick tent for two people ran into some stock issues in 2021, we researched new models and redesigns, and we assembled a batch of small tents for testing in March 2022, on Oahu. Over two blustery March weekends, we pitched eight tents in an exposed ocean-fronting yard on the northwestern coast of the island by Kaena Point State Park, leaving the tents up for 48 hours to face the salt air, the wind, and the rain while we tested. During this period, winds rose up to 35 to 40 knots, and we experienced passing showers as well as direct sunlight and 80-degree temperatures. To mimic heavier rain and to test the tent’s ability to withstand soggy ground conditions, we also soaked our tents with a garden hose. A few weeks later, we brought the front-runners to a platform in an area that had higher elevation, near the Waianae Mountain Range, and camped out overnight in intermittent but consistent rainfall.

A group of five tents along a grassy, tropical shore.

In 2022–2023, we tested 15 six-person tents on Oahu, pitching them once again in both coastal and higher mountain locations, where they encountered the full range of Hawaii’s mercurial winter weather patterns, including winds ranging from 10 to 40 mph, passing squalls, direct sun, and good old fashioned buckets of rain. Temperatures ranged from the 50s at night to the 80s during the day.

A person disassembling a camping tent.

To test the tents, we first opened them, splayed out their parts, and tried to put them together without consulting the instructions. We assembled and disassembled the tents on all of our testing sites multiple times. We tried the rain fly for each tent as well, one time rushing to get several of them up during an unexpected rainstorm at night. When heavy trade winds buffeted our Oahu-coast testing site, we pitched each tent in full face of the blast. We then rotated the tents looking for structural weaknesses, and we tested their guy lines and tabs to see which tents had the best and most intuitive design for withstanding wind.

Throughout all our testing, we wanted to know how it felt to be inside the tents for long periods of time. Did we feel claustrophobic or rejuvenated? If we had to spend a day in the tent during a storm, would it be comfortable? After first removing the models that failed the structural tests, we slept, watched the stars, and ate our meals in all of the tents, as well as planned hikes from them.

A person folding together aluminum tent poles.

The Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 Tent was the favorite tent of testers at our Oahu coastal and mountain locations. Through rainy nights and soggy mornings, on windy afternoons, and under an intense midday sun, this tent’s primarily polyester mesh body, two large doors, and adaptable polyester fly kept us dry, well ventilated, and in good spirits.

A view from the inside of the Mineral King 3 camping tent, showing a grassy field outside.

We were surprised at first to see the Mineral King 3 come out on top because it was the smallest tent in our test group. But all our testers, including our tallest panelists, gravitated toward this tent.

What sets the Mineral King 3 apart is its combination of easy setup, solid weather resistance, and livability in variable conditions. It comes with its own footprint, and is made of high-quality materials that are easy to handle. Simply put, it was the most effective, user-friendly tent in any situation we encountered. It also delivered a little something extra: Not only did the Mineral King 3 keep us sheltered in shifting weather, but key design features—such as a barely-there mesh canopy, generous vestibule space, and a well-placed toggle on top of the rain fly—kept us connected to the environment.

A closeup of the rain fly of the Mineral King 3 camping tent set up in rainy weather.

One night during testing, for example, clouds loomed in the distance with clear skies overhead. After we pitched the tent, the Mineral King 3’s adaptable fly let us leave half the mesh dome uncovered. We watched as night fell and the first stars appeared. At the first sign of rain, it took only a few seconds—and a quick hand stuck outside the tent—to unfurl the fly and secure it for a dry night’s sleep. When we awoke, we could roll back one part of the vestibule, make coffee, and watch the sky lighten even though it was still raining.

Despite having the smallest capacity of the tents we tested—42.5 square feet—the Mineral King 3 easily fits two people with a full-size mattress, or two sleeping pads, and gear. Two large vestibules add nearly 40 square feet combined—that is, 18.75 square feet on either side.

A Mineral King 3 camping tent situated on a wooden platform with the rain fly pulled back.

Setting up this tent is simple: You stake out the four corners, extend the tent’s two pre-connected poles, and dock them into grommets. The tent’s body attaches to the poles via plastic clips, and a third pole (the “brow”) fits into two grommets sewn into a seam above the tent’s two doors. These now-common clip-style setups are generally intuitive and can be accomplished in minutes. Certainly this was true of the Mineral King 3. Under good conditions one person pitched the tent in under five minutes. In high winds, it took us 10 minutes to pitch and fully secure the tent fly with extra lines and stakes.

All three poles—two main poles and the shorter brow pole—are made of strong, lightweight aluminum and come pre-bent and pre-connected. The bend in the poles has a subtle yet significant affect on the tent’s structure and interior feel: As you clip the tent fabric to the poles to create the dome, bends pull the mesh outward in the head and shoulder area. Where traditional dome tents often feel cramped, the Mineral King 3 offers a little extra space. Only one other couples’ tent we tested had this feature—our runner-up, the Marmot Tungsten 4—and we found it made both tents more livable.

We also appreciated the shepherd’s hook stakes that come with the tent. Most of the tents we tested came with basic L-shaped stakes, which tended to spin around in the soil and slip a line. The shepherd’s hook design, in contrast, held lines secure.

Underneath the fly, the Mineral King 3 has a full mesh dome with a waterproof, tape-seamed bathtub-style polyester floor. The overall feeling inside the tent is airy and comfortable. The tent doors are nearly wall-sized, and after you unzip them, you simply stuff them into pockets, rather than having to roll and toggle-tie the fabric. Another two hanging pockets plus loops for a ceiling hammock provide simple yet effective interior storage.

The Mineral King 3’s fly attaches intuitively with plastic buckles and has well-placed guy tabs. You can secure the fly to the poles with Velcro ties underneath the fly, so that the extra lines anchored the whole tent, not just the thin protective fabric, but we only needed to do so in very windy conditions. When the fly is fully deployed, the tent has two vestibules, which provide additional gear storage and also help ventilate the tent in inclement weather. And in a stroke of design brilliance, a small loop sewn into the top of the fly makes it possible to roll up one half of the fly, exposing the full mesh canopy while still providing shade and privacy.

When the weather permits, it’s fun to omit the fly entirely, but a word to the wise for those planning a fly-less night: Besides providing protection from rain, the fly also helps manage condensation. Though condensation (video) occurs in all conditions, it’s worse when your surroundings are wet and humid, and anytime you have a large temperature difference between the inside and outside of a tent. But if your tent has a breathable inner layer, like the mesh walls of the Mineral King 3, condensation will gather on the fly instead of on the interior of the tent itself.

At $350, the Mineral King 3 isn’t cheap. But it’s one of the least expensive tents we found that had no significant drawbacks and will truly cover your bases for three-season camping. The tent also comes with its own footprint, a groundsheet that protects the tent from abrasion, which we recommend that you have.

Weighing just 7 pounds, the tent is light enough to double for backpacking trips, especially if you divide the pieces among hikers.

Note: The Mineral King 3 was the only tent in our test group free of fire-retardant chemicals. That means it’s less likely to contain potentially hazardous materials, but it is also less fireproof than tents coated in flame retardants. As always, it’s a good idea to pitch your tent far away from any open fires.

Flaws but not dealbreakers

Our only quibble with the Mineral King 3 is that it comes with only six stakes. (Our runner-up pick comes with eight.) Six is enough to secure the tent and fly but not to fully secure the tent’s extra lines in very windy conditions. This shouldn’t be an issue in most situations, but if you’re headed into a particularly windy place or simply want some backup, we suggest picking up four extra tent stakes at your local outdoor shop or online. These inexpensive stakes are comparable to the ones that accompany the Mineral King 3; these slightly more expensive stakes will serve you well in any car-camping terrain.

Claimed weight (including fly, tent poles, and carry bag): 7 pounds 1.2 ounces

Claimed packed size: 25 by 7 inches

Number of doors: two

Number of vestibules: two

Maximum interior height: 48 inches

Tent floor area: 42.5 square feet

Footprint included: yes

The Kelty Wireless 6, set up and zipped. The tent has three colors from bottom to top: dark blue, blueish green, then grey.

After researching 30 six-person tents and testing 15 side by side on a total of five trips, we chose the Kelty Wireless 6 as the best entry-level camping tent for most families. It’s spacious, easy to set up, has weather protection, and is durable, all at an affordable price. The Wireless 6 lacks some of the premium materials found in pricier tents, but it features solid workmanship and should provide dependable, comfortable shelter in most three-season camping situations.

Like our couples’ tent pick , the Wireless 6 is a dome-shaped tent with a tried and true two-pole design. It has an interior footprint of 87 square feet, which sleeps four adults on single pads, or two adults and two or three children, and can accommodate a crib. It has two large doors, and a peak height of 6-foot-3. That wasn’t the tallest we encountered—the Eureka Copper Canyon LX 6 and the Alps Mountaineering Camp Creek 6 each topped out at 7 feet—but it’s enough space for most adults to maneuver standing up. The tent comes with a full rain fly that adds two vestibules for storage (each 14 square feet), totaling 115 square feet of livable space—which is fairly generous yet still practical for most campsites.

The Wireless 6 goes up easily, using the same kind of intuitive pole and clip method as our couples’ pick. The fly is equally simple to attach and orient with color-coded clips. A single person can pitch the tent in 10 to 15 minutes. (Users under 5-foot-5 may need some help fastening the highest clip. At 5-foot-3, Claire managed with a little hop.) Instead of grommets or keys, reinforced fabric sleeves hold the tent-pole ends, a particularly thoughtful feature that suits the tent’s budget fiberglass-and-steel poles. This type of pole tends to be less flexible and bulkier than pricier aluminum, and it can be a pain to handle.

Like most dome-style tents, the Wireless 6 withstands wind like a champ—it fared noticeably better than the Camp Creek 6 in 15-mph gusts. The continuous curve of the dome shape allows for wind to pass over and around it. You can also get a nice cross breeze going by leaving the vestibules open. On sunny days and clear nights, take off the fly and enjoy the sky through the tent’s clear mesh canopy. Some testers, though, thought the tent was stuffy when the fly was fully closed and the sun was out.

The Wireless 6 kept us dry in everything from scattered showers to serious downpours. As always, the vestibule is useful in rain: It gives you extra breathing room and a place to store boots—or tired feet still wearing boots.

The Wireless 6’s drawbacks have mainly to do with material quality. First, it uses fiberglass poles. These can be as strong, or even more so, than aluminum poles (especially cheap ones), but they’re always bulkier, heavier, and not as nice to handle. However, the Wireless 6’s poles were the best fiberglass ones we tested—they left no splinters, unlike those on the Camp Creek 6 or the Copper Canyon LX 6.

Though the Wireless’s fly kept water out of the tent’s interior, it took longer to fully dry once the rain stopped than some others we tested. It uses a 1200mm waterproof coating on 68 denier fabric, which didn’t seem to bead as well as higher-rated fabrics, such as those on the The North Face Wawona 6 or the REI Co-op Base Camp 6 (each of those have 1500mm coatings). If you don’t have time to let the fly dry before you pack the Wireless in its duffle, we recommend laying it out when you get home so it doesn't mildew in storage.

We were not particularly impressed by the quality of the Wireless 6’s stakes: They felt light, and two of the eight bent during our testing. The Wireless 6 also doesn’t come with a footprint, so you’ll have to purchase or make that separately. But to be fair, only one six-person tent we tested comes with a footprint, and that tent costs $950!

Claimed weight (including fly and tent poles): 17 pounds 3 ounces

Claimed packed size: 27 by 8 inches

Maximum interior height: 76 inches

Tent floor area: 86.9 square feet

Footprint included: no

The Marmot Tungsten 4, our second favorite tent for two people, assembled on grass with the ocean in the background.

If the Mineral King 3 is out of stock, or if you’d like a slightly larger tent, we recommend the Marmot Tungsten 4 . The Tungsten 4 shares many of the Mineral King 3’s best features, and provides 10 square feet of additional living space as well as excellent weather protection—as long as you set it up properly. Like our top pick, the Tungsten 4 is a sturdy, two-door dome-style tent that can be deployed in about 5 minutes. It uses high-quality materials such as aluminum poles, breathable mesh, and water-resistant polyester fabric, and it comes with a full fly and a footprint. The Tungsten 4’s larger size accounts for the higher price tag (about $40 more), but campers who would like that extra room may find the expense worthwhile.

The Mineral King 3 and the Tungsten 4 have similar shapes, and their pitching process is nearly identical, except that the Tungsten 4 uses two brow poles instead of one. Both tents feature pre-connected poles, and they use the same clipping method to attach the tent body. Marmot provides color-coded buckles to help users orient the Tungsten’s fly, a feature the Mineral King 3 lacks.

Like the Mineral King 3, the Tungsten 4 has a mesh canopy, though the opaque polyester part of its walls go higher, and provide more privacy, than the Mineral King’s. Its tape-seamed bathtub floor and fly had no problem handling rain. The Tungsten’s fly is not adaptable in the same way the Mineral King 3’s is, but it is treated for extra UV protection, which should help lengthen the tent’s lifespan.

In terms of how the two tents feel, the Marmot Tungsten 4 is more geared toward hunkering down and providing stalwart defense against wind, rain, and sun. In contrast to the Mineral King 3’s triangular vestibules, the Tungsten 4’s vestibules are trapezoidal, opening via a central door with protected areas on either side. This design does a better job shielding the tent from incoming—and sideways—wind and rain. The Tungsten’s two brow poles create an especially effective awning over the tent door, so very little water gets in when someone comes or goes.

Looking out of the front door from the inside of a green Marmot Tungsten 4, our second favorite tent for two people.

Marmot uses color coding smartly to help you position the tent as well as set it up. Both of the doors zip open to the side that’s color-coded blue, as opposed to zipping open to opposite sides. This means the vestibules equally protect the doors, rather than providing opposite entries and exits—the latter creates a situation where, in stormy weather, one side of the tent is always more exposed to blustering wind or rain. In other words, one partner—or one partner’s gear—is always going to get a dose of weather when they head out. The Tungsten 4 design equalizes exposure and protection.

In the current version of the Marmot Tungsten 4, we did notice a weakness in the tent’s pole design absent in earlier versions of the tent: The pre-bent joints seem sensitive to the wind. Here's what we observed. Without the fly, the tent’s poles were stable in windy condition. With the added weight of the fly, the poles sometimes twisted, causing the tent to accordion inward and lose its shape wherever it was most exposed. If we Velcroed the fly directly to the poles in these areas—as the directions say to—the tent regained its structural integrity. We suspect that the bends in the current Tungsten’s poles, which are lower to the ground than in the Mineral King 3’s poles, are too acute. (Neither the Mineral King 3 nor any straight-poled dome tent we tested collapsed in this way.) Also, like the Mineral King 3, this tent is short on stakes. Ideally, Marmot would provide another six, in addition to the eight that come with it.

Like our top pick, the Tungsten 4 comes with a footprint. Unlike our top pick, the Tungsten 4 is coated with flame retardants.

Claimed minimum weight (including fly and tent poles): 7 pounds 15 ounces

Claimed packed size: 24.8 by 8.3 inches

Maximum interior height: 52 inches

Tent floor area: 52.7 square feet

The Coleman Sundome 6 camping tent situated in a grassy field.

The square footprint, ample windows, and functional fly of the Coleman Sundome 6-Person Tent make it a good choice for occasional or backyard campers who want an inexpensive tent that is easy to put up, and looks and feels reasonably nice to camp in.

Unlike some cheap tents we’ve tested over the years, the Coleman Sundome has a simple shape and pole design that should be easy for even inexperienced campers to figure out. The base is a square: Two identical fiberglass poles feed through sleeves on the tent roof to form an X. Pegs at the corners of the tent slip into the ends of the poles, and then the dome-shaped tent pops up (video) .

The separate fly, which covers the upper half of the tent, uses a third, shorter “brow” pole to form protective peaks over the door and the back window. In our tests, an experienced camper took only about six minutes on the first try to set up the tent body alone and stake it out. Getting the fly placed and staked properly took about five more minutes. That’s pretty fast.

Measuring 10 by 10 feet, the Sundome covers an area larger than that of our family-tent top pick though its lower roof leaves it with less headroom. (The Sundome’s center height is exactly six feet, while the Wireless 6 and The North Face Wawona 6 each reach six-foot-four.) The Sundome has only one door, which can be inconvenient, especially for someone trying to slip out of the tent without waking anyone.

Like the REI Co-op Base Camp tents , the Sundome combines high polyester walls with mesh higher up to facilitate stargazing, should you use the tent without the fly, without sacrificing privacy (two of the four walls have mesh from about thigh height up to the roof). That mesh also keeps the tent feeling airy and cool in hot climates.

The biggest material difference between the Sundome and our other picks is its crunchy, tarp-like polyethylene floor. The other tents in this guide all have bathtub-style tape-seamed polyester floors, which is the standard among high-quality tents. The Sundome’s tarp is clearly a budget material, but for what it was, we found it user-friendly. It’s easy to mop up after wet paws and spills, and it doesn’t hold moisture. It’s unlikely to be as durable, though, as the softer, stronger polyester found in our other picks.

Coleman makes no dedicated footprints for its tents—the idea being that the polyethylene is tough enough not to need one. (Still, we suggest that you buy a groundsheet.) The tent has two small, internal pockets—fewer than on any of our other picks—and a loop at the ceiling center to hang a small, lightweight light. It also comes with a little doormat. The tent weighs just 16 pounds, less than any other family tent we tested for this guide.

Although our test tent lasted through two moderate showers with no leaking, be aware that a couple of Amazon buyers have experienced leaking in rainstorms and poles breaking in high winds . When it comes to tents, you tend to get pretty close to what you pay for. If you’re likely to be camping in downpours or high winds, don’t rely on a sub-$150 tent.

Claimed weight (including fly and tent poles): 16 pounds

Claimed packed size: 23.89 by 6.22 inches

Number of doors: one

Number of vestibules: none

Maximum interior height: 72 inches

Tent floor area: 100 square feet

The North Face Wawona 6 Tent, set up and zipped. The tent is green and grey, and looks like two tents combined into one.

If you can afford to spend more on a family tent, we recommend The North Face Wawona 6 . Everyone who tested this tent loved it, and it’s not hard to understand why. With plenty of interior space, near-vertical walls, and a gigantic vestibule that could accommodate a golf cart, the Wawona feels more like a tiny home than a tent.

At $500, this modified dome-style tent isn’t cheap, but it represents substantial value. Many tents with similar profiles—such as the Big Agnes Dog House 6 —either cost more or require you buy the tent body and attachable vestibule separately. The Wawona doesn’t come with a footprint—few tents this size do—but it’s otherwise all-inclusive, and it is compact considering how much livable space you get. The price also reflects the high quality of the materials, such as the four reinforced aluminum poles, which weigh little yet result in a remarkably strong tent.

The Wawona 6 is more complex to set up than a classic dome-style tent like the Wireless 6, but not by much. We recommend doing it with two people, but one person can manage in about 15 minutes. As with any free-standing tent, with this one you stake out the four corners, and then you feed the two main tent poles through the Wawona’s fabric sleeves, which go halfway down the tent’s body. The North Face’s color-coded poles make this process easy to navigate. Orienting the fly took us a minute on our first try. (We were stubborn and didn’t look at the instructions.) Once you identify the front and back, the process is straightforward. The fly goes up and over the tent body, covering only the upper half of the mesh dome, and then forms the glorious vestibule with the aid of a third pole. Use the extra stakes and guy-lines provided to stabilize the vestibule as much as you need.

Once you set up the Wawona 6, you may not want to leave. Adults as tall as 6-foot-3 can move about this tent standing upright. With a 44-square-foot vestibule, and 86 square feet of interior living space, the tent has plenty of room to house beds, cribs, gear, pets, and camping furniture. Zippered doors can enclose the vestibule fully, so it serves as a separate room for the tent, or you can leave one or both open, so the vestibule can act like a porch or mudroom. The main tent body has a giant front door that’s oriented to make entry and exit easy for all the tent’s occupants at night, and a smaller back window that doubles as a second door.

The Wawona 6’s side-walls are high and straight, but the structure stays very stable in wind thanks to a final pole that wraps around the front and sides—and thanks to the absence of any acute angles in the poles. We were skeptical about the vestibule’s ability to handle wind, since it’s big and supported by a single pole, but it stood fast in 30 mph oceanside gusts and 15 mph hilltop winds.

The Wawona did equally well in rain. Its walls are 75-denier polyester fabric (tougher than the Wireless 6 ’s 68-denier polyester and the same as the REI Co-op Base Camp ’s) that extends about two-thirds up the tent’s sides, and then is topped with mesh. The partial fly does a great job of keeping rain out of the upper, mesh areas, and cleverly placed vents maintain airflow so it never feels too stuffy. (You can also roll up the fly on the two sides to expose the mesh and let in more light.) Thanks to the high opaque walls, users have the privacy to change standing upright and plenty of storage options to stash their gear, including ceiling pockets and a three-pocket back window organizer.

The Wawona 6 uses no flame retardants. This is great for avoiding potential exposure to hazardous chemicals, but you should pitch the tent well away from any open flames.

In terms of flaws, there aren’t much to speak of with the Wawona 6, apart from the price. The North Face offers a limited lifetime warranty on the tent, and will repair most flaws and damage at its discretion.

Some campers might find the Wawona 6’s footprint unwieldy in smaller campsites, or they might simply prefer a tent with a more straightforward design. If you want a six-person tent made with high-quality materials but a traditional profile, we recommend the similarly priced Big Agnes Spicer Peak 6, or Nemo’s Aurora Highrise 6 . MSR’s Habitude 6 is also a good tent, but it costs about $200 more. Unfortunately, you have to buy a separate groundsheet for the Wawona 6 and for most other tents its size as well.

Claimed weight (including fly and tent poles): 20 pounds 5 ounces

Claimed packed size: 32 by 10 inches

Number of vestibules: one

Tent floor area: 86.11 square feet

The original REI Co-op Base Camp 4 that we tested.

If you’re a more heavy-duty camper heading into an area with unpredictable weather and can afford to spend a bit more, the REI Co-op Base Camp 4 Tent (for two people) and the REI Co-op Base Camp 6 Tent (for families) are both excellent choices. After many hours of testing, we found that the Base Camps’ reinforced four-pole structure and ultra-spacious interior and vestibules made them the most sturdy, flexible, and reliable models in our test group. (Unlike with our top and runner-up picks for couples, however, you do have to purchase a footprint for your Base Camp 4 tent separately, as well as for the Base Camp 6. REI makes dedicated ones for both the Base Camp 4 and the Base Camp 6 . We recommend that you buy one to protect your tent’s floor.)

The REI Base Camp camping tent situated in a grassy area with the rain fly zipped shut.

Superior vestibule space helped both the Base Camp 4 and the Base Camp 6 rise to the top of their respective test groups. On the Base Camp 4, the two vestibules (front and rear) add up to 44 square feet (the area of the tent itself is 60 square feet). That’s the most of any couples’ tents we tested. As for the Base Camp 6, the vestibule area covered by its front fly and rear fly is also 44 square feet (the interior measures 84 square feet). Only one six-person tent we tested had a larger vestibule: the Nemo Aurora Highrise 6 . (The Big Agnes Big House 6 and the REI Co-op Wonderland 6 also have large vestibules, but you must purchase them separately, for an extra $200 and $125, respectively.)

The Base Camp tents include a low side vent and multiple stuff pockets on the walls and ceiling, which are made of 75D polyester treated with 1500mm of polyurethane waterproofing. Note that these tents are strictly meant for car camping; the Base Camp 4 and the Base Camp 6 weigh 16 and 21 pounds, respectively, so you won’t want to carry either one very far. Both come with storage sacks that you sling over one shoulder.

An overhead view of the see-through roof of the REI Base Camp camping tent.

Both Base Camp tents have two doors and lots of mesh in the main tent body. But unlike the Mineral King 3 and the Tungsten 4, the mesh on each Base Camp tent starts high on the walls—more than 4 feet from the ground. This design is a big plus for people who regularly camp in crowded campgrounds and don’t like to get naked in front of strangers. And you can unzip the front door, remove it, and neatly stash it into one of the tent’s internal pockets—a useful feature if you’re feeling sociable.

The REI Base Camp 6 completely set up in the middle of a grassy field.

The geodesic structure of the Base Camp tents is built to withstand wind and rain. It has two main that thread through sleeves, stretching between the four corners of the tent. Generally, we like clip-on designs better, since those are easier to put together, but in the case of the Base Camp models, the sleeves add extra tension and stability throughout the tent fabric. There are also two poles that arch over each doorway and down the sides of the tent to add extra shape and support; these attach to the tent body with clips. The rain fly has an additional tent pole, too, to support the vestibule. Overall, these poles—all of them aluminum—contribute to a particularly sturdy structure, with or without the rain fly. During our testing, our Base Camp shrugged off both a rainstorm and a desert windstorm as if they were nothing. Despite losing some headroom in comparison with the Kelty Wireless 6 and The North Face Wawona 6 , both of which measure six-foot-four in height, the Base Camp 6 offers a substantial six-foot-two.

If anything happens to your Base Camp, REI’s warranty and replacement program has an impressive reputation. Kit lived in the 2013 version of the larger Base Camp 6 for seven months, and it stayed up the entire time, with the tent poles under constant tension—that is, until two of the poles snapped within a week of each other. After a short phone call, REI offered Kit a full replacement. (This was before Kit started reviewing tents for Wirecutter, so REI didn’t know who he was.)

Base Camp 4:

Claimed weight (including fly and tent poles): 16 pounds 14 ounces

Claimed packed size: 20 by 10 inches

Maximum interior height: 60 inches

Tent floor area: 59.7 square feet

Base Camp 6:

Claimed weight (including fly and tent poles): 20 pounds 10 ounces

Claimed packed size: 24 by 11 inches

Maximum interior height: 74 inches

Tent floor area: 84 square feet

Tents for couples (that is, four-person tents)

If you need to save money and don’t need two doors: Try the Kelty Grand Mesa 4 . When we first tested tents in 2016, the Grand Mesa was one of the few tents with a large mesh canopy. As this design became more common, the Kelty tent became less unusual and ultimately couldn’t compete  two-door models, which are more convenient for couples and have better ventilation. We think our top pick is a more well-rounded choice, but if you’re looking for a reasonably priced tent that’s just as easy to pitch, and you’re not fussed about having two doors, the Kelty Grand Mesa 4 is a good choice. It comes with a full rain fly but no footprint.

Tents for families (that is, six-person tents)

If the Coleman Sundome 6 is out of stock: Try the Core 6 Person Straight Wall Cabin Tent . Core Equipment is a relatively new company, popular on Amazon, whose products seem designed to compete directly with products from Coleman, an outdoor legacy brand that has been around 1900. We tested Core’s basic six-person dome-style and cabin-style tents, and each performed as well as the Coleman tent did. (The Core 6 Person Dome Tent that we tested has since been replaced by Core’s 6 Person Dome Plus Tent , which we plan to take a look at.) We can’t yet speak for the long-term durability of the tent—or the company—which is why we’re not making it our budget pick, but we’ll continue testing it.

If the Wireless 6 is out of stock or you’re camping in fair weather and prefer more indoor space: Try the Big Agnes Dog House 6 . Although technically a dome tent like the Wireless 6, the Dog House 6 has walls that are more vertical, and more head and shoulder space as well—its peak height is 80 inches, taller than any of our picks. It also was the most affordable family tent we tested to use high-quality aluminum poles. So why is it not our top pick? Well, the Dog House 6 lacks a full fly and has no vestibule space.  Instead, it comes with a pre-attached, non-removable cap fly, and short awnings that don’t do much to protect the entry. We weren’t psyched to be in this tent even in light rain or when the wind picked up significantly.

If The North Face Wawona 6 is out of stock: Try the Big Agnes Spicer Peak 6 or the Nemo Aurora Highrise 6 . Both of these tents are well-structured, dome-style tents with high-quality workmanship and design. We preferred the single huge vestibule of the Wawona 6 to the smaller front and back vestibules on these two tents, but either tent would be a good runner-up. Both contain about 83 square feet of space, but the Aurora has more of a bread-loaf shape with two big doors running lengthwise—great for kids who want to run in and out—and a peak height of six-foot-five, while the Spicer Peak has doors at the narrower ends, and a peak height of six-foot-eight.

For longer stays or families with older kids: Try the REI Co-op Wonderland 6 . This is the redesign of REI Co-op’s beloved Kingdom 6 tent, which was a favorite among many family campers, including Wirecutter’s deputy editor Christine Cyr Clisset. Like the old Kingdom, the Wonderland is a delightful wagon-shaped tent with two round doors on either end. It has a massive interior, and comes with a room divider for privacy, good for families with older kids. REI Co-op changed the Wonderland’s pole design to increase its stability in wind, a weakness of the old Kingdom. We don’t yet know how well it stands up over time, but it handled 35 mph winds on the North Shore of Oahu without a problem. The tent has a partial fly and lots of interior storage, but no vestibule—and it costs a hefty $600. You can purchase an attachable mudroom for an additional $125; this substantially increases the footprint of an already large tent if you’re headed to a campsite with limited space.

If you want something that goes up instantly: Try the Coleman 6-Person Instant Cabin , which, thanks to telescoping, pre-attached poles, goes up and comes down much faster (in less than two minutes) than any other tent we tested. It also has no standalone fly, instead relying on a solid roof, which helps make setup easier. The drawback here is that this tent offers less protection from the elements and does less to reduce condensation than models with a separate fly. Although we were impressed by the Instant Cabin’s ease of setup, we thought that it was darker and less well ventilated than the Coleman Sundome 6-Person Tent.

The North Face Wawona 4 , which we used to list in our Other Good Tents section, has been redesigned; it's now made of polyester, not nylon. We’ll take another look at it soon.

A person tearing away a small strip of metal from a black tent pole.

We’ve tested (and recommended) Eureka tents in past versions of this guide. In October 2023, Eureka’s parent company, Johnson Outdoors, announced that it was discontinuing the Eureka brand . The product line, including its tents, should remain available through the end of 2024.

Alps Mountaineering Meramac 4-Person : Though this tent was sturdy (its poles were much heavier and of better quality than some of the other fiberglass poles we saw), it has no vestibule, and it didn’t offer as good ventilation as our picks when fully closed.

Eureka Kohana 4 Person Tent : The poles were finicky to insert and left the tent looking decidedly off-kilter.

Sierra Designs Tabernash 4 : We had high hopes for this $150 tent, but the pole (once again, a fiberglass-and-steel design) meant to frame the Tabernash’s doorway and vestibule kept jumping out of its grommet, repeatedly collapsing the only point of entry.

Stoic Madrone 4 Tent : Although the Madrone 4 features lots of fun colors, it didn’t quite match similar tents in its price range in the overall quality of its construction and design.

Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent : The Pop-Up Tent is packed into a 3-foot-wide carrying case that, when opened, shoots the tent forth like a snake-in-a-can gag gift. Presto—there’s your tent. The only problem is that it’s not a very good tent—only for backyard duty at best. Also, packing the tent back up is a nightmare.

Big Agnes Big House 4 : This is a cabin-style tent that we tested as a control; we wanted to know whether a dome-style tent was really better than a cabin-style tent for two people. Though this tent offered a little more livable space, the broad, flat walls had some trouble during high winds.

Coleman Sundome 4-Person Tent : We recommend this tent in its six-person design, but the four-person model we tested was too weak to support itself when subjected to even mild wind or rain.

We dismissed several tents because their fiberglass poles were too flimsy to offer support against anything but the lightest breeze: the Amazon Basics Outdoor 4-Person Camping Tent , the Coleman Hooligan 4-Person Backpacking Tent , and the Eureka Tetragon HD 4 (it’s since been replaced by  the Tetragon NX , which has similar fiberglass poles).

REI Co-op Skyward 6 Tent: This did perform well overall for a cabin-style tent, but like many of its brethren, it didn’t handle wind well, and we didn’t like how much we had to wrestle its poles to dock them during setup.

ALPS Mountaineering Camp Creek 6 : This spacious cabin-style tent met its downfall the same way almost every other cabin-style tent we tested did—in wind. Its fiberglass-and-steel tent poles also left splinters in our palms.

MSR Habitude 6 : This pricey tent has some of the most impeccable workmanship and nicest materials we encountered, but it has only one door. Its red and turquoise color scheme also absorbs a lot of heat and feels overly intense, at least in warmer climates, and the tent lacked options for ventilation.

Mountain Hardwear Bridger 6 : What is a $950 six-person tent like? Quite nice, unsurprisingly. The Bridger 6 is the only six-person tent we encountered that can actually house six people, it’s made of high-quality polyester, and it has powder-coated aluminum poles and endless storage options. It features a large front-facing porch-style vestibule, which can accommodate a table and multiple chairs without blocking the entry. It was also the only six-person tent we saw that came with a groundsheet. But the tent’s striking sea-foam green walls show every scuff and mark—not in the least practical for camping with kids. When we pitched the tent alongside our upgrade pick, we still gravitated to the Wawona’s more versatile vestibule. Also, $950.

Eureka Copper Canyon LX 6 Person Tent : This tent was our family-camping pick for a long time, and served Wirecutter editor Kalee Thompson’s family well during many camping trips in California. It’s a spacious, robust tent for fair-weather camping, but its windows let in wind and rain in less temperate climates.

Eureka Jade Canyon 6 Person Tent: In the severe gusts of a windstorm, one of the Jade Canyon’s aluminum poles bent badly, while a couple of other poles bent slightly but remained functional. (Eureka will replace poles for around $10 each.) We also had an issue with two of the Jade Canyon’s poles sticking together at takedown and making it impossible to get the whole tent back in the already-way-too-snug carrying bag. (The Jade Canyon 6 has since been replaced by the Jade Canyon X6 Person Tent , which has similar poles.)

Big Agnes Big House 6 : Although we liked the look and feel of this brightly colored tent, it costs $600 and the vestibule is a separate purchase ($200), making the full package significantly more pricey than our family-tent picks.

Cabela’s West Wind 6-Person Dome Tent : This tent has a more complicated design than many other six-person models. Our testers struggled for well over half an hour to get it up, eventually attracting the attention of other campers, who came to their rescue.

We found that company representatives are reluctant to estimate the lifespan of their tents. When pushed, most of the reps we talked to estimated five to 10 years, though the actual lifespan will vary widely depending on care and frequency of use (for more advice, read REI’s excellent tips ). In conducting research for this guide, we heard multiple tales of careful campers who had been using the same tent for 15 years or more.

There are several straightforward ways to make any tent last longer:

  • Use a groundsheet. A footprint made by the same company that made your tent and that’s sized to match is ideal to prevent pooling water—and to avoid the wrinkles and crumply sound of a cheap, $10 tarp. That said, a cheap tarp will do the job just fine, as long as you buy it or cut it to fit. A tarp that’s too big will collect rainwater off the fly and funnel it right under the tent.
  • Clean your campsite. Before you lay out your footprint and tent, make a reasonable effort to remove from the site any small stones, sticks, and briars that could puncture the tent floor.
  • Set some ground rules. “Your tent is your sanctuary,” said camping expert Helen Olsson, who would always bring a “play tent” (an old, two-person backpacking tent) for her little kids to use as a daytime play space. When they were in the “real” tent, everyone followed Olsson’s “no shoes in the tent” rule.
  • Zip it up. Similarly, keep your tent zipped to keep bugs and critters out, and become a pro zipper user: A thumb placed in the area forward of the direction you’re pulling the zipper will clear the fabric path and help prevent snags.
  • Sweep out before packing. Tiny pebbles or sticks packed inside the tent can rub and erode the material over time. Another nice thing about tents that retain their structure without being staked is that a couple of people should be able to team up to lift the tent and shake out detritus before removing the poles and putting the tent away. You could also follow the lead of some campers and carry a small whisk broom and dustpan to keep the tent floor tidy during your trip.
  • Dry before storing. “Nothing will destroy a tent faster than mildew,” tent designer Bob Howe told us. “And if it doesn’t destroy it, it just makes it unlivable.” To avoid mildew (and the accompanying stink), never, ever pack away a tent that’s still damp. Line-dry it, hang it up in your basement, or set it up in your garage until any hint of dampness is gone.

This article was edited by Eve O’Neill and Christine Ryan.

Bob Howe, tent designer , phone interview , March 10, 2016

Helen Olsson, author of The Down and Dirty Guide to Camping with Kids , phone interview , March 10, 2016

Ryan Flynn, salesperson for Johnson Outdoors, parent company of Eureka , phone interview , March 7, 2016

Campmor Tent FAQs , Campmor

MSR Tents Frequently Asked Questions , Mountain Safety Research (MSR)

Tent Fabrics Part 1: Fabric Specs , Mountain Safety Research (MSR) , November 16, 2015

Tent Fabrics Part 2: Waterproof Ratings , Mountain Safety Research (MSR) , November 22, 2015

Compare Camping Tents , GearLab

Meet your guides

tent in travel

Claire Wilcox

Claire Wilcox contributes outdoors coverage to Wirecutter. An avid swimmer, surfer, hiker, and camper, she currently lives on the island of Oahu in Hawaii, where she can be found, as much as possible, in water.

tent in travel

Kit Dillon is a senior staff writer at Wirecutter. He was previously an app developer, oil derrick inspector, public-radio archivist, and sandwich shop owner. He has written for Popular Science, The Awl, and the New York Observer, among others. When called on, he can still make a mean sandwich.

tent in travel

Kalee Thompson

Kalee Thompson is the senior editor heading up the team responsible for health, fitness, baby, and kid coverage at Wirecutter. She has previously been a writer on the emergency prep and outdoor beats and is the author of two non-fiction books: Deadliest Sea and The Border Within .

Further reading

Two people peeking out from within a red sleeping bag.

Gear for Car Camping

by Kit Dillon

When the Wirecutter outdoor team goes car camping—as opposed to backpacking and carrying gear into the wilderness—this is the gear they bring.

Two people stand under the stars next to two camping tents.

What to Pack for Camping Trips With Kids

by Kalee Thompson

Investing in some high-quality basics can get kids excited about camping out—and help you avoid a mid-trip detour to the nearest big-box store.

Canopy tent set up with a dog and bicycle outside of it.

The Best Canopy Tent for Camping and Picnics

The easy-to-set-up REI Co-op Screen House Shelter is our canopy tent pick, with good sun and insect protection and a bright, roomy feel.

An illustration of three tents wearing age-related human accessories to represent the life cycle of a tent as it grows older.

Keep Your Tent Out of the Sun (And More Tips to Make Your Tent Last)

by Elissa Sanci

A good tent is one of the most important pieces of camping equipment you’ll buy. Here’s how to make it last for years.

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

We make finding the right camping tent easier for you by bringing you the best camping tents of 2024. Whether you are planning a weekend in Big Sur or returning to Burning Man, a tent is your home on the road.

REI wonderland tent

Our team brings decades of camping experience in every sort of condition imaginable, from national park campgrounds to multiday festivals to long road trips . Our experience and exacting standards give us the expertise to make your shopping easier and have shown us that while many tents claim to do it all, many excel in certain circumstances over others.

Some tents are wilder-nests that thrive in a more backcountry-adjacent use, while others are downright front-country palatial. We gathered our most camp-savvy testers and sent them into the woods across the country in search of the perfect camping tent for every type of weekend. And since we started, our experts have considered hundreds of camping tents, slept in more than 30, and winnowed down our gear rooms to the 15 best of the best collected in this guide.

For our evaluation, we focused on weather resistance, comfort, ease of setup, extra features, and value. Using these five guidelines, we’ve compiled a list of the best camping tents of this year. Check out our comprehensive buyer’s guide and frequently asked questions for helpful tips and have a look at our comparison chart to steer your decision-making.

Scroll through to see all of our camping tent recommendations.

Editor’s Note: We updated this guide on October 23, 2023, to include additional information on our testing practices and history, as well as to ensure our selections were still accurate.

  • Best Overall Camping Tent: REI Co-op Base Camp 6
  • Best Budget Camping Tent: Kelty Discovery Element 6
  • Best Family Camping Tent: MSR Habitude 6
  • Best Tent for Group Camping: REI Co-op Wonderland X
  • Easiest Setup Camping Tent: Decathlon Quechua 2 Second Easy Camping Tent
  • Best Weather Resistance Camping Tent: Marmot Limestone 4-Person Tent
  • Best Crossover Tent for Camping and Backpacking: Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3

REI Co-op Base Camp 6

  • Floor Area 84 sq. ft. (110" x 110")
  • Weight 20 lbs., 11.5 oz.
  • Height 74"
  • Footprint Included No
  • Number of Doors Two
  • Carry Size 24" x 11" x 11"
  • Seasons 3-4 season
  • Best For All-weather camping where comfort is in high-demand

Product Badge

  • Huge vestibule
  • Excellent weather resistance
  • Easy to set up

The REI Base Camp 6 ($549) reigns supreme among the camping tents. It may not be the largest, the tallest, or the most affordable, but this moderately sized tent has everything it takes to make camping easy and enjoyable for years to come. With 84 square feet of floor space, there’s plenty of room for up to six campers to slumber under the stars.

The Base Camp 6 employs a durable polyester rainfly that provides full coverage and a sizable vestibule for gear storage, creating 27 square feet of extra covered space in the front and an additional 17 in the back. The front vestibule is large enough to accommodate a few camp chairs and makes a great place to hang out in the shade as well.

Useful features like pockets, a three-point ventilation system, and reflective trim that shines in the light of a headlamp make this tent the place you’ll want to hang out when the weather is fair or foul. Large doors at either end make for an easy exit when nature calls, without having to crawl over all of your tentmates.

Our team of camp-savvy testers had no trouble erecting the Base Camp 6 in light winds thanks to the intuitive color-coded poles and attachment points. For the uninitiated, very clear setup instructions are sewn into the tent’s storage bag.

This tent is freestanding, meaning it can stay up without stakes or guylines. While this is quick and convenient for when you roll up to your campsite in the middle of the night, going the extra mile and using all the included stakes and guylines is well worth the effort. Once fully staked out, the Base Camp 6 is impervious to rain and also stands up well against heavy winds.

The Base Camp 6 is just a hair over 6 feet at its apex, so taller folks won’t be able to stand straight up, and with a packed weight of 20 pounds, it’s limited to car camping. It’s also one of the more expensive models on our list, but if you’re fortunate enough to get out camping a few times a year, the Base Camp 6 is worth every penny.

Kelty Discovery Element 6

  • Floor area 89 sq. ft. (120" x 107")
  • Weight 15 lbs., 13 oz.
  • Height 77"
  • Footprint included No
  • Number of doors One
  • Carry size 30" x 9"
  • Seasons 3-season
  • Best for Casual car camping where ease of use and ease on the wallet outweighs longevity

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Inexpensive
  • Protective rainfly
  • Fiberglass poles aren’t the most durable
  • Only one door

For the casual camper looking to spend some quality outdoor time with friends and family, the Kelty Discovery Element 6 ($210) is an inexpensive and easy-to-setup option. Simplicity is the name of the game here, and the Discovery Element is one of the easiest tents to set up in our selection.

This tent uses the tried and true two-pole design, with an additional pole to support a small awning. Our tester easily set this tent up (without instructions) in under 10 minutes.

When fully staked and with the rainfly guyed out, this tent does a commendable job keeping its inhabitants dry, especially considering the price. With a peak height of 6 feet 4 inches, most folks will be able to fully stand up in this tent.

While it only has one door, that door is huge, so access is very easy. Each side is lined with a few internal storage pockets, so you’ll have no problem staying organized and keeping the floor free of knick-knacks.

The Kelty Discovery Element 6 uses fiberglass poles. While fiberglass poles keep the cost down, they are more fragile and more difficult to repair than aluminum poles. Aluminum poles bend under stress and can be bent back in place, and if they break, they break in one place.

Under too much stress, fiberglass poles tend to shatter. This rarely happens from the stress of heavy winds, but breaks can often occur when the poles are stepped on by hasty campers in the dark.

For the price, the Discovery Element accomplishes a tent’s primary functions: keeping campers dry and bug-free, and providing a little privacy in those crowded campgrounds.

MSR Habitude 6

  • Floor Area 83 sq. ft. (120" x 100")
  • Weight 14 lbs.
  • Number of Doors One
  • Carry Size 23" x 10" x 10"
  • Best For Large family camping outings where weather might be variable

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Smart pole geometry and tough fabrics means this tent is built to last
  • LED porch light integrated into the tent
  • Generous sleeping area
  • Single door means you may have to stumble over tent mates to enter/exit

The MSR Habitude 6 ($600-700) is a strong contender for best overall camping tent, bringing a slate of smart front-country features to the table and a built-tough construction that ensures it’ll be around long into your camping future. For those camping with little ones, this tent makes the grade in our books.

Available in both a four- and six-person configuration, the Habitude series of tents borrows much from MSR’s long history in creating strong backcountry-style tents to produce one for the more mellow outings of the summer. Supreme livability is the name of the game for this tent, and we greatly appreciated the large vestibule space and 6-foot overhead clearance.

Setup is a breeze, utilizing a hubbed pole design and color-coded clips (no pole sleeves to fuss with) to erect the 83 square feet of sleeping space. While many camping-size tents might require an extra set of hands to wrangle it into existence, the Habitude was noticeably easy to erect by a single person.

The majority of the tent’s inner is a 68D polyester, with mesh placed smartly to provide airflow and privacy. Studded about are a number of storage pockets and extra hang loops to trick out your home away from home with camping niceties such as lanterns .

Now the Achilles heel: This wonderful tent only offers a single entry/egress point, which we found a hindrance to an otherwise excellent tent. We would have loved the ease of even a 1.5-door design — like on The North Face Wawona 4. You might consider the integrated LED porch light lantern a worthy balm, as it is pretty enjoyable to use.

Weighing the Habitude against other tents in our review was a tough row to hoe — it was considerably lighter than the REI Base Camp 6 but also $100 more expensive. It offers much more standing height than tents like the Quechua 2 Second Easy Camping Tent or Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3, but it lacks the second door both these tents have.

Overall, we agreed the Habitude found balance across a number of scales and would be an ideal tent for introducing little ones to camping, escaping for the weekend, or indulging in the “buy once, cry once” ethos. 

REI Co-op Wonderland X

  • Floor Area 70.5 sq. ft. (100" x 100")
  • Weight 35 lbs., 1 oz.
  • Height 75"
  • Number of Doors Four
  • Carry Size 27.4" x 14" x 12.8"
  • Best For Mondo-sized camping trips with the whole crew

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Huge tent for four people
  • Doubles as a massive shelter for cooking, entertaining, or eating
  • Extremely durable
  • The sleeping area is very large and protective from the elements
  • Too big for smaller campsites

The REI Co-op Wonderland X ($1,249) is a very large and unique tent that makes an incredibly spacious abode. Designed as a four-person car camping tent, the Wonderland X is so much more.

We tested this tent during the spring of 2022 and were blown away by the unique tunnel design with interior sleeping quarters. It performed perfectly in windy and rainy conditions, where the enormous awning provided space for lounging and cooking for four adult men.

While optimized for a group of four, the Wonderland X not only serves as a giant camping shelter but also as a big hangout space. By removing the interior sleeping quarters, the shelter becomes a 13 x 9-foot floorless shelter. It can easily cover a picnic table, the tailgate of a truck, or even a small car.

REI built the Wonderland X with extremely heavy materials, ensuring a very long life if properly maintained. And at 35 pounds, this tent is definitely not coming backpacking! But for those looking at an alternative to canvas wall tents or just a very robust, large car camping setup, this tent is the pinnacle!

Those looking for a similar design but at a lower price should also consider the Wonderland 4 and Wonderland 6 , which work on the same principles but use lighter, less expensive materials.

Read Review: REI Wonderland X Tent Review: A Versatile 4-Person Palace for Car Campers

Decathlon Quechua 2 Second Easy Camping Tent

  • Floor Area 46.8 sq. ft. (83.5" x 80.7")
  • Weight 18 lbs., 1.6 oz.
  • Height 52"
  • Carry Size 28" x 8.7" x 8.7"
  • Best For Easy car camping, festivals, or camping at the beach

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Setup and takedown are a piece of cake
  • Keeps out most light for undisturbed sleep
  • High waterproof rating on the bathtub floor
  • Low ceiling height
  • Small vestibules
  • The rainfly can’t be removed, so no stargazing mode

If you’re a beginner or perpetually struggle with tent setup, look no further than the Quechua 2 Second Easy Camping Tent ($349) from the French brand Decathlon.

Once you unfold the tent and place it on the ground, its setup — apart from staking out the tent — really can be accomplished in 2 seconds. Just pull the two bright red ropes (complete with handles) and the tent’s structure locks into place. Stake it out, and you’re done.

Takedown is just as straightforward — but in reverse. Remove the stakes, press the two buttons to release the pull ropes, and the tent collapses just as quickly as it sprang to life.

The simple setup and takedown instructions are sewn into the stuff sack so you can’t lose them. If you need a video demonstration, check out the “How to Install” and “How to Fold” videos on Decathlon’s website.

The lining of this waterproof three-person tent is black, so it keeps out most light for undisturbed slumber, which is nice if you’re a light sleeper.

The floor space in the Quechua 2 Second Easy measures 83.5 by 80.7 inches — plenty of room for our tester and her 6-foot-tall partner. However, the low ceiling height is a drawback. The vestibules are small and due to the tent design, you cannot remove the rainfly. This is unfortunate should you want to stargaze or drop some weight.

This tent is perfect for the efficient at heart. Why waste time setting up a tent? Let the engineers at Quechua do the work for you and let it pop open, almost on its own.

Read Review: This Tent Blocks the Sun and the Heat: Quechua 2 Second ‘Fresh & Black’ Review

Marmot Limestone 6-Person Tent

  • Floor Area 82.9 sq. ft. (120" x 100")
  • Weight 17 lbs.
  • Height 76"
  • Carry Size 24.4" x 10.4"
  • Best For Any-weather camping where the forecast looks less than optimal

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Excellent weather protection
  • Lighter weight than similar 6-person shelters
  • Redesign adds additional vents to the fly
  • Close to vertical wall design
  • Rainfly contacts tent mesh in some spots
  • Vestibule isn't the largest

While testing in the Rocky Mountains, we experienced sudden high winds and heavy rains. Nearly every tent experienced some damage ranging from broken poles to leaks. The Marmot Limestone 4P ($429) was completely unfazed. It remained sturdy and dry through it all.

It’s not as tall or roomy as some car camping tents, but the sacrifice of space is worth it for excellent weather protection. You can fit four people or spread out and sleep comfortably with just two in 60 square feet of floor space.

The large double doors make coming and going easy. Pre-bent poles make for a quick setup. There is a vestibule on one side for holding extra gear, and interior gear pockets keep you organized. and there is plenty of mesh that allows for maximum airflow.

This tent is a great option if you don’t mind not being able to stand up inside. The peak height is 63 inches, so anyone taller than about 5 feet will have to crouch.

The Limestone 4P  is built to withstand storms and is a great choice for anyone camping in unpredictable, inclement weather.

Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3

  • Floor Area 42.5 sq. ft. (90" x 68")
  • Weight 7 lbs., 1.2 oz.
  • Height 48"
  • Footprint Included Yes
  • Carry Size 25" x 7"
  • Best For Do-it-all camping and backpacking for folks who don't want to have separate tents

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Compact packed size
  • Roll-back rainfly
  • Spacious twin vestibules
  • Hubbed poles can be finicky

Car camping or backpacking this weekend? While the choice might not always be easy, choosing which tent to bring shouldn’t be. The Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 ($375) makes a strong case for a dual-purpose shelter that is just as happy in the campground as it is out on the trail.

We recently tested the 3-person version of the Mineral King on Washington’s Olympic Peninsula and found it to be a well-balanced piece of kit, easily amenable to whatever your next outdoor plans are. At about 6 pounds trail weight, this tent isn’t so heavy that it’ll be out of place in your weekend backpacking kit, but we found that it shined as a camping tent for two.

The set-up was a cinch with a pole and snap design that’s familiar and easy to rig up, as well as a rainfly that attaches using buckles as opposed to grommets. This rainfly configuration actually hides a brilliant feature, as we found out, which allows the fly to be pulled back over half of the tent, leaving the moon roof open to star-gazing.

In addition to fitting three typical backpacking sleeping pads, the Mineral King will also easily accommodate two 25” wide camping-style pads. Having the space to really spread out while camping was a luxury, although shoehorning three into the tent for casual camping may not be the most comfortable.

While the pole structure is sturdy, the hubbed-pole style isn’t our favorite, and the pinnacle attachment point is directional, meaning it’ll need to be pointing down to function. We found that after a couple of false starts, we got the hang of it, but it is something to be aware of.

Perfect for campers and hikers who like to do a bit of everything (and keep their gear closets from bursting), the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 is the tent we’d suggest for an excellent crossover option. It is the perfect balance of living space for those lazy summer afternoons, and packability for when you want to put away the miles.

Mountain Hardwear Bridger 4

  • Floor Area 62.5 sq. ft. (96" x 90")
  • Weight 18 lbs., 9.4 oz.
  • Height 68"
  • Carry Size 26" x 13" x 13"
  • Best For Camping with the whole crew, or bringing along the kitchen sink in gear

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Vestibules are huge, and can fit entire bikes or coolers if needed
  • Many pockets inside the sleeping area and vestibules
  • Saloon-style doors open up to easily combine areas
  • Simple rope-bag style stuff sack
  • Not the easiest to set up single-handed
  • Pretty pricey

Seemingly borrowing DNA from Mountain Hardwear’s mountaineering roots, the new Bridger 4 Tent ($780) easily hits all the marks we’re looking for in a spacious camping tent — and that’s before you even walk out the front door. From here, twin vestibules that boast more square footage than even the sleeping area make for a tent that’s as much about hanging out as it is snoozing in.

Starting from the inside, the Bridger series of tents keeps the living large with 62.5 square feet of sleeping quarters, and steep walls that meet at a 66-inch peak height. The whole affair is supported by a classic two-pole configuration, with an additional ridge pole that props up the peaks of the entry and exit facets of the tent.

A full-coverage rain fly encompasses everything on the exterior of the tent, and extends out a full 7 feet for the front vestibule space. When we tested this tent in the spring of 2023, our campers flocked to this spot to kick back and store gear in. It easily accommodates a handful of camp chairs, a cooler, or even a couple of parked bikes. 

The front and rear entry doors also feature a saloon-style zip, meaning the sleeping space can easily be melded into the hang-out zone with the pinning back of a door. Then there’s the storage. All told, there are 8 pockets on the interior of the tent, as well as 2 removable organizers that hang from the inside of the vestibule space — each sporting 3 pockets. We found these to be especially handy during the day, as we didn’t need to enter/exit the tent to snag what we needed.

In terms of set-up, the Bridger does take a few minutes to get fully ready. The extended vestibule of the Bridger is a dream once in place, but it did make single-handed setup a bit of a wrestling match to manage. A second set of hands here won’t go idle. Breaking down the tent goes smoothly, however, and it packs away into one of the nicest zip-up storage bags we’ve seen in a tent.

Perfect for your camping basecamp, the Mountain Hardwear Bridger Tent brings the party from inside to out, and while it is dang-near the most expensive option on our list, the durable design and expanded livability make it amenable to many different camping scenarios, and ensure it’ll be around for endless campfires.

NEMO Aurora Highrise 4P

  • Floor Area 62.5 sq. ft. (100" x 90")
  • Weight 15 lbs., 14 oz.
  • Carry Size 25" x 8.5" x 8.5"
  • Best For Camping with the whole family, sleeping on cots, and tall parents

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Steep side walls bumps up livable space
  • Fun print on interior floor
  • Both doors stow away completely
  • Rainfly doesn't provide 100% coverage

Forget hunching over — the Aurora Highrise Camping Tent ($400-500) from NEMO has got headroom to spare. Sporting a tent pole design that bumps out the exterior walls to near vertical, we had no issues with bumping around inside this tent, and no scrunching was needed.

While the 75-inch peak height isn’t quite the tallest in our testing, it’s the fact that this height extends far out from the interior, allowing for easy maneuvering about for sleeping pad set up, or just squeezing past a tent-mate. A tent like the Eureka Copper Canyon 4 will have more headroom overall, but will suffer much more with high winds.

Behind the two doors (which can be unzipped and folded away entirely into what NEMO calls the Door Jamb pocket), is a full 62.5 sq. ft. of floor space, which has been printed with a fun argyle pattern to lighten up the tent. It’s the little features like this that really up the livability, and after spending a week in the Aurora this spring in Joshua Tree National Park, we came to love our groovy space.

During testing, we found the dual vestibules to provide plenty of space for storing equipment during the night, though not quite large enough to lounge under shade. The four-person version of this tent was perfectly sized for three testers, though we could easily see a family of four enjoying the space, or even a couple having a luxuriously large camping hideout.

While the large side windows do provide an excellent view (and plenty of ventilation), the rainfly does stop short of providing full coverage over them. While this won’t be an issue in typical rain, particularly bad wind-driven rain will have the ability to soak into these seams given the chance. 

A family-sized tent that’s sized for everyone in the family, the NEMO Aurora Highrise is available in both a 4-person , and 6-person offering .

MSR Habiscape 4 Tent

  • Floor Area 62.5 sq. ft. (95" x 95")
  • Weight 12 lbs., 11 oz.
  • Height 73"
  • Number of Doors 2
  • Carry Size 24" x 9" x 9"
  • Best For Camping with tykes with wandering hands

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Front and rear access doors
  • Easy to assemble, even solo
  • Generous vestibule space
  • Not as weather-resistant
  • Weak tent stakes

Made to withstand the rigors of camping with little ones, the MSR Habiscape ($500-600) is the newly minted cousin of the uber-popular Habitude series of tents from the brand — fine-tuned to be a more approachable and family-friendly design. 

Let’s talk big news: the second door! While we love the Habitude series of tents already, our one major hang-up with those tents was the lack of a second door. No longer with the Habiscape! We greatly enjoyed the increased ease of access with a second portal, and were happy to see that it is a fully-fledged design covered by a vestibule (if small).

In addition to the added door, MSR also did away with many of the finicky pole-hubs used in the structure of previous tents, and produced a simplified design that we found was easy to set up, even single-handed. That’s no small feat for a family-sized shelter. The pole design is a bit less protective than more complex designs, but we had no problem with the Habiscape holding strong against wind and rain.

On the interior of the tent are 10 total pockets, set at high and low stations, as well as a Pass-Thru Pocket that is accessible from both the interior and exterior of the tent. We found this to be a helpful feature late at night when fumbling around for things like car keys and the like. 

When it comes to weather resistance, this tent lands at about the middle of the pack. A full-coverage rainfly goes almost all the way to the ground, but nearly vertical sidewalls do provide more surface area for wind to catch. There is also a good bit more mesh on the Habiscape vs the Habitude, which can be beneficial for knocking back condensation, but a bit harder to keep warm during cold snaps.

If you’re willing to trade off a bit of weather protection (or just are a fair-weather camper to begin with), the MSR Habiscape is an excellent option for getting the whole family outdoors.

The North Face Wawona 4

  • Floor Area 58 sq. ft. (96" x 90")
  • Weight 13 lbs.
  • Height  68"
  • Carry Size 27" x 10" x 10"
  • Best For Camping with extra kit to store in the vestibules, or just kicking back beneath the shade

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Unique second door design
  • Plenty of interior storage pocket options
  • Rainfly isn’t the most intuitive to put on
  • Rear door isn’t covered by rainfly

Newly updated, The North Face Wawona 4 ($400) got a second skin, going from a single- to double-wall design, and its poles have been re-engineered for easier setup — both worthy upgrades.

It’s the small things that make the Wawona (which, if you’re wondering, was the name of a famous giant sequoia in Yosemite National Park) tick. A unique hooped pole design kicks out the large vestibule to a comfy 28 square feet of space and provides plenty of dry room to shuffle gear about.

Then there are the interior features: A smaller rear door doubles as an organizational center, while an interior height of 68 inches allows for easy walking about inside the tent. We greatly appreciated the breathability built into the Wawona on a night camping in Washington’s San Juan Islands — where moisture from the sea can be heavy and keeping air moving is a priority. 

We struggled with the rainfly the first go around, as it has an unusual shape that goes to the ground at the vestibule and then up to window height along the body of the tent. Once we figured out which way was up, snapping it into place was an (adjustable) breeze. 

There also is the issue of the fly not covering the rear door — although it does sport a waterproof zipper. Our testing hasn’t shown this to be a weak point necessarily, but we have our doubts the tent would keep a heavy rain entirely at bay.

For fair weather conditions, the Wawona 4 offers a boatload of space for families that bring plenty along on their camping trips. Just consider what the weatherperson has in store for you.

REI Co-op Skyward 4

  • Floor Area 60 sq. ft. (100" x 86")
  • Weight 13 lbs., 11 oz.
  • Height 78"
  • Carry Size 27.5" x 9.8" x 9.8"
  • Best For Campground camping with the family, or using camping cots

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Spacious interior with near-vertical walls
  • Simple pole design and setup
  • Multiple interior pockets
  • Simple vestibules have enough space
  • Minimal coverage rainfly won't stand up to tough weather
  • Broad sides catch wind

A continuation of the Grand Hut lineage from the REI Co-op, the new Skyward 4 Tent ($299) carries on the camping tent legacy in an easy-to-setup and highly livable shelter. While not our favorite design, this tent gets excellent marks for standing height, and pairs well with a set of cots for a truly luxe experience.  

With nearly vertical walls, the interior area of the Skyward is plush, making for a tent that’s a breeze to move around in. Compared to other tents on the market, the 78-inch peak height and 60 square feet of floor space bests many, including the North Face Wawona 4 (68” and 58 square feet) and the REI Co-op Base Camp 4 (60” and 59.7 square feet). 

Set up goes quickly, and is easy enough to figure out sans instructions (our measure of a simple-to-setup tent). The X-pole construction is familiar, and extends downward with separate leg poles that help create those flat sides. A single brow pole pops out the awning of the vestibule, which itself is enough to store some kit in.

Now for the grumbles: Compared to the old Grand Hut, the Skyward takes an odd tack and removes much of the rainfly from the tent — trimming coverage from the sides and providing protection to only the mesh ceiling of the tent. While fair-weather camping won’t challenge this tent at all, we weren’t so sure about the prospect of precip, and a quick rain shower provided by our garden hose showed that anything less than vertical rain had the chance of sneaking in.

Compounded by the tent’s boxy profile (which provides a large broadside to the wind), the Skyward may have a tendency to head, well, skyward in a bad blow. The tent does include a whole mess of stakes and guylines to better tether it to the earth, and in practice, we felt very confident in it during nice weather. But if the weather report looks a little grim? You’re far better off grabbing a more hardened shelter, like the Marmot Limestone or the MSR Habitude.

Don’t let our worst-case scenario worries dissuade you, however, as most of our camping occurs with the sun shining anyway. For trips like this, the tradeoffs in weather protection on the REI Skyward 4 are well worth it to gain livability for families, or those wanting a deluxe camp experience with extra space to boot.

Eureka Copper Canyon LX 4-Person Tent

  • Floor Area 64 sq. ft. (96" x 96")
  • Weight 20 lbs., 4 oz.
  • Height 84"
  • Carry Size 27" x 9" x 9"
  • Best For Car camping with a view!

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Airy and open
  • Tall height
  • Not great in heavy wind

If you’re looking for a family tent that feels like a spacious screened-in porch, the Eureka Copper Canyon LX 4 ($270) is for you. The 7-foot-tall interior height means no more awkward stooping.

And with 64 square feet of floor space, there’s plenty of room to spread out. We found this provided a comfortable amount of space for two adults and two young children. Each wall is lined with pockets, which is great for keeping track of your headlamp and storing other essentials.

The best part about this tent is the airy feel and giant mesh windows. Not only does it keep things breathable, but it also means you can easily enjoy the view in any direction. We spent a week camping outside Moab and loved relaxing in the tent while watching the sunrise.

That said, the benefits of this tent are also its downfall. The tall height and large windows can be problematic in stormy weather. High winds will challenge any tent, and that’s especially true of a tent that’s 7 feet tall.

The window zip closed, and the included rainfly protects from rainfall. However, in heavy storms, it is possible to experience slight leaking. We also would have preferred a second door.

For mild summer conditions, though, the Copper Canyon 4 is a winner for family camping. It offers plenty of standing room and is a decent value to boot. We were also pleased with how easily it packed back into the storage bag.

Coleman Sundome 4-Person Tent

  • Floor area 63 sq. ft. (108" x 84")
  • Weight 9 lbs., 7 oz.
  • Height 59"
  • Carry size 25" x 9"
  • Best for Budget campground camping for shorter campers

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Budget-friendly
  • Fiberglass poles
  • Corners leak

This tent is a classic bargain. You can score a four-person tent for $100 or grab a two-person model for just $70 .

That said, there is a difference between an inexpensive tent like this and the higher-end models. The construction is sturdy, although it’s lacking in some finishing details and long-term durability.

The Sundome has fiberglass poles instead of aluminum. They will work for a lot of car camping situations but are less durable and weaker than aluminum.

It would be a tight fit for four people with 63 square feet inside. We found it had plenty of room for two. It’s worth noting that there isn’t a vestibule for extra gear storage.

The rainfly covers the top and generally works well, but in extra-wet conditions, it leaked at the corners. Finally, we had a few issues with the zipper snagging. For a budget tent, it will get the job done.

Big Agnes Big House 6

  • Floor Area 83 sq. ft. (118" x 100")
  • Weight 16 lbs., 7 oz.
  • Height 81"
  • Carry Size 26" x 15.5" x 8"
  • Best For Camping in sunny locales

The Best Camping Tents of 2024

  • Shade canopy feature
  • Not built to withstand extreme weather

This Big Agnes Big House 6 ($600) will keep the whole group comfy all weekend long. You can easily stand up inside. There’s plenty of room to spread out with 83 square feet of interior space.

The welcome mat gives muddy shoes a place to stay, and the eight interior pockets keep gear organized and easily accessible. For more storage, there’s even a gear loft sold separately.

One of our favorite features is the ability to set it up as a sun shelter. Simply set up just the poles and rainfly without the tent insert. It was easy to pack up, and the backpack stuff sack design makes carrying the tent much easier.

Unfortunately, as with most large family camping tents, it doesn’t do great in extremely windy weather due to its non-aerodynamic shape. Also, it’s possible to set this tent up alone, but it’s easier with two people.

The Big House 6 from Big Agnes is a great option for family get-togethers to sleep in or to quickly create a bit of shade with just the fly.

Camping Tent Comparison Chart

GearJunkie Testers Hanging Out Under Camping Tent Vestibule

How We Tested Camping Tents

You wouldn’t jump headlong into a full weekend outdoors with an untested roof over your head, and thankfully, you don’t have to. Camping tents come in all different shapes, sizes, and qualities, and while many are winners, we’ve run into a few clunkers in our time. The GearJunkie staff may be a diverse bunch when it comes to our sporting specialties, but the one thing that unites us is a near-universal love of camping. We’ve been at this for a number of years, and we’ve learned a thing or two in the process.

Gear Editor Mallory Paige has spent hundreds of nights sleeping under the stars , and she knows first-hand the importance of a good shelter. She kicked off our search for the most worthy camping shelters in 2021 with an initial 12 tents, and set out a detailed testing regimen that includes tests against the elements, timing how quickly we can erect each tent, and the classic garden hose rain shower test.

Since then, our testing team has added contributor Ryan Baker, who started backpacking and car camping as a child. He also has lived in tents ranging from lightweight tarps for extended thru-hikes to heavy-duty basecamps to withstand extreme conditions. He is intimately experienced in the joys and pitfalls of only having a thin piece of synthetic fabric between the elements and a dry night’s sleep.

And finally, Senior Editor Nick Belcaster has enjoyed more than his fair share of evenings staring up at the canopy of his tent waiting out a rain storm. A veteran of the Pacific Crest Trail, Belcaster has the set up and tear down of his tent limited to mere minutes, and now travels the West testing camping tents for this guide on a rolling basis.

All of these outdoor addicts know that not only do you need something sturdy and reliable, but it also needs to be set up easily and packed well. We went to the internet for a deep dive into the research. After hours of research, we narrowed it down to the top tents for a head-to-head test. This involved lots of camping and various testers, and to date our estimated time testing numbers in the hundreds of hours.

We camped through a quintessential Colorado spring weekend, complete with sun, snow, sleet, and gale-force winds. We enjoyed hot summer nights, a few surprise thunderstorms, and plenty of regular ol’ campground outings from Moab, Utah, to the hills of North Georgia.

Then, we put the tents to the ultimate head-to-head test. Each was erected in the same valley and left for a week. Through rain, sun, and some epic wind, we were able to see which tents could withstand the elements best. From our experience and side-by-side testing, we crowned our winners.

REI Skyward 4 Camping Tent Interior

Buyer’s Guide: How to Choose a Camping Tent

To help you decide what tent is best for you, we considered five categories: weather resistance, comfort, ease of setup, extra features, and value. Each of these bears more importance to certain campers than others. Consider when, where, and who you plan to use your tent with.

We have another guide for the best backpacking tents that focuses on lighter and less bulky tents for your backcountry adventures. Here, we focus more on car and family camping tents for the kinds of adventures where the car is within reach and the weight of a tent is less important.

Camping Tent Types

Just as backpacking tents can be broken down into smaller use-profile groups such as ultralight or weekend-warrior tents, camping tents too are generally aimed at a specific camping style or user group, and broadly can be placed in a High-End, Budget, or Crossover category.

High-End Camping

High-End Camping Tents are just that — high-end, and prioritize a comfort-over-all-else ethos that will have you enjoying the outdoors, no matter the weather or group size. These shelters also command the higher end of the price spectrum, but for the dollars deliver on the niceties we’re looking for when camping outdoors. Often pricing out north of $500, tents like the REI Co-op Base Camp 6 , MSR Habitude 6 , and Mountain Hardwear Bridger 4 serve up hardened designs that jam in the features.

Their construction often aims to fully capitalize on the floor space provided, and sport vertical or close-to-vertical walls and a taller overall height that makes for less stooping once inside. Walls in this category will also use a good amount of mesh in order to increase built-in ventilation, and can be enhanced by using vents that are often built into the rainfly to keep moisture moving from layer to layer.

The rainflies themselves will almost always be full coverage, meaning that they extend from the peak all the way to the ground and help to seal out wind-driven rain. The design of these high-end tents also bulks up on security, sometimes borrowing from mountaineering-styled designs to form tunnel or dome-style tents. Poles will be made from sturdy aluminum, and often attach to the tent body using clips or hooks as opposed to traditional sleeves.

MSR Habiscape Tent Front

Budget Camping

If front country or car camping is something you only do occasionally, then there’s not much reason to drop the big bucks on a tent that will only see occasional use. Your budget-style tents typically slide in under $300, and while they give up some in the overall durability and livability metrics, many are still great shelters for tossing up at the campground. Look to the $210 Kelty Discovery Element 6 and the even cheaper $100 Coleman Sundome Tent 4P for real savings.

One of the biggest differences you’ll notice here is in material construction, and the overall weight that comes along with it. Budget-style tents are often made with thicker fabrics, and may be treated with cheaper waterproof coatings laid on thick to help resist moisture. This can aid in overall longevity, but at a good ding to overall packability. These style tents also may take shortcuts in their design that create large broadsides of walls that won’t be the most weather-worthy should a storm blow in. For most car camping, however, fair weather is the goal, and this won’t make much of a difference.

Crossover Camping

For those who simply can’t decide what the weekend might hold, or who are at gear closet capacity, the crossover realm offers a solution that both makes your tent decision easier, and limits the impact on your wallet. These tents will often skew closer to backpacking tents in terms of design, but provide a bit more living space like traditional camping tents do. In our line-up today, we’ve narrowed in on the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 as being the perfect crossover option, but have also had good luck with the REI Co-op Half Dome SL 3+ Tent in the past.

Keep in mind that these tents make concessions on overall livable space in trade for packability, and you’ll likely want to purchase a tent with one more camper capacity in order to have adequate space for camping. These tents will, however, be light enough to carry out to more remote camping spots, and can add a lot of comfort over going with a more purebred backpacking model.

Mountain Hardwear Mineral King Crossover Style

Weather Resistance

This is one of the biggest reasons to invest more in a tent. Basic tents handle pleasant weather like a champ and can even manage light rain and wind.

If you plan to camp during storms, it’s worth it to save up and buy a sturdier tent. Premium tents have stronger poles, full rain covers, and sealed seams. It’s things like this that seem less important — until you find yourself riding out an epic storm from the confines of your tent.

While testing, we experienced a major thunderstorm complete with high winds and heavy rain. Each of the tents had been properly staked out, but many of them experienced damage. The Marmot Limestone 4P performed incredibly well, with no leaking or broken poles. The REI Base Camp 6 is also well equipped for inclement weather thanks to its rainfly and many tiedown points, as is the Mountain Hardwear Bridger 4 .

When it comes to camping tents, some may opt to limit the coverage of the rainflies in an effort to limit the overall weight. Unless this is done smartly, it can often lead to water ingress during sideways driving rain. The NEMO Aurora Highrise is an example of a tent with such a fly, and while the overhang between the fly edge and window is substantial, there still is a possibility that a strong sideways rain could leak inside.

REI Co-op Base Camp 6 Tent Rain Fly Detail

Seasonality Ratings

Often, manufacturers will refer to their tents with a season rating, which helps convey the types of conditions that it’s been designed for. While not a hard and fast rule, knowing where you are planning on camping, as well as the weather you may encounter, and what your tent is rated for, can greatly hedge your bets against spending a night in a flattened tent.

  • 3-Season Tents: 3-season tents (meaning, spring, summer, and fall) are your lightest-duty tents, and will employ lightweight materials in order to keep overall bulk down, as well as improve ventilation. Typically, the tent body will be nearly or entirely mesh, and mated to a bathtub floor. These tents also tend to be more suited to family use, and will often be taller and sport near-vertical walls. These designs are less aerodynamic, and more prone to bending under gusts of wind. Finally, most 3-season tents will use a rainfly that isn’t full coverage, and may only extend over windows and doors, instead of all the way to the ground. In fair weather, this is no issue, but it is something to keep in mind for less-appealing weather conditions.
  • 3/4-Season Tents: Bulking up on weather resistance, 3/4 or 3.5-season tents are similar to 3-season tents material-wise, but in design, they often are more weather-ready, usually employing dome shapes. Rain flies will also go all the way to the ground, forming vestibules where you might store your backpacks during an overnight rain.
  • 4-Season Tents: This is the realm of winter, mountaineering, and hunting tents, where weather resistance is in high demand and a tough structure is needed. Four-season tents are almost exclusively double-wall designs, and often shaped in domes or tunnels to better survive the wind. They will also sport many guylines to adequately support the tent, and thicker tent poles and materials to resist wind-driven rain and snow.

Camping Tent Seasonality

Capacity and Floor Area

Every tent worth its salt today will provide a capacity number for the number of campers that it was designed to sleep. Many tent models are also available in multiple versions, with 4, 6, and 8-person capacities being the most common for camping tents. This number is drummed up from the number of regular sleeping mattresses that can be laid side-by-side in the sleeping area, though it is important to note two things when settling on a camping tent: this number very often only accommodates average 20-inch wide sleeping pads, and maxing out the capacity may leave you with scant little room to move around.

That’s why we always suggest bumping up a bit in capacity over the total number you plan on sleeping in the tent. For example, a crew of 4 campers would likely appreciate the extra space afforded by a 6-person camping tent — providing enough space for extra gear or just a bit more breathing room.

The Floor Area number will also give you a good idea of the sleeping area space in any one tent, and is generally given in square footage. For 4-person tents, this typically comes in at around 60 sq. ft. For example, the Marmot Limestone 4-Person Tent slides in squarely at 60, while the more comfort-minded Mountain Hardwear Bridger 4 squeezes in a bit more at 62.5.

When it comes to 6-person models the number jumps up to around 85 sq. ft., with the REI Co-op Base Camp 6 being the standard-bearer at 84 sq. ft., and the budget Kelty Discovery Element 6 surprisingly besting it at 89! It’s important to note here that the Kelty tent has less steep walls, and thus floor area isn’t the end-all when it comes to understanding overall livability.

REI Co-op Skyward Tent Floor Area

Construction Materials

The weather resistance of a tent depends largely on the materials from which it is constructed. Nylon and polyester are very common materials used in car camping tents.

Nylon is stronger, more resistant to abrasion, and can stretch considerably. Unfortunately, it absorbs water that causes your tent to sag in storms or high humidity.

Polyester has less stretch than nylon and so it is more likely to tear. This rigidity is a benefit in wet conditions because it will sag less and absorb less water, but also makes it more fragile than nylon.

Kelty Discovery Element Tent

Manufacturers will usually coat these fabrics in one or a combination of silicone (Sil), polyester urethane (PU), and polyether urethane (PE). Each of these coatings has benefits and drawbacks.

Most brands use PU because it has been the industry standard for decades. It does absorb water after prolonged exposure and causes fabrics to tear more easily. It also degrades over time (usually about a decade or longer in a chemical process called hydrolysis) and can promote mold growth if put away wet.

PE repels water very well and doesn’t fall victim to hydrolysis. It does reduce tear strength and it is less common than PU.

Silicone is the most water-resistant of these three but does not bond well to other materials — not even itself — and it is expensive. Unlike PU and PE, silicone adds tear strength to the base fabric. Sometimes these materials are used in combination (on opposite sides of a rainfly, for example, labeled Sil:PU).

For waterproofing, all of these coatings are measured in hydrostatic head (HH). This is a measurement of water that can be placed over the fabric before it starts to saturate and allow moisture intrusion.

Imagine a tube of water placed over the fabric that is so many millimeters long. The gravitational pressure of the water exerts force over time to saturate the fibers.

Over 1,000 to 1,500 mm of HH is considered waterproof by industry standards. The benefit of PU is that multiple coats can be applied to achieve an HH rating of 10,000 mm or more.

NEMO Aurora Highrise Tent in Snow in Joshua Tree National Park

Fabrics Are Also Measured in Grams Over a Square Meter

This measurement can be helpful, but remember that some fabrics are inherently stronger than others whether through stretch capability (nylon) or coatings applied. More weight of a given fabric does not always translate to strength. Denier is the measurement of the diameter of the specific fibers.

Again, this can add strength, but different fibers have different innate strengths at the same denier rating. Generally, car camping tents are built pretty burly without much of a worry for weight or packed size, as these will not be hiked very far. These measurements and ratings are a good place to start when selecting a tent but are not the final word on strength.

The comfort of a tent depends on personal taste and priorities. To evaluate comfort, we looked at ventilation, door and windows, floor space, and peak height. While a waterproof tent is a must, remaining breathable is a major concern.

REI Co-op Base Camp 6 Vestibule View

Not only does a poorly ventilated tent get too hot and stuffy, but interior condensation can also become a problem. This is another area where investing more in a tent pays off.

Higher-end tents have more mesh and an outer rainfly that is completely separate. The REI Wonderland X has an exoskeleton of poles and unique hanging interior mesh walls. The Kelty Discovery Element 6 features a fully separate rainfly and plenty of mesh at an affordable price. Budget models, such as the Coleman Sundome , lack the extensive use of no-see-um mesh but are more affordable for occasional campers.

Most larger tents have two doors. We were disappointed to see the Eureka Copper Canyon LX 4 Tent and the Kelty Discovery Element have just one exit. Two doors make it much easier for multiple people to share the space without having to crawl over sleeping bags.

In general, it keeps the interior space cleaner and is convenient for midnight bathroom breaks. The MSR Habiscape has two large zip-down doors that make entry and exit convenient.

Pay attention to the direction of the door flaps. Most doors zip to the side like a regular door, but the Wawona 4 from The North Face rolls away to the top. Preference reigns here, but it is an attribute worth consideration.

Inside the REI Co-op Wonderland Tent

Floor space in a tent equals comfort. Tents have a stated number of people they can sleep, but how roomy or cramped they will be at capacity varies by body size, bed size, and the amount of gear you need to store inside.

Pay attention to floor dimensions and you can get a better idea of how many sleeping pads will fit. The average-sized person can sleep fairly comfortably with 24 by 76 inches of room, but the more space the merrier.

Car campers will find maximum comfort by subtracting a person or two from the stated capacity. It is a joy to be able to stand up and stretch out in taller and larger family tents like the Big Agnes Big House 6 or Eureka Copper Canyon 4 , but they can be a challenge to set up.

Taller tents give more headspace, but they can be more challenging to set up solo if the height of the clips or joints is hard to reach.

MSR Habiscape Camping Tent Interior View

Ease of Use

Given their large size, it’s no surprise that some camping tents can be a challenge to set up. Over the years, we’ve wasted a lot of time fighting gear, and we’ve learned that it’s not worth dealing with poorly designed gear. It can quickly take the fun out of your time outdoors.

Whether you camp every weekend or once a year, ease of use is a major concern. Every tent on this list can be set up by one person (although some are easier than others). Our 5’5″ editor set up and took down each tent solo.

The Eureka! Copper Canyon didn’t give us much trouble during setup thanks to its pole design, while the Big Agnes Big House 6 was more difficult to set up alone.

A tent like the Decathlon Quechua 2 Second sets up in seconds, thanks to integrated poles that fold out already seated in the tent material. These tents unfold like a giant jack in the box and then pack away just as easily. While this is very convenient, storage and care are paramount, as there are many hinges and moving parts to accomplish this time-saving task.

REI Base Camp 6 Pole Configuration

Extra Features

One of the most important extra features of a camping tent is storage. Not all tents offer pockets and pouches for stashing gear, but they can make a big difference when deciding between two products.

There’s nothing more annoying than having to rifle through all of your belongings to find your headlamp. Luckily, most family camping tents come with a bevy of pockets to help things stay tidy.

The Eureka Copper Canyon has walls lined with convenient storage pockets to keep the whole family organized and the tent free of clutter. Conversely, backpacking crossover tents such as the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 only have a couple of corner pockets to save weight.

Other extra features we like had to do with stuff sacks and storage. The Eureka Copper Canyon packed down considerably well.

Another example of a thoughtful extra is the REI Co-op Base Camp 6 instructions sewn into the stuff sack. Extra features are just that, but they display a level of integrated convenience that can elevate one product over another for the benefit of the user.

Camping Tent Interior Storage Options

Price and Value

The price of your camping tent will be tied closely to the materials used in its construction, as well as to the overall capacity, which determines how much material is needed to produce the tent. As the old saying goes, you certainly get what you pay for when it comes to camping tents.

Budget camping tents are generally offered beginning at the $100 mark, and head up to around $200 from there. A tent like the Kelty Discovery Element 6 ($210) is a fine example, and it’s not uncommon for tents in this realm to offer rainflies with less coverage over the body of the tent, and often only incorporate a single door as an entrance into the tent. 

Understanding the limitations of budget tents will safeguard against overextending them in harsh conditions, but for fair-weather campground camping, many do an admirable job. Beyond the $200 to about $500 mark, camping tents begin to gain hardier materials, full-coverage rainflies and vestibules, and added niceties like internal storage options and windows. 

You’ll also notice a difference in price when looking at tents of different occupancies. For example, the REI Co-op Basecamp 4 is $449, while the 6-person version will run you $549. This $100 difference between a 4-person and a 6-person tent isn’t uncommon, and many other manufacturers replicate this.

Beyond about $600 are high-end tents, which jam in the features to offer true frontcountry luxury. The Mountain Hardwear Bridger 4 ($700) exemplifies this, with a burly mountaineering-inspired build, spacious and livable vestibule area, and an incredible amount of pockets and functionality. The asking price is a pretty penny, but the overall durability of tents like these means they’ll last a good bit longer than other lesser tents.

Campers Inside the NEMO Aurora Highrise Camping Tent

Other Considerations and Taking Care of Your Tent

We have talked about materials extensively. Coatings, base fabrics, and pole construction all contribute to the strength and longevity of your tent, but the single most important factor in the life of your tent is you.

First and foremost, never put your tent away wet. Remember when we mentioned hydrolysis earlier in regard to PU coatings? Water is a major culprit in speeding up that process. The fungus, molds, and mildews love to grow in your dark closet on your wet tent at room temperature. These organisms destroy the fibers of your tent and make it smell terrible.

Set your tent back up when you get home and let it air out. This simple chore will pay off later when you are still able to use your tent down the road. If you have no yard or nowhere dry to set it up, your living room makes a great space for this. Check all the seams, and especially the floor and fly, before packing it away.

Camping Tent Interior Window Flaps

Poles tend to break when they are not properly seated. When you are setting up your tent, never throw your poles. Some poles have an elastic cord in the center to keep them together. These are not meant to snap the pole into alignment, and tossing them around will crack and break fiberglass or aluminum.

Ensure that each joint is seated before installing the poles into the tent. When putting them away, treat them with the same care in reverse. Even though they seem strong, they are not meant to be thrown or hit against themselves or the ground.

REI Co-op Wonderland X Aluminum Tent Pole

Zippers are best left zipped to protect the teeth from wear. Simply zip them up before you roll the tent up to put it away. You can stuff your tent into the sack or roll it up neatly.

Some outdoor enthusiasts argue that rolling and folding in the same areas can create crease lines that put stress on the same area if the folds are always done in the same place. (Think about when you fold a piece of paper back on itself in the same spot to tear it easier.)

We have never had an issue with this, and it would take very specific creasing to accomplish that sort of wear, so pick whatever works better for you.

Most tents come with a stuff sack large enough to fit all the pieces. Cinch that sack tight before you store it so no pieces wander off. Now your tent is put away properly for its next adventure. Keep it away from harmful UV rays and temperature extremes, and your tent will give you optimum performance.

When it comes to protecting your new tent, one important consideration is a footprint. This is a ground cloth to set the tent upon. It provides an extra layer to protect the tent floor from punctures.

Some brands sell a footprint with the tent, such as the Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 . Manufacturer-paired footprints usually pack down small and perfectly fit the size of the tent. On the downside, they add an extra $50 or so to the cost of the tent.

Some people prefer to use a basic tarp instead, which can be picked up for less than $20. A tarp doesn’t pack up as easily and doesn’t match the size of the tent.

You’ll either need to tuck the extra under the tent or trim the tarp to fit. You don’t want any of the footprint material sticking out from under the tent, as this can lead to water pooling underneath.

Weight and Packed Size

These are more important when choosing a backpacking tent and less important when car camping . They are still something to consider. Some tents function as backpacking tents as well as car camping tents.

Most of the tents in our test come with a useful storage sack that contains the tent, fly, poles, and stakes, though some models are easier to pack away than others.

The Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 packs down small enough to carry into the backcountry but is by no means a “lightweight” tent. Most of the tents on our list are too heavy to be practical for backcountry travel.

Camping Tents Stuff Sacks Arranged on Ground

Camping Gear: What Else Do You Need?

Depending on the outing and your style, camping can range from minimalism to a bring-everything-including- the-kitchen-sink adventure. In addition to a tent, you’ll need a sleeping pad and sleeping bag . That has your sleeping arrangements mostly covered, although you could certainly opt for a camping pillow or camp cot .

Next, think about your camp kitchen setup. A good camp stove allows you to make everything from scrambled eggs to multicourse meals. If you’re just looking to boil water, a backpacking stove is all you need to quickly make coffee or cook up a dehydrated meal.

For camp lounging, you may want a camp chair or hammock . And don’t forget the camping lantern . If it sounds like a lot to remember, don’t worry. We’ve made this handy camping checklist that will help you pack the essentials.

The North Face Wawona 4 Camping Tent Interior With Campers and Dog

The best family camping tent depends on your outdoor goals. In general, most families appreciate having more room and the ability to stand comfortably.

The MSR Habiscape 4 Tent has earned high marks from our family camping testers. If you regularly camp in adverse weather (hello, spring in Colorado), it’s worth considering a slightly smaller and more durable tent.

The best camping tent brand depends largely on your personal needs and budget.

For a premium tent that can withstand the weather, MSR consistently delivers. If you’re looking for maximum space and flexibility, the Eureka Copper Canyon is a favorite with families. And for a budget-friendly option that is built to last, check out Kelty .

If you plan to camp regularly, it is worth it to invest in a higher-quality tent. The extra expense means sturdier poles, waterproof seams, and generally an easier setup. If budget is a major concern, don’t let that stop you from getting outside.

We’ve consistently been impressed with the budget-friendly options from Kelty. The Kelty Discovery Element 6 costs just $210 and offers plenty of room.

Quality tents are waterproof. But if you find yourself camping in an absolute downpour, hanging a tarp can provide extra protection and comfort.

It’s important to tie it up well so the wind isn’t a concern and to be sure that it isn’t touching the tent. In addition to creating an extra tent porch, a tarp is great for protecting your camp kitchen.

tent in travel

While there are millions of places to take your camping tent, there are certainly some that aren’t going to be ideal for both yourself and the environment. First, always consult local information as to where you might legally pitch your tent without running into issues of land closures or private property.

Once you’ve located your camp zone, then consider where you might like to set up camp for the night. While campgrounds take the guesswork out of the equation, public-use land such as BLM land leaves the choice up to you. Micro-landscape features will have a big impact on your overall enjoyment, so be mindful of the following:

Ridgelines tend to catch more wind overnight, and setting up camp here can be asking for a windy evening. And while setting up your tent right next to a lake may appeal to many, these thoroughfares to water are important to local wildlife, and should be left free to not impede their access. Take a look at the landscape above your potential campsite as well, as nobody wants to set up underneath a rock-fall area. Camping on durable surfaces is the second Leave No Trace principle , and shouldn’t be taken lightly.

And finally, consider your space from others enjoying the wilderness. You likely came out here to enjoy some quiet, and they probably did as well!

While there are many different styles of tent available today, each has a better use profile and ideal adventure to use them on. When it comes to camping tents, the most popular shape will be a dome-style tent. This is because of ease of use, as well as the trade-off in canopy headroom to the overall complexity.

Some tents, like the REI Co-op Wonderland X , make use of a tunnel-style structure. These tents often boast more headroom overall, but will suffer some during high winds. For this reason, it’s important to properly guyline out a tunnel-style tent. Other tents still, like the Eureka Copper Canyon 4 Tent or Decathlon Quechua 2 Second Tent , employ a collapsible style of integrated poles that forms a rigid structure once assembled. These tents are often among the easiest to use, but also the weakest overall, as any strong force against their poles could collapse them.

The Best Camping Mattresses and Sleeping Pads of 2024

The Best Camping Mattresses and Sleeping Pads of 2024

From packable sleeping pads to ultracomfortable air beds, we tested and found the best camping mattresses and sleeping pads to fit every adventure and budget.

The Best Camping Sleeping Bags of 2024

The Best Camping Sleeping Bags of 2024

From versatile camping bags to wallet-friendly picks, we’ve found the best sleeping bags for every use and budget.

Win a $1,000 Patagonia Gift Card by Following @gearjunkie on Instagram

Ryan grew up in the flatlands of central California and from a young age sought adventure climbing trees and exploring the creeks in his backyard. In his youth, he discovered the joy of the mountains on backpacking trips. Through his adult years, life took many turns from the shores of Santa Cruz to the granite walls of Yosemite. He has spent nights in places most people would call crazy for the sake of adventure…and not having enough money for a hotel room or campsite. Now nestled in the heart of the easter Sierra Nevada of California with his wife, he spends his days working just enough to afford to get back into the mountains on the next adventure.

tent in travel

Hailing from the hemlocks and hanging mosses of Washington State, Senior Editor Nick Belcaster is an adventure journalist following threads of stories across the West. Cruelly stolen from the alpine swales of rural Wisconsin at a young age, Nick made do ascending the snows and granite of the North Cascades while completing a journalism degree. A long stint on the Pacific Crest Trail in 2018 codified a life bent on sleeping on minor slopes and picking devil’s club out of his shoes.

Follow Us On

Subscribe Now

Get adventure news and gear reviews in your inbox!

Join Our GearJunkie Newsletter

Gear Top Stories Deals

Win a $1,000 Patagonia Gift Card. Follow Us On Instagram @gearjunkie

5 Best Camping Tents of 2024

These tents are so comfortable you'll feel like you're glamping.

5 best camping tents in 2023, according to outdoor experts

We've been independently researching and testing products for over 120 years. If you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more about our review process.

A spacious camping tent is not only a place for you to sleep and store your belongings, but it helps keep out unexpected critters as well as shields you from sudden showers. Whether you’re looking for a lightweight tent that’s easy to set up and pack up or one that’s suitable for the entire family, our pros have narrowed down the best camping tents for your next vacation or road trip .

The experts and analysts in the Good Housekeeping Institute have tested outdoor and travel gear for decades, from hiking boots to hiking shoes , hiking socks and backpacks . To evaluate the best camping tents, we looked at a number of factors: Is the tent easy to set up and carry around? Is it spacious and comfortable? Is it durable and able to stand up to the elements? After extensive vetting and evaluations, we think these are the best camping tents you can buy.

Our top picks:

Jade Canyon X4

Best Overall Camping Tent

Eureka jade canyon x4.

Limestone Tent

Best Value Camping Tent

Marmot limestone tent.

Wawona 6

Best Camping Tent for Families

The north face wawona 6.

Wonderland 4 Tent

Best 4 Person Camping Tent

Rei co-op wonderland 4 tent.

Copper Spur HV UL2

Best Crossover Backpacking and Camping Tent

Big agnes copper spur hv ul2.

After our top picks, continue reading to learn what to look for when shopping for a camping tent as well as how we tested the best camping tents.

Ideal for small families or groups of four seeking a super spacious, comfortable tent, this camping tent has four storage pockets for organizing books, tablets and other essentials like solar phone chargers . Not only does it feature a large 64-square-foot footprint, but it's one of the tallest tents featured with a maximum height of seven feet so taller campers will no longer have to slouch when moving around or changing inside.

In our previous Lab tests, the Jade Canyon received top scores for performance, and our Lab experts found it to be one of the easiest to set up and take down. Just keep in mind that its weight comes in at just over 20 pounds, making it quite heavy to carry.

You may not want to spend a fortune if you only camp once or twice a year, which is where this camping tent from Marmot is appealing. Though you may sacrifice some floor area with the Limestone Tent, our pros note that it's one of the lightest tents on this list and of great value and excellent construction .

Not only is it easy to carry around, but it comes with two handy doors for easy entry and exit as well as two vestibules for added comfort. In Lab tests, it received top scores for durability and the fly cover left behind no water residue in our rain spray test. While we think the tent height could be taller, our pros found it super easy to set up and take down.

Need a camping tent that'll fit the kids too? Look no further than this six-person tent from The North Face. In previous Lab tests, The North Face camping tents received top-notch performance scores and we expect the Wawona to be no exception. According to the brand, this camping tent is waterproof and should be able to handle summer rain showers.

What our pros like most is that it includes a vestibule that gives the tent a homey feel and offers some much-needed shade on sunny days as well as gear storage. We also appreciate that the interior of the tent has a large floor area and nearly seven foot center height . In addition to internal storage pockets, this tent comes with ceiling pockets that make it easy to hold headlamps and lights for the perfect home away from home.

This camping tent's four-person capacity and 69.4 square foot floor area should feel spacious to most people . It even has a peak height of just over 6 feet, making it suitable for most campers. While we haven't tested this particular model yet, our pros found REI camping tents tested previously to be both easy to set up and take down. We love that this model features two doors for easy entry and exit, multiple storage options inside and great ventilation, according to online reviewers.

Planning a backpacking trip? Make sure to pack this tent from Big Agnes that can accommodate up to two people (or you and a furry friend). While it's a bit pricey and not nearly as spacious or tall as other camping tents featured, it's perfect if you're looking for an extremely lightweight design (it's only three pounds!) . While we haven't tested this specific model in the Textiles Lab, Big Agnes tents were a top performer in previous camping tent tests, standing out for superior workmanship and easy setup. According to our pros, this tent should be just as easy to pack up and carry from one camping site to another.

How we test the best camping tents

line break

The Good Housekeeping Institute 's Textiles Lab has tested more than 170 different fitness and outdoor products over the past year , including snow boots , ski gloves , fleece-lined leggings , running jackets , base layers , workout leggings and ski goggles .

To find the best tents, our pros evaluated 10 camping tents for their ease of use, performance and durability. To determine ease of use, camping tents are measured for weight and size and scored for overall ease of carrying, ease of setup and ease of disassembly.

Performance scores are determined by analyzing a tent’s spaciousness, ventilation and overall comfort, noting any accessories and special features. Durability is assessed by scoring the tent’s overall workmanship, materials and construction.

Finally, each tent’s water repellency is evaluated by performing a spray test. While we tested the majority of camping tents featured above, we also considered top-performing brands, our personal favorites and popular styles with positive online consumer reviews.

What to look for when shopping for a camping tent

line break

✔️ Size: One of the most important questions you should ask yourself is how many people will you be camping with and how spacious you want your tent to be. Check the floor area of each tent before purchasing, as well as the recommended capacity. Once you’ve settled on the right size, double-check the dimensions of the tent, paying particular attention to the tent height.

If you’re tall or will be camping with someone tall, you’ll want to opt for a tent with a greater height so you’re not always having to slouch over. Lastly, don’t overlook a camping tent’s weight. If you plan on backpacking you should look for a lightweight tent so it’s less of a burden to carry; just keep in might that in previous Lab tests, these tents have scored lower overall when it comes to spaciousness and comfort.

✔️ Ease of setup: A camping tent that is easy to set up will save you a lot of time and spare you from any frustration. Keep in mind that some tents will require at least two people to set up, and always practice setting up your tent at home before taking it out into the wilderness. While most tents are accompanied by clear instruction manuals, it might take you a few tries before you get the hang of it.

✔️ Durability: Ideally your camping tent should be made from high-quality materials and constructed to last a few years. Always check water-resistance claims since you want your camping tent to repel water and comfortably withstand rain showers and other unexpected weather.

✔️ Comfort: Camping and hiking isn't always comfortable, so you want your tent and sleeping grounds to be. Does the camping tent come with multiple doors for easy entry and exit? Are there any pocket storage or hooks to help store essentials? Some tents might even have lighting features, so make sure to decide which accessories are important to you before making a purchase.

Why trust Good Housekeeping?

line break

For decades, the Good Housekeeping Institute has provided expert reviews and advice on the best gear you can buy for your outdoor adventures, whether you're going camping, hiking, skiing or snowboarding.

Media & Tech Reviews Analyst Olivia Lipski , who covers everything from travel to outdoor gear to fitness to consumer electronics and more, recently attended the 2023 Outdoor Retailer Snow Show to meet with various brands and evaluate camping equipment such as tents and accessories firsthand.

A North Carolina native, she grew up camping and knows firsthand how the right setup is key to having a great experience (and a good night's sleep).

Headshot of Olivia Lipski

Olivia (she/her) is a media and tech product reviews analyst at the Good Housekeeping Institute , covering tech, home, auto, health and more. She has more than five years of experience writing about tech trends and innovation and, prior to joining GH in 2021, was a writer for Android Central, Lifewire and other media outlets. Olivia is a graduate of George Washington University, with a bachelor's degree in journalism, political science and French, and she holds a master’s degree in communications from Sciences Po Paris.

preview for Featured Videos From Good Housekeeping US

@media(max-width: 64rem){.css-o9j0dn:before{margin-bottom:0.5rem;margin-right:0.625rem;color:#ffffff;width:1.25rem;bottom:-0.2rem;height:1.25rem;content:'_';display:inline-block;position:relative;line-height:1;background-repeat:no-repeat;}.loaded .css-o9j0dn:before{background-image:url(/_assets/design-tokens/goodhousekeeping/static/images/Clover.5c7a1a0.svg);}}@media(min-width: 48rem){.loaded .css-o9j0dn:before{background-image:url(/_assets/design-tokens/goodhousekeeping/static/images/Clover.5c7a1a0.svg);}} Product Reviews

three weighted blankets against a blue background

The 11 Best Baking Pan Sets of 2024

best white tshirts for women

The 14 Best White T-Shirts for Women

shibumi shade photo set up at gansevoort peninsula, manhattan

In-Depth Shibumi Shade Review

front load vs top load washing machine

Front-Load vs. Top-Load Washers

seed probiotic review

Seed Probiotic Review

colugo lightweight stroller, a mom bends down to check her son in a black stroller, part of a good housekeeping review of colugo strollers

Is a Colugo Stroller Worth It?

10 best wine fridges and coolers of 2021, according to pros

The Best Wine Fridges

best upholstery cleaners testing an upholstery cleaner on a chair seat

The Best Upholstery Cleaners

best smart bird feeders

The Best Smart Bird Feeders

best swimsuits for big busts

The Best Swimsuits for Big Busts

best bras for large breasts

The Best Bras for a Large Bust

Every product is independently selected by (obsessive) editors. Things you buy through our links may earn us a commission.

Best in Class

  • The 12 Best Men’s Hiking Boots and Shoes The 12 Best Men’s Hiking Boots and Shoes
  • The 10 Very Best Down Pillows The 10 Very Best Down Pillows
  • The 13 Very Best Removable Wallpapers The 13 Very Best Removable Wallpapers
  • The Very Best Men’s Long-Sleeved T-shirts The Very Best Men’s Long-Sleeved T-shirt…
  • The 13 Very Best Women’s Deodorants and Anti-perspirants The 13 Very Best Women’s Deodorants and…
  • The 10 Very Best Sleeper Sofas The 10 Very Best Sleeper Sofas
  • The 7 Very Best Silk Pillowcases The 7 Very Best Silk Pillowcases
  • The Very Best Booster Seats The Very Best Booster Seats
  • The 9 Very Best Beard Trimmers The 9 Very Best Beard Trimmers
  • The 9 Very Best Body Washes The 9 Very Best Body Washes
  • The 9 Very Best Face Washes for Acne The 9 Very Best Face Washes for Acne
  • The 15 Very Best White Sneakers for Women The 15 Very Best White Sneakers for Wome…
  • The 11 Very Best Platform Beds The 11 Very Best Platform Beds
  • The Very Best Beanbag Chairs The Very Best Beanbag Chairs
  • The Very Best Washable Rugs The Very Best Washable Rugs
  • The 6 Best Plastic Wineglasses The 6 Best Plastic Wineglasses
  • The Very Best Strollers The Very Best Strollers
  • The 7 Very Best Nonstick Skillets The 7 Very Best Nonstick Skillets
  • The 16 Very Best Bed Frames The 16 Very Best Bed Frames
  • The 14 Very Best Products to Get Rid of and Prevent Scars The 14 Very Best Products to Get Rid of…
  • The 4 Very Best Stand Mixers The 4 Very Best Stand Mixers
  • The 11 Very Best Night Creams The 11 Very Best Night Creams
  • The 8 Very Best e-Readers The 8 Very Best e-Readers
  • The 16 Very Best Bras The 16 Very Best Bras
  • The 11 Very Best Bedside Lights The 11 Very Best Bedside Lights
  • The 15 Very Best Sisal, Jute, Seagrass, and Abaca Rugs The 15 Very Best Sisal, Jute, Seagrass,…
  • The 11 Very Best Plus-Size Women’s Jeans The 11 Very Best Plus-Size Women’s Jeans
  • The 13 Very Best Treatments for Eczema The 13 Very Best Treatments for Eczema
  • The Very Best Massage Guns The Very Best Massage Guns
  • The Very Best Face Washes The Very Best Face Washes
  • The Very Best Sports Bras The Very Best Sports Bras
  • The 16 Very Best Moisturizers for Oily Skin The 16 Very Best Moisturizers for Oily S…
  • The 6 Very Best Toaster Ovens The 6 Very Best Toaster Ovens
  • The 15 Very Best Hair Ties The 15 Very Best Hair Ties
  • The Very Best Retinol Products for Every Skin Type The Very Best Retinol Products for Every…
  • The Very Best Drugstore Moisturizers The Very Best Drugstore Moisturizers
  • 18 of the Very Best Water Bottles 18 of the Very Best Water Bottles
  • 11 of the Very Best Coffee Makers 11 of the Very Best Coffee Makers
  • The Very Best Carry-on Luggage The Very Best Carry-on Luggage
  • 20 of the Very Best Men’s Socks 20 of the Very Best Men’s Socks
  • The 15 Very Best Protein Powders The 15 Very Best Protein Powders
  • The 25 Very Best Bedsheets The 25 Very Best Bedsheets
  • The 7 Best Baby Carriers The 7 Best Baby Carriers
  • 13 Very Best Black T-Shirts for Men 13 Very Best Black T-Shirts for Men
  • The 12 Very Best Bar Carts The 12 Very Best Bar Carts
  • The Very Best Skin-Care Products for Redness and Rosacea The Very Best Skin-Care Products for Red…
  • The 30 Very Best Mascaras The 30 Very Best Mascaras
  • The 13 Very Best Bluetooth Speakers The 13 Very Best Bluetooth Speakers
  • The Very Best Women’s Underwear The Very Best Women’s Underwear
  • The 9 Very Best Callus Removers The 9 Very Best Callus Removers

The 11 Very Best Tents

Portrait of Jeremy Rellosa

A good thing to keep in mind when buying a tent is, What is it I need protection from? Katie Gerber, a Colorado-based wilderness guide and the author of Adventure Ready: A Hiker’s Guide to Planning, Training, and Resiliency , says, “Someone who is hiking in a place where it’s not raining a lot and there aren’t bugs is going to want a superlight tent or maybe even a tarp that doesn’t have bug netting in it. And if you’re gonna be in places where it’s really wet, you would want a double-wall shelter because it cuts down on condensation.” I wish I’d had this advice when I was 19, when I brought my grandpa’s old, heavy Coleman car-camping tent on a backpacking trip through the Peruvian Andes. What I really needed was a lightweight model that took up less space in my pack — instead, I brought along a fabric cinderblock. Lesson learned: There’s a proper tent for every scenario.

To help you find the best tent, we talked to outdoor-gear experts, guides, and backcountry enthusiasts. We’ve organized the tents below by livable space and intended use.

Best one-person tents | Best two-person tents | Best three-person tents | Best tents for three or more people

What we’re looking for

Size: Picking a tent size seems straightforward enough: If you want to fit three people inside, then look for a three-person tent. But it’s important to think about how much livable space you actually want inside, Gerber says. For example, if you’re solo backpacking and will be storing most of your gear inside the tent, you’ll be more comfortable with the extra space of a two-person backpacking tent. (I’ve found that this “+1” rule applies to most models but is especially true with one- and two-person tents.)

Use case and activity: Tents can generally be divided into models meant for car camping and those meant for backpacking. Car-camping tents are often made from thicker (therefore heavier) fabric and frame materials, and their designs, when packed down, are often bulkier. These tents are meant to be used at campsites where you can either drive in or hike in just a short distance from a parking spot. Backpacking models are designed with lighter, thinner fabrics and frame materials, and they pack down small enough to fit into a backpack so they can be carried on foot over long distances.

Seasons: Most tents will be labeled or listed as three-season tents, meaning they are intended for use during the spring, summer, and fall. “I wouldn’t take a three-season tent camping in the winter because it’s usually not going to be sturdy enough for handling snow loads,” Gerber says. “You would want something that’s double walled and reinforced. These guidelines are still worth paying attention to because most people are probably not going to be camping in the winter. So a three-season tent will be good for most people.”

Weight: A tent is often one of the heaviest items in a typical backpacking loadout, and over time, you can start to feel the impact of those extra ounces as your mileage grows, which is why it’s a focal point for many backpackers. Weight is less of a concern for car campers since you won’t have to transport your shelter a long distance. We’ve listed the packaged weight for each of our recommended tents, which accounts for everything you need to set them up (stakes, poles, rainfly, etc.).

Best one-person tents

Best overall one-person tent.

MSR Hubba Hubba 1-Person Backpacking Tent

One-person tent | Backpacking and car camping | Three-season | 2 lbs. 7 oz.

The Hubba Hubba is a popular series of tents from outdoor-gear brand MSR, and the one-person version is a perennial favorite among car campers and backpackers alike. Journalist and outdoor-gear reviewer Miyo McGinn uses the two-person Hubba Hubba solo for the extra space. “I used it for my season working in the backcountry in Olympic National Park, and I absolutely adore it. My stuff and I stayed totally dry even when it rained for days straight in the wettest parts of the rainforest. And you can dry-pitch it, putting the poles and fly up, and then pitch the tent under the fly so it never gets at all wet,” McGinn says. “A friend who did a semester of fieldwork in Patagonia in the spring used this tent too and loved it for the same reason. It’s not the lightest or most minimal, but if you’re going to be spending a decent bit of time in your tent and are looking for something that’s a fortress against the elements and that’s still light enough to totally reasonably bring into the backcountry, the Hubba Hubba is perfect.”

[ Editor’s note: We’ve read a few customer reviews mentioning that the Hubba Hubba’s carbon-fiber poles are prone to splintering. None of the experts we’ve spoken to have encountered this problem, but it is something to be aware of if you do decide to purchase this tent. ]

Best (less expensive) one-person tent

ALPS Mountaineering Lynx One-Person Tent

One-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | 4.2 lbs

The ALPS Mountaineering Lynx is one of the most sold single-person tents on the Strategist, and it comes at an affordable price. “This isn’t the tent I’d take with me to Mount Everest,” writes one Amazon reviewer, “but it did survive a harsh two weeks in Iceland during rain, wind, and even snow/ice. If I had paid hundreds of dollars, I’d probably give it four stars. But it’s a solid five stars for the money.” In fact, cost-effectiveness comes up a lot. “This thing performs better than any one-person tent I’ve ever rented or borrowed,” says another reviewer, “like it should cost around $400. Use the money you saved to buy a better sleeping bag or air core because that’s where the comfort is at night.”

Best two-person tents

Best overall two-person tent.

REI Co-op Quarter Dome SL 2 Tent

Two-person tent | Backpacking and car camping | Three-season | 2 lbs. 14 oz.

I have spent many nights in the REI Co-op Quarter Dome SL 2 since 2019, and it has been my main companion for all sorts of trips: camping in national parks, multiday backpacking trips through the mountains, and bikepacking trips in the desert. What I like most is that the setup process is straightforward and fast thanks to the color-matching poles and fasteners. Two people fit snugly in this tent, but if you want room for a larger backpack and gear, I would recommend sizing up to the three-person model . (Don’t forget the inevitable weight trade-off that will come with more space.)

Best two-person tent for backpacking

Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL2 Solution Dye

Two-person tent | Backpacking and car camping | Three-season | 2 lbs. 1 oz.

This lightweight Big Agnes tent came recommended by two experts we spoke to. “I really like the Fly Creek UL2,” says journalist and outdoor-gear expert Graham Averill . “It’s designed specifically for bikepacking, which is how I use it mostly, but it’s a great backpacking tent, too, because of how compact it is when it’s in its stuff sacks. The poles are shorter, which allows you to carry the tent on your handlebars, but that also comes in handy when you’re backpacking. And there’s a decent amount of room in there — big enough for a couple that knows each other well — with some handy storage hammocks in the ceiling for headlamps and stuff.” Freelance editor and writer Sal Vaglica also uses the Fly Creek for bikepacking solo missions but says it’s a tight squeeze for two adults plus gear: “It’s a splurge for space I’m willing to make as a bigger person. I don’t know where they think two people will fit into this thing who are not children, but it packs down to the size of a Yeti insulated bottle.”

Best two-person tent for car camping

Coleman Sundome Camping Tent

Two-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | 7.5 lbs.

In a crowded field of two-person tents that cost well over $300, it’s hard to beat the Coleman Dome’s sub-$100 price tag. That’s why it’s a top-selling tent on the Strategist, with tons of positive customer feedback on Amazon. “This tent was rather dashing,” reads one of the 28,000 five-star reviews of the Coleman, which comes in a range of sizes accommodating two to six people. “You too can become the envy of your temporary neighbors with the bright, complementary colors and dome shape.” Performance-wise, an EDM fan brought it to Michigan’s Electric Forest Festival when it was “super-windy and was raining buckets. Without even treating it with Camp Dry or any sealant, we were bone-dry and cozy in this tent for five days.” Putting the tent up has proven to be a positive experience for many reviewers, with one writing, “If you’re looking for strenuous activity in order to fall asleep, you won’t find it erecting the tent. I was able to do it myself within five minutes, no joke. I checked Guinness World Records and couldn’t find anything relating to erecting a tent fast, so I mailed in my submission. Still waiting on hearing back.”

Best three-person tents

Best overall three-person tent.

Sierra Designs Clearwing 3-Person Tent

Three-person tent | Car camping and backpacking | Three-season | 5 lbs. 13 oz.

The Clearwing from Sierra Designs is the ideal three-person tent for weekend warriors and folks who camp a few times a year. Its cross-pole expands the interior space, making it feel roomy enough for three people, or according to my experience with this tent on a car-camping trip to the Jemez Mountains in northern New Mexico, it’s perfect for two people plus gear. It has two doors and two vestibules, which are handy spaces for storing things like muddy boots and wet gear. For both backpackers and car campers looking for a more casual night out in the woods, the simple, sub-$300 Clearwing is a solid, versatile option.

Best three-person tent for backpacking

REI Co-op Half Dome SL 3+ Tent with Footprint

Three-person tent | Car camping and backpacking | Three-season | 5 lbs. 11 oz.

There are lighter backpacking tents on the market, but the Half Dome SL 3+ is our recommendation because of its durability. Its 30-denier nylon rainfly kept me — and my gear — bone-dry on a wet, cloudy summer weekend in Pagosa Springs, Colorado. The Half Dome is like the bigger brother of the Quarter Dome SL2 that we recommend above. It also comes recommended by Gerber, who described it as a backpacking tent that’s “on the lighter side but still has the look of a conventional tent, as opposed to a super-niche, specialized shelter.” As with the Quarter Dome, setup is a breeze thanks to its color-coded pole assembly.

Best easy-setup three-person tent for car camping

Quechua 2 Second, 3-Person Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent

Three-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | 7 lbs. 15 oz.

The Quechua 2 Second tent sounds too good to be true, but it really does set up in just two seconds. After unbuckling a few straps, the tent pops open and expands like a sunshade. At well over seven pounds, this tent is meant for car camping, not for backpacking. But for car campers who would rather ditch the traditional bird’s nest of tent poles and clips — and who prioritize ease of setup — this tent will soothe those frustrations. “Such an easy, no-fuss tent for a first-time solo camper!” one customer wrote in their review. “Easy to put up and put down!” Another reviewer praised how beginner-friendly the setup was: “As a non-camper, I wasn’t sure what to get or look for, so I bought this more out of hope. No problems setting it up, ultra-easy. What made this tent so good was that we slept through a monsoon, and I wondered if for such a bargain it would hold out the wet. Absolutely! Completely bone-dry come the morning despite the area we camped in being flooded.”

Best tents for three or more people

Best six-person tent.

MSR Habitude 6 Tent

Six-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | 13 lbs. 6 oz.

If you’re looking for a true base-camp-style shelter for windy, cold adventures, look no further than the Habitude. I used this roomy, six-person tent as a remote-work station in March 2021 when I spent a week camping outside of Bishop, California. It was a windy, dry week, but the Habitude’s simple, three-pole design kept it sturdy as strong gusts blew through camp. The $600 price tag is hard to swallow, but if you’re looking to invest in a group tent for family vacations — especially in places where inclement weather is likely — the Habitude is our top recommendation.

Best (less expensive) six-person tent

Coleman Dark Room Skydome Tent

Six-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | ‎18 lbs.

Reviewers on Amazon love this affordable Coleman tent’s trademark “Dark Room Technology,” which blocks out a lot of sunlight. That means the tent stays cool and you can sleep in past sunrise. “When you sleep in this tent, you think you’ve entered another dimension,” writes one reviewer. “Say good-bye to the sun burning your corneas and waking you in a sweat.” Another reviewer who loves waking up to the sunrise but whose wife does not, says the tent is “dark when sleeping, semi-dark when awaking. Note that it isn’t pitch-black in there under full daylight but certainly dark enough to offer a respite from the sun if you want.”

Best eight-person tent

NEMO Wagontop 8 Tent

Eight-person tent | Car camping | Three-season | ‎30 lbs. 3 oz.

Averill swears by this eight-person tent from NEMO. “My family is addicted to NEMO’s Wagontop. I have four different family tents, but this is the one we use the most because it’s so damn roomy,” he says. The Wagontop is ideal for long-term camping trips where you’ll want to set up shop — as on river trips or weeklong car-camping trips in a national forest. “You get a large room and a vestibule on either side for all the junk that families take with them. There’s also a ton of headroom. I’m six-three and I can stand up straight inside the tent.”

Our experts

• Graham Averill , freelance journalist and outdoor-gear reviewer • Katie Gerber, Colorado-based wilderness guide and author of Adventure Ready: A Hiker’s Guide to Planning, Training, and Resiliency • Miyo McGinn , freelance journalist and outdoor-gear reviewer • Ebony Roberts , freelance journalist and outdoor-gear reviewer • Sal Vaglica , freelance editor and writer

The Strategist is designed to surface the most useful expert recommendations for things to buy across the vast e-commerce landscape. Some of our latest conquests include the best women’s jeans , rolling luggage , pillows for side sleepers , ultraflattering pants , and bath towels . We update links when possible, but note that deals can expire and all prices are subject to change.

Every editorial product is independently selected. If you buy something through our links, New York may earn an affiliate commission.

  • the strategist
  • camping and outdoors
  • best in class

Every product is independently selected by (obsessive) editors. Things you buy through our links may earn us a commission.

Deal of the Day

Micro sales, greatest hits, most viewed stories.

  • What 58 Famous People Smell Like
  • The 15 Very Best Protein Powders
  • What Waxahatchee Can’t Live Without
  • 12 Things on Sale You’ll Actually Want to Buy: From Brooklinen to Mr. Clean
  • 10 Things That’ll Set Out: From Merrell to Magnolia Bakery
  • 13 Professional Organizers on the One Item They Tell Every Client to Buy
  • Everything Worth Buying From Nordstrom’s Spring Sale (So Far)

Shop with Google

Shop with Google

Where The Road Forks

Travel with a Tent: Why Every Backpacker Should Check out of the Hostel and Camp

By: Author Zachary Friedman

Posted on Last updated: March 8, 2024

Categories Camping , Travel Tips

Home » Camping » Travel with a Tent: Why Every Backpacker Should Check out of the Hostel and Camp

One of life’s greatest pleasures is sleeping under the stars. There’s something that just feels natural about sleeping outdoors. Imagine waking up to a panoramic view of the fjords of Norway. Or falling asleep to the sound of the waves crashing on the beach in Mexico. You just can’t get that experience in a hostel dorm. In this guide, I explain why you should travel with a tent, check out of the hostel, and spend a few nights camping on your next trip.

tent in travel

Table of Contents

  • Why Travel with a Tent?

How to Find a Campsite While Traveling

Additional camping gear to bring when traveling with a tent, what is the initial gear cost to travel with a tent, tent camping safety.

  • Reasons Not to Travel with a Tent
  • Alternative Shelter Options for Travel
  • Best Tents for Travel
  • Final Thoughts on Traveling with a Tent

Why Travel With a Tent?

While planning my first trip abroad, I was facing a difficult dilemma. I knew that I didn’t want to overpack. At the same time, I wanted to bring my tent just in case I had the opportunity to camp. I knew that everything I packed I would have to carry on my back for the next few months so I wanted to keep weight down as much as possible. Everyone was telling me that I didn’t need to bring a tent for a backpacking trip to Europe. I brought the tent anyway. In the end, I was glad I did. Here’s why.

1. Camping Saves You Money

The #1 reason I started traveling with a tent initially was to save money. I’m a budget traveler. The less I spend, the longer and further I can travel. Accommodation cost is the most expensive part of any trip. Even though hostels are known for being a cheap place to stay, the cost adds up fast. Particularly if you are traveling in an expensive region like North America or Western Europe.

These days, a bed in your average hostel in a developed country costs $30 per night! Not many backpackers can afford to spend months on end traveling if they’re burning up $900 per month on accommodation alone. Even if you’re staying in expensive campgrounds, you’ll spend less than half that. In fact, most of the time when I camp, it’s free! I’ll talk more about finding a spot to camp later on.

campfire on the beach

When traveling in a developing region like South America or Southeast Asia, for example, a tent is less of a necessity but still nice to have. A bed in a hostel dorm can be had for $5-$10. Even though a bed costs significantly less, it’s nice to be able to camp and save a few bucks. I’d much rather treat myself to a nice meal or a couple of beers than spend $10 on a bed in a hostel.

Sometimes all you need is a place to lay your head for a few hours. If you’re arriving late and leaving early, it doesn’t make sense to spend a bunch of money on a place to sleep if you’re not even going to take advantage of the facilities. Camping is great for these occasions.

Tip: A tent is an essential piece of travel gear for travel in Africa. There are very few hostels on the continent so your only option most nights is a hotel room. Many times the cheapest room goes for $25 or more. Often these same hotels allow you to camp on their property for just a fraction of the cost of a room. Traveling with a tent can save you hundreds of dollars per month if you’re willing to use it.

For more money saving tips, check out my guide Ultra Low Budget Travel: How to See the World for Less than $10 Per Day.

2. You Get to Enjoy the Outdoors When You Travel With a Tent

I’ll start off by admiring that I’m a city person. I thoroughly enjoy all of the comforts cities offer including restaurants, climate control, and comfy beds. When traveling, I always try to visit every country’s capital so I can meet local people and learn about the culture. The downside of this is the fact that I end up spending most of my time indoors at hostels, museums, bars, restaurants, markets, etc. In my mind, if you’ve only explored the cities, you’ve missed half of the country.

Area wise, most of the world is rural or wild. Every country has beautiful landscapes and natural wonders to explore. You’re going to need a tent to explore these areas because hostels and hotels simply aren’t available everywhere. Sometimes you’re just too far off the beaten track. Bring a tent allows to go outside and enjoy the environment away from civilization. To me, visiting a beautiful mountain lake is just as significant as visiting a famous monument or museum.

3. You Get to Camp in Beautiful Destinations Without the Crowd

Many tourist destinations allow camping on site for a small fee. This means that you get to enjoy the site in the early morning and evening when they’re not packed with tourists. You also get to experience these destinations during the night which few other tourists get to see.

Some of my favorite sites that allow camping include:

  • Hierve el Agua in Oaxaca, Mexico- This is one of my favorite places in the whole country. The best part is that camping is allowed for just a couple of dollars per night. This site gets packed during the day. Staying the night allows you to experience the peace and quiet of the morning and evening as well as catch a killer sunset over the surrounding hills. For more info, check out my guide: How to Visit Hierve el Agua.
  • Sossusvlei, Namibia- Here, you have to stay in a proper campground. The best part about camping in the Namib desert is the view at night. There is absolutely no light pollution so the night sky looks spectacular. I could clearly see the milky way and the southern cross. I think I was the last one to go to sleep in the whole campground. The sky was just too impressive.  Check out my guide to visiting Sossusvlei here.
  • Maasai Mara, Kenya- Most people think going on a safari in Africa costs thousands of dollars. Not if you camp. I stayed in my tent just outside the park gates and went on a full day safari for less than $200 including accommodation, guide, food, and park entry. 

4. You Can Travel Further With a Tent

When traveling with a tent, you are carrying your accommodation around on your back. You are completely self-sufficient. You don’t have to fear not being able to find a hotel or hostel at the end of the day. This removes a lot of stress and allows you to travel places that you otherwise wouldn’t get to go. Sometimes it may take a bit of searching and asking around, but you can always find someplace to camp at the end of the day. Even if it’s out in the bushes next to the railroad track.

Tents set up by railroad tracks

Bringing a tent also opens up the possibility of alternative modes of travel. For example, you can hitchhike, bicycle tour , or even walk from one town to the next. If you don’t quite make it to your next destination, no worries. You can always camp out somewhere along the way.

Another benefit to traveling with a tent is the fact that you have the freedom of having a choice of where you want to stay. Maybe the only hotel option available is a bed bug-ridden dump or a hotel that is way out of your price range. If you have a tent, you have a third option. Maybe there is a nice campground nearby. In this situation, the choice is easy.

5. While Traveling With a Tent, You Get a Break From Hostels and the Backpacker Crowd

I’ll start off by saying, I love staying in hostels . Over the years, I’ve probably stayed in over a hundred. Hostels offer a comfortable place to stay for a reasonable price. Fellow guests are often an interesting mix of people from around the world . With that being said, I have to admit that sometimes I start feeling like a stereotype when staying in hostels. Backpacking has become a bit of a meme lately. I enjoy camping because:

  • You meet a different type of traveler- I have nothing against backpackers because I am one, but it’s nice to get away from the hostel crowd once in a while and do something a bit different. When staying in a campground, you meet a completely different type of traveler with different interests and experiences. People who camp tend to be a bit more outdoorsy and adventurous.
  • Traveling from city to city by bus and staying in a hostel doesn’t really feel like much of an adventure- It’s the same thing that all of the other backpackers are doing. Going camping changes up the trip and makes it feel a bit more exciting. Camping outside in a tent is an adventure in itself.
  • Backpackers can get annoying- I’ll just come out and say it. I get tired of meeting fellow backpackers. Every hostel has a few annoying stereotypes. For example, a hippy guy, guitar guy, and story topper can be found at pretty much every hostel. With that being said, the vast majority of backpackers are interesting and overall great people.
  • Camping gives you some privacy- Sleeping in a dorm every night gets exhausting. Particularly if you get stuck with an annoying roommate. It is nice to get some solitude once in a while. Camping in a tent offers privacy as well as some peace and quiet.

6. When Camping You Get to See Something Different

Most tourists arrive in a country and travel along a set tourist trail. This is the trail that group tours, overland tours,  and most backpackers follow. In some countries, it’s difficult to explore off the trail destinations.

When you don’t have a tent, you’re tied down to staying in hotels and hostels, you are limited to visiting parts of the country that have that type of infrastructure. Rural areas, national parks, and undeveloped regions just don’t have hotels available. Having a tent allows you to go out and see something different.

For example, instead of traveling straight from a country’s capital city to your next destination, you can stop off in a national park or campground. This allows you to see something different because you have the ability to camp when you travel with a tent.

The great thing about camping is that you can do it almost anywhere. With practice and a bit of luck, you’ll always be able to find a suitable spot to pitch your tent. Even while traveling in the busy summer season. It may take an hour or two of searching to find a campsite, but I’ve never failed to find a decent spot.

In this section, I outline all of the places you can camp and how to find them. Some are legal and some are illegal. Some cost money and some are free. Chances are, wherever in the world you are, you can pitch your tent at one of these places.

Mountain view while free camping

1. Camp for Free Legally While Traveling

Many people don’t know this but a few countries have laws that allow you to legally camp for free pretty much anywhere. These beautiful laws are called ‘right to roam.’ The idea is that every person should be free to experience nature and enjoy the country’s land, even if it’s privately owned. I think this is a great idea and hope more countries adopt it in the future.

At this time, only a handful of countries have ‘right to roam’ laws including Sweden, Finland, Norway, and Scotland. In these countries, you can pitch your tent and camp almost anywhere as long as you’re just passing through and you don’t disturb the owner.

Some countries allow free camping on certain government land. You just have to check local regulations where you’re traveling. For example, in the United States, you can camp for free in National Forests and Bureau of Land Management land. You are permitted to camp for up to 14 days before you have to move on to another site.

A few simple rules you have to follow when free camping include:

  • Respect the environment- Don’t litter. Don’t destroy plants or animals. Basically, use ‘Leave No Trace’ practices to the best of your ability.
  • Don’t camp or walk near someone’s home or business- Try to find a secluded area where you aren’t bothering anyone. You should stay at least 500 feet away from any inhabited buildings.
  • Obey local laws- Don’t start a fire if there is a ban. Don’t hunt or fish without a permit.
  • Stay only temporarily- Don’t spend more than two days when camping in one spot if you are on someone else’s land. If you plan to stay longer than two days, you should ask permission from the owner. Depending on the country, you may be able to stay longer on government land.
  • You are allowed to forage for fruits, berries, etc in some cases- Check the local rules to make sure you aren’t poaching.
  • You can build a campfire if wildfires aren’t a risk- Check the local laws before you build a fire.

2. Wild Camp While Traveling

Also known as rough camping or stealth camping, wild camping is another free camping method. Basically, you just find a hidden spot, pitch your tent, and stay the night and hope that nobody finds you or asks you to leave.

Usually, wild camping is illegal. The idea is to not get caught or noticed. You can wild camp pretty much anywhere. Forested places are easiest to find a suitable spot. It is also possible to wild camp in urban environments though it is a bit more tricky and dangerous.

Two tents set up in the forest in Washington State wild camping

Wild Camping Tips

  • Arrive after dark and leave before the sun rises- You’re less likely to be discovered in the cover of darkness.
  • Try not to use your flashlight- It gives away your location. People can see the light from miles away at night.
  • Don’t make a fire- It gives away your location.
  • Make sure no one sees you enter your camp- If you’re camping just off the road, take a look around to make sure no one is watching you. Wait for any oncoming cars to pass. If someone sees you enter your camp, depending who it is, they could rob you later, or call the police to have you kicked out.
  • If you’re camping near a road, look for sites above the road- It’s harder to be seen. Most people aren’t looking up when driving.
  • Leave no trace- Don’t leave trash or damage the environment.
  • If you’re asked to leave, pack up and go- There is no sense arguing. You are most likely in the wrong. You can, however, explain what you’re doing and hope they invite you to stay.
  • Don’t be too paranoid- Most people just leave you alone if they discover your tent. In fact, they’re probably more afraid of you than you are of them. I know if I stumbled upon a random tent in the woods, I’d be afraid to approach.

3. Camp at a Hotel or Hostel

Many hostels and hotels allow you to camp in your tent on their property for a reduced rate. For example, if a hostel charges $10 for a bed, they may allow you to camp for $5. In this case, you still have full access to the hostel’s amenities such as bathroom, kitchen, and common area.

This is a great option because you have access to a shower and don’t have to worry about someone bothering you in the middle of the night. Some places offer camping on their price list but most of the time you have to ask.

4. Ask Permission to Camp

Another way to find camping is to simply ask someone if you can camp on their property. Surprisingly, many individuals and businesses will allow you to camp if you are clean, pleasant, and ask nicely. If you camp outside of a business like a restaurant or a convenience store, you’ll probably be expected to buy something there. I do anyway out of courtesy.

Occasionally someone just offers you a place to camp. For example, while I was fixing a flat tire on my first bicycle tour  last year, a man told me that I could camp on his property if I didn’t have any place to stay or if I had any problems with the tire. I didn’t take him up on the offer because I wanted to cover a bit more ground but it was very nice of him and unexpected.

5. Ask Police or Firemen

This depends entirely on the country. In many places, police and emergency workers are very friendly and helpful to tourists. Sometimes they will allow you to camp outside the station. Sometimes they will help you find a suitable place to camp.

It’s kind of comforting knowing that the police know where you are camping. That way, you know nothing bad will happen to you in the night. Who would commit a crime at a police or fire station?

Tents set up at a campground in Iceland

6. Stay in a Campground

Most cities and tourist attractions have a campground nearby where you can pitch your tent for a fee. Many have bathrooms and a small shop. Prices range from just a couple of dollars for primitive sites to over $30 for full-service campsites in expensive countries.

Most campgrounds don’t require reservations but it is a good idea to make one anyway just in case. They do fill up, particularly during holidays and in the summer. Camping is becoming more and more popular as hotels get more expensive.

Even if they’re full, many campgrounds will find a space for you to pitch a small tent. Some campgrounds have space reserved for hikers and bicycle tourists who are traveling without a vehicle. This is common in National Parks.

If you just plan to camp occasionally during your trip and the weather is decent, you can get by sleeping on the ground in your tent. To make camping more comfortable, you may want to pack a few additional items other than the tent when traveling.

  • Sleeping bag- Even in warm climates, it can get cold at night. For example, when I was camping in the Namib Desert, the temperature got to nearly 100 degrees during the day but fell into the 40s at night. You’ll want a good sleeping bag if you plan to camp often. I bought the Kelty Cosmic 20 Degree Sleeping Bag on Amazon and really like it. Check out my full review here. If you’re looking to save some weight, consider a quilt instead of a sleeping bag. 
  • Sleep mat- Sleeping on the ground is uncomfortable and cold. A sleeping mat adds a bit of cushion and prevents the ground from sucking the heat out of you. I have the Klymit Static V Sleeping Pad It packs pretty small and has held up well so far. For my full review click here.
  • Camp stove- It’s nice to be able to at least boil some water for noodles, pasta, rice, eggs, potatoes, etc. Along with some veggies and a bit of seasoning, you can make a decent and cheap meal with those ingredients. Boiling water also allows you to make tea and coffee which is a nice treat on a cold morning. I use a simple alcohol stove that I made from a tuna can.
  • Water filter- Water is heavy and sometimes it’s tough to buy in rural areas. I like to carry a water filter just in case. It allows you to filter water from lakes, rivers, wells, and the tap and makes it safe to drink. I recommend the Sawyer Mini. I’ve had mine for a few years and am really happy with it. Check out my full review here .
  • Camp pillow- If you plan to camp often, I recommend you pack a small pillow .   These take up very little space and greatly improve comfort while sleeping. Alternatively, you can use balled up clothes as a pillow. For more info, check out my complete guide to camping pillows.

Unfortunately, these items add bulk and weight to your pack. Not to mention, they’re expensive. Particularly ultralight models. I think it’s worth it to bring a full camping setup while traveling with a tent. Having a sleeping bag and mat greatly improve sleep comfort. You’ll be much more likely to camp if it’s comfortable and warm. Good quality camping gear lasts many years and eventually pays for itself.

Sleeping bags in a tent while winter camping

One drawback to traveling with a tent is the fact that you have to buy some expensive gear to get started. If you don’t know whether or not you’ll even use it, it can be a difficult purchase.

  • Tent cost- You can buy a cheap, one man tent for around $30. Midrange tents cost around $100. Starting around $250, you can buy a nice ultralight tent.
  • Sleeping pad- For around $10 you can buy a foam camping pad. The problem with these cheap pads is the fact that they are bulky. At the $50 price point, you can buy a lightweight inflatable pad. I find these much more comfortable. For more info, check out my guide: Inflatable Vs Foam Sleeping Pads: Pros and Cons and 3/4 Vs Full Length Sleeping Pads.
  • Sleeping bag- For around $30, you can buy a warm sleeping bag. The problem is that it will be very heavy and bulky. Almost too much to carry. I recommend spending around $100-$150 for a decent down sleeping bag.

You can put together a decent budget camping setup for around $150 if you shop around a bit and deal with some extra weight and bulk. For around $400, you can have a nice, ultralight setup that will keep you warm and dry through many years of use.

In terms of price, the sky is the limit. If you decide to purchase high-end camping gear, you aren’t really gaining anything in terms of comfort or durability. You are paying for lighter weight materials. The more you pay, the lighter the gear gets.

For more info on packing camping gear, check out my ultralight travel packing list.

Overall, sleeping in a tent is very safe. In all of my nights of camping, I have never felt in danger. I’ve heard some spooky sounds outside the tent on a few occasions, but I’m still here. There are a few precautions that you should take:

  • If you’re camping in bear country, take proper precautions with your food- Tie it up in a tree at least 100 yards away from your tent. Don’t cook within 100 yards of your tent. For more info on camping in bear country, check out my guide Bear Safety Tips: How to Avoid Bears While Hiking and Camping.
  • No fire in the tent- Don’t cook or light any candles. It doesn’t matter what it says on the packaging. Tents are flammable.
  • Consider where water flows- Don’t pitch your tent in an area that will be flooded when the tide comes in. Don’t camp in dry river beds that could fill with water during a rainstorm. If rain is in the forecast, don’t camp in low spots that could flood.
  • Don’t camp on roads or tracks- People or vehicles may pass in in the night. You don’t want to get run over while you sleep.
  • Don’t keep food in the tent- Mice and bugs can chew through the wall and enter your tent to get to the food.

For more info on staying safe in your tent, check out my guide:  Is Camping Safe? Avoiding Wild Animals, Insects, and Injury.  Here I talk about how to protect yourself from animal attacks, disease, hunters, dangerous weather conditions, and much more. 

Reasons Not to Travel With a Tent

Tents are great to have for a long term trip where you don’t know where you’ll be sleeping every night. For some trips, bringing a tent just adds unnecessary bulk and weight to your luggage. There are a few situations where it doesn’t make sense to travel with a tent:

  • Short vacation to a city- Urban camping is difficult and dangerous. If you’re just going on a short trip, and you don’t plan to camp, you probably don’t need a tent.
  • Densely populated region- Some parts of the world are difficult to camp simply because people are everywhere. For example, finding a suitable place to wild camp in Ethiopia or India would be nearly impossible. People are literally everywhere.
  • Cheap countries- Some countries have extremely affordable accommodation options available. For example, in Southeast Asia, it’s pretty easy to find a bed in a hostel for under $5 per night. Sometimes it’s easier and more comfortable to just rent a room.
  • A country where you must register where you sleep- This is rare, but there are countries out there that require tourists to stay in a hotel. They ask you to show proof of where you stayed when you go to exit the country. Usually in the form of a stamp or ticket that the hotel gives you. The only country I know of that for sure has this policy is Uzbekistan. Upon exit, you must prove that you’ve stayed in a hotel at least once every three nights.
  • Countries that require that you be on a tour- Some countries only allow tourists to enter if they are in a tour group. In this case, you probably won’t need a tent because you’ll be staying in hotels every night anyway. Examples include North Korea, Bhutan, Turkmenistan, and Iran for some nationalities. If you do camp in these countries, the tour company probably supplies all of the necessary camping gear.
  • If you are trying to travel with only carry on- I hate checking my bag but when I travel with a tent, I have to. Many airlines don’t allow tent stakes in carry-on luggage. The tent, sleeping pad and sleeping bag also add a considerable amount of bulk to your pack which makes it difficult to pack small enough for carry-on. An alternative that I have found is to pack a bivy sack.

With all of this being said, if you know you’ll pass through some places that you’ll use the tent, bring it. I packed a tent on my first trip to Europe even though everyone said it was unnecessary. Over the course of two months, I only used it a handful of times, but thoroughly enjoyed it every time. I knew that I would rarely use it, but in the end, I was glad I brought it even though it added a few pounds to my backpack.

My travel backpack with my tent strapped on

Alternative Shelter Options for Traveling

If you’re not a tent person but you still want to camp during your trip, there are a few alternative shelter options. These are also good if you want to pack light.

  • Hammock- The main benefits of a hammock over a tent are that they are more comfortable and lightweight. You also don’t need any poles or stakes. Just some straps to tie to trees. The drawback is the fact that you need properly spaced trees or some kind of structure to tie to. For a complete analysis of hammock camping, check out my article: Hammock Vs. Tent for Camping: My Pros and Cons List. 
  • Bivy Sack- This is basically just a liner that you put over your sleeping bag to keep you clean and dry. A multitude of options are available. For a complete analysis of bivys check out my article Bivy Sack Vs Tent: My Pros and Cons List.
  • Tarp – This is the most lightweight shelter option. A tarp will keep the rain off you but won’t keep the bugs out. It’s a good idea to pair a tarp with a mosquito net. Many people pair a tarp with a hammock or bivy sack for extra rain protection. It only weighs a few ounces more. For a complete analysis of tarp camping, check out my article: Tarp Vs. Tent for Camping: My Pros and Cons List.
  • Cowboy Camp- This is the most basic form of camping. Cowboy camping is sleeping under the stars without any shelter. If you’re in a place with good weather and no bugs, this is the best way to camp.

Hammock camping in front of a volcano

The Best Tents for Travel

When picking out a tent, there are a few factors to take into consideration. The ideal tent for travel will be:

  • Lightweight- You’ll be carrying it everywhere you go so the lighter the better. Ultralight tents are expensive but you’ll be happy with the reduced weight on your back.
  • Made for 1 person- One man tents have a smaller footprint which makes finding a place to pitch much easier. They are also the lightest. Most one-man tents have space for gear or even a second person if you sleep close together. For a couple traveling together, a two-person tent would be best.
  • Not flashy or colorful- When wild camping, you want to blend into your surroundings. Green, beige, and brown tents are best. Camouflage prints are ok but they look too military for me. You don’t want to be mistaken for a spy something crazy like that.
  • Quick and easy to set up and take down- When it’s raining, you want to be able to pitch your tent quickly so you don’t get too wet. Most modern tents pitch in less than two minutes.
  • Durable- Your tent will take a beating when traveling. You want it to last. You get what you pay for in this department.
  • Freestanding- Some tents require stakes to pitch. This makes camping on a solid surface like rock or concrete impossible. I prefer a freestanding tent. You could camp on a concrete parking lot or a wooden deck, for example.

Travel Tent Recommendations

Alps Mountaineering Lynx 1-Person Tent

I have slept about 30 nights in this tent. So far, it has held up really well. It’s also quite compact and lightweight for a budget tent. Click here to read my full review.

Big Agnes Fly Creek HV UL 1

I bought this tent on sale at REI. I wasn’t planning on getting it but the deal was just too good to pass up. It’s one of the lightest tents you can buy at under 2 pounds. It is made of a very thin material but has held up great so far. Click here to read my full review .

tent in travel

Hillberg Solo Tents

Hillberg makes some of the highest quality tents on the market. They are durable and are built to last for many years. I don’t have one because I can’t justify spending the money. Maybe for my next tent.

Final Thoughts on Travel With a Tent

From the time I started traveling, I almost always packed a tent. Even though I’m not a particularly outdoorsy person, I still love camping. On those few trips where I left my tent at home, I ended up kicking myself every time I spotted a killer campsite. These days, I always carry my tent, even if I know I’ll rarely use it.

After you start camping, there is no going back. You’ll save money, fall in love with the great outdoors, and experience something new every time.

Do you travel with a tent? Share your international camping experience in the comments below!

More from Where The Road Forks

  • Am I Too Old for Hostels?
  • Hammock Vs. Tent: My Pros and Cons List
  • How to Choose the Best Hostel
  • How to Provide Proof of Onward Travel? 8 Options

Zachary Friedman

Zachary Friedman is an accomplished travel writer and professional blogger. Since 2011, he has traveled to 66 countries and 6 continents. He founded ‘Where The Road Forks’ in 2017 to provide readers with information and insights based on his travel and outdoor recreation experience and expertise. Zachary is also an avid cyclist and hiker. Living as a digital nomad, Zachary balances his professional life with his passions for hiking, camping, cycling, and worldwide exploration. For a deeper dive into his journey and background, visit the About page. For inquiries and collaborations, please reach out through the Contact page. You can also follow him on Facebook.

Sharing is caring!

Sign me up for the newsletter!

Sunday 1st of May 2022

Great post, really enjoyed it. Currently in AUS and looking to head over to NZ for my first cycle tour. Don't have any experience but that's all part of the fun?

Looking to get a small lightweight set-up going and like you said, hostels can become very annoying.

All the best mate

wheretheroadforks

Thursday 5th of May 2022

I think New Zealand would be the perfect place for a first bicycle tour. I've never been but the scenery is meant to be stunning. I think you'll find some good camping there too. Have a safe trip man!

Our Wander-Filled Life

Planning the Perfect Tent Camping Road Trip

Last Updated on February 17, 2024 by Grant

For me, camping road trips started in college. My first trip to the Florida Keys was a camping trip. My friends and I had a GREAT campground in Key Largo. We spent Spring Break sleeping in a tent just steps from the beach. 

This led to longer camping road trips as I got older. When Bonnie and I started dating, our first big trip together was a camping road trip to Yellowstone National Park. It was that trip that cemented our love for each other and our desire to explore the National Parks. 

It also led to our first month-long trip. That was a camping road trip to the Black Hills of South Dakota and Glacier National Park in Montana. We started to refine our tent camping gear to make it work better for us. 

We took several tent camping road trips together: Texas for Spring Break, Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the fall, Yellowstone and Grand Teton national parks in the summer. 

Eventually, we bought a camper and started the RV lifestyle. But, we have fond memories of the simplicity of our tent camping days. In fact, years after buying an RV, we took a tent camping road trip to Big Bend National Park in West Texas. 

(Disclaimer: When we link to places where you can buy our stuff or places we stayed, we are using special codes that earn us commissions on the sales at no additional cost to you. Please see our  Review Policy   for more information.)

Pros and Cons of a Tent Camping Road Trip

The number one pro to a camping road trip is cost. Tent camping is just cheaper than any other way to stay. Even a really good tent is not that expensive compared to buying or renting an RV or staying in a hotel. 

Read about our cost comparison between different road trip styles here.

The second biggest pro for a tent camping road trip is nimbleness. With a good tent camping setup, you can easily get set it up and take it down. That is really handy when you’re trying to make the most of limited vacation time! 

Once, on the drive home from Yellowstone, we were chased across the plains of South Dakota by a thunderstorm. We just barely managed to get to the campground and get the tent set up before the storm caught up to us! With the camper, that would have taken much longer. Of course, regardless of how you are camping, setting up or taking down in the rain is never fun. But it is part of the outdoor experience.

When we were tent camping, we could be set up in about 10 minutes and gone in about the same amount of time. It is similar to camping with a camper van in terms of being able to just pick up and leave quickly.

Another major boon for tent camping is the availability of tent sites in national and state parks. While there are a few campgrounds for larger RVs in parks, you will find much more availability for tents (or small campers). 

Lastly, a good tent camping setup can fit into just about any vehicle with decent trunk space. A hatchback, SUV or truck makes for easier access and generally more space for gear. Still, I took many camping road trips in my old Mazda 626. 

The single biggest con of a tent camping road trip is exposure to the elements. While tents are great when the weather is good, they can be limiting when the weather is not good. 

In particular, stormy weather can make for some scary moments in a tent. We’ve huddled together in our tent when the wind howled in Texas and a severe thunderstorm pummeled us in Yellowstone. 

The heat is also an issue for tent camping. We have spent some sweltering nights in our tent at various spots throughout the country. While there are some modern devices you and use to mitigate the heat (more on that below), there’s only so much you can do without air conditioning. 

In particular, I remember a very warm morning while we were tent camping in Wall, SD visiting Badlands National Park . The tent heated up very quickly and by 8 a.m., it was downright toasty. I also remember driving a long way across Kansas looking to find any campground with shade, since it was easily 95 degrees outside and the lack of shade was a deal breaker for a lot of would-be campgrounds. 

Another major con is the lack of campgrounds with facilities for tent campers outside of state and national parks. The more we have traveled, the more we have realized campgrounds just do not have much in the way of tent camping sites left anymore, focusing on RVs instead. 

And, while you can take your pet with you, you cannot leave your pet in a tent while you go out and explore. That’s not OK. And, unfortunately, most national parks have very strict rules on where pets can and cannot be.

Lastly, there is an inherent lack of security when tent camping. Honestly, we have never camped anywhere we did not feel safe, at least in terms of humans, in a tent. We have, however, camped with our RV in places I would not necessarily stay in a tent. 

That said, we have also woken up to bison walking by our tent in Theodore Roosevelt National Park in North Dakota. We don’t worry too much about animals bothering us in a tent but the walls of the tent are pretty darn thin!

Tips for Making the Most Out of Your Tent Camping Road Trip

Tip #1: choose your destination based upon the weather.

Seriously, go where the weather is good when you plan on taking your trip. If you want to visit the Southwest, plan on going in the late winter or early spring before temperatures get too hot. When the Rocky Mountains are calling your name, get up there after the snow melts in the early summer. 

If you know when you want to go, research different destinations which are good for that season. 

Tip #2: Don’t Be Afraid to Stay in a Hotel

If we were doing a long driving day on the way to our destination, we would often stay in a hotel that night. While it would increase our costs, it would decrease our fatigue. 

After a long stretch of tent camping in Yellowstone and Grand Teton national parks , we opted to spend the next few nights staying at a cheap hotel in southern Wyoming. It was much needed!

Tip #3: Gym Memberships and Truck Stops Can Get You a Shower

While many private campgrounds have showers, many national park campgrounds do not. If you’re not too far from a major city, having a nationwide gym membership can get you a shower. Alternately, truck stops like Love’s and Pilot have showers you can pay for. 

Tip #4: Be Prepared for the Weather… All the Weather

Plan for worse weather than you expect… it may be colder, warmer, wetter or drier than you expect. Rarely is the weather exactly what it “should” be.

That said, if you don’t feel like you have everything you need, Walmart is your friend and will have a lot of what you need. In fact, we had to buy an extra blanket when camping in Yellowstone National Park because we were not prepared for the cold weather in the summer.

Tip #5: With a Good Vehicle, You Can Camp in Remote Areas

One of the best things about a tent camping road trip is you can go to some really remote areas where you simply can’t take a camper. We did this in Big Bend National Park, camping along River Road in a remote area of the park . 

Seriously, with a four-wheel drive vehicle and a good tent camping setup, you can access places few people go and stay for as long as you have supplies. This has become a popular pastime, called overlanding. 

How to Pick a Campground for a Camping Road Trip

When it comes time to pick a campground for a tent camping road trip, the single biggest consideration has to be shade. Even up North, highs in the summer can get quite hot. The shade will make a significant difference, even for RV campers. Having shade will make a huge difference in being able to comfortably hang out at your campsite during the day. 

Next, make sure the campground has restroom facilities for tent campers. For example, we stayed at one campground in Key Largo which had very limited restroom facilities. There was one toilet per gender for the entire campground. The shower was attached to the toilet, meaning if someone was taking a shower, no one else could use the toilet. 

From the perspective of the owners, it was no big deal since most of the guests were RV campers with their own bathrooms. From the perspective of the tent campers, it was really frustrating, especially early in the morning! 

Showers for tent campers are another consideration to look for, especially for longer stays in remote areas. As noted previously, many campgrounds in national parks do not have showers. That said, we have seen some that are adding solar shower stalls, like at Rocky Mountain National Park. These allow you some privacy while you use a portable solar shower you let warm up during the day.  

A water spigot to fill up water bottles and a sink to clean dishes are other big things to look for. We got so tired of none of the campgrounds we stayed at having a dishwashing station. So, we bought our own collapsible dishwashing sink . 

That said, we have stayed at more primitive campgrounds which lack those amenities. If you are going to stay at a primitive campground with limited or no facilities, just be sure to bring everything you need with you. 

Gear You Need for a Tent Camping Road Trip

A tent (or two).

The most important thing you need for a tent camping road trip is a good tent! That should seem like a no-brainer but I have seen some tent campers out there using very poor tents for their purpose and struggled with them. 

The first major thing to consider when purchasing a tent for a camping road trip is how much space you need. If it is just going to be two people, a small tent can work. If you are taking a pet or kids with you, your tent needs to grow. 

When I went on my first long tent camping road trip, I had a small dome tent that was barely big enough for two people. While it worked OK while I was in college, any time it rained, I was stuck in a pretty small space with poor ventilation. 

Even when Bonnie and I went on our first camping road trip to Yellowstone, we stayed in a larger, better-ventilated dome tent but I still could not stand up in it and it only had one door, meaning Bonnie had to climb over me to get out to go to the bathroom. 

Still, those tents were easy to put up and take down. 

A Two Tent Set Up

So, when it came time to go on the road for a month-long camping road trip, we took two tents with us. 

We took a large tent, which I could stand up in and allowed us to walk around the mattress. Being able to stand up while changing clothes is really nice! Not having to climb over Bonnie to go to the bathroom is also really nice!

That made a much more comfortable stay when we knew we would be in one place for several days. The tent had a vestibule, allowing us to store gear and duck out of heavy rain with our chairs. It also allowed us to leave the large door flap open, making for plenty of ventilation. 

While this larger tent was great, it struggled in high winds and it took about 20 minutes to fully set up. 

We also took a smaller tent, which had doors on both sides. That allowed for one of us to easily go to the bathroom at night if needed. It was also really quick to set up, allowing us to have it fully set up in less than 10 minutes. It was also lower to the ground, making for a lower profile in high winds. While I could not stand up in it, it was still comfortable for a night or two. 

Tent Recommendations

We got both of these tents at REI , which makes some great outdoor gear. We even kept the smaller of the two tents after we got the camper and used it when we went to Big Bend National Park . Unfortunately, both tents have long been discontinued, so I can’t give you a specific recommendation. 

That said, here is what I would look for in a big tent:

  • Can I stand up in it?
  • Will it go up and come down easily?
  • Does it have a vestibule? Is the vestibule large enough to keep me (and a chair) dry during a rainstorm?
  • Is there plenty of room on either side of a mattress for me to walk around?  

Here is what I would look for in a small tent:

  • Will it go up quickly?
  • Does it have good ventilation?
  • Does it have a low profile for rough weather?
  • Does it have a large enough width that I can use the same air mattress for both tents?

tent in travel

A Good Air Mattress 

A good air mattress will make all the difference in the world in your night’s sleep. We have had some good ones and bad ones during our time tent camping. I wish I could give you a good recommendation on a specific air mattress but, sadly, our favorite has long since been discontinued. 

Still, get one with a battery-powered air pump. Unless you have an AC plug in your vehicle and an extension cable (or a solar generator… more on that below), you are going to need a battery-powered pump. If you don’t have one, you are gonna be that guy in the bathroom using the one outlet for hundreds of campers to inflate your mattress… if there is an outlet you can get to. Don’t be that guy (or girl)!

The other thing I will say about these mattresses is they will not last forever. Eventually, the seals start to wear out and you start waking up on the ground. Be prepared to replace it fairly often if you use it frequently or store it somewhere without air conditioning. 

Intex Queen DURA-Beam Series Classic Downy AIRBED

Sleeping Bag

If you are camping with a significant other, I cannot recommend highly enough getting a sleeping bag designed for two people , as opposed to two separate sleeping bags. It just makes it more comfortable overall, even better than zipping two sleeping bags together. We had a great one from Coleman we loved. 

If you are going to high elevation, you are going to want supplemental blankets as well. We recently got a Rumpl blanket , which we love and is quite warm. They even have models highlighting various national parks. 

We also recommend getting a couple of good camp pillows. We have used Thermarest and Klymit pillows. Both are compact and comfy. 

Coleman Tandem 3-in-1 Double Sleeping Bag, 45°F Queen Sized Sleeping Bag for Adults, Warm and Comfortable XL Sleeping Bag for Camping

Cooking Gear

I highly suggest getting a plastic storage bin and filling it full of your cooking gear. Keeping everything in one bin makes it easy to keep everything together and move it around as needed.

The first thing you need for your bin is a grill that uses the 1 lb. propane canisters from Coleman. Seriously, those green propane canisters are one of the greatest things when it comes to camping. Next, I suggest you get a small stove which uses those canisters as well. Between a single-burner stove and a grill, you can cook a ton of different meals. 

Next, you will want some basic pots and pans. You can get a good nesting set or grab something cheap, either way works. You will also want basic utensils and plates. Paper plates are a good idea anywhere you won’t have good access to water. A collapsible wash b asin is perfect for washing dishes where you can’t find a sink for dishwashing. 

Finally, toss in some generic spices and your cooking bin is set. 

Coleman Stove 4IN1 Portable Black C001

A Solid Cooler

Cooler technology has improved so much since we were tent camping on a regular basis. With the advent of good coolers that will keep ice frozen for days, it makes it a lot easier to keep perishable food and tasty beverages cold. 

YETI , RTIC and several other brands make great coolers that will make camping a lot better and reduce your need for ice. 

One of the things we always looked for in a cooler was a drain plug at the bottom for dumping water out. That said, that drain plug can be a liability and we have ended up with a very wet trunk space when we forgot to close the plug after draining. 

Coleman 316 Series Insulated Portable Cooler with Heavy Duty Latches, Leak-Proof Outdoor High Capacity Hard Cooler, Keeps Ice for up to 5 Days

Gear for Hanging Out

Of course, you are gonna want some good, comfy camp chairs to lounge in… We also recommend getting some footstools to go with those chairs to use as footrests… being able to kick up your feet is a great thing.

ONIVA - a Picnic Time brand Reclining Camp, Beach Adults, Sports Chair with Carry Bag, 8 x 8 x 41, Black/Gray

We also have a great camp table from Alps Mountaineering which has a checkerboard and plenty of cup holders.

ALPS Mountaineering Eclipse Table, Checkerboard,27-Inch x 27-Inch x 26-Inch

Hammocks round out our gear for hanging around the campground. There’s nothing like kicking your feet up in the shade. We have a couple of hammocks we keep in the camper and there are several great brands out there. We have Serac and Wise Owl hammocks and like them a lot. 

Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock for Camping Double Hammocks Gear for The Outdoors Backpacking Survival or Travel - Portable Lightweight Parachute Nylon DO Navy & Lt Blue

If you happen to have a lot of cargo space to work with, like a truck bed, you can upgrade your chairs to these zero G chairs and get yourself an insect screen tent to put up so you can get away from bugs and have some portable shade. 

Caravan Sports 80009000052, Black Infinity Zero Gravity Chair-2 Pack, 2-Pack

Gear Recommendations for Helping You Stay Comfortable

Since dealing with the weather is one of the cons of a tent camping road trip, I recommend getting a battery-powered fan to use in your tent. Just having some air circulation will make a huge difference in how well you sleep at night. 

We had a Coleman battery-powered fan which hung from the top of our tent and provided some circulation as well as an overhead light. It made a big difference. Now, they have even longer-lasting better fans, like this one. 

Camping Fan with Led Lantern - 10000mAh 8inch Rechargeable Battery Operated Tent Fan with Light and Hanging Hook for Outdoor Camping Tent RV Travel Fishing Hurricane Emergency Power Outage

Solar Generator

If you need to power something or keep a bunch of devices charged, we recommend getting a solar generator. The folks at Ecoflow sent us a River solar generator a few years ago and we take that thing with us everywhere now. We even purchased a battery add-on, which doubled its capacity ( basically to a pro model ) and a 110-watt solar panel to charge it.

EF ECOFLOW Portable Power Station RIVER 2, 256Wh LiFePO4 Battery/ 1 Hour Fast Charging, 2 Up to 600W AC Outlets, Solar Generator (Solar Panel Optional) for Outdoor Camping/RVs/Home Use

We use it whenever we are boondocking or dry camping. It can be charged with the truck while driving or we can use the solar panels to power it. It will charge all of our electronics, including laptops, and it will even run Bonnie’s coffee maker! 

Final Thoughts on Tent Camping Road Trips 

With the right gear and planning, you can make a tent camping road trip a VERY cost-effective way to see the country. We explored dozens of park sites while tent camping… and loved every minute of it.

Still, as much as we loved tent camping road trips, there is something to be said for not having to sleep on the ground. Yes, we slept on an air mattress but we still had to get up from the ground every morning and that gets old. It’s also really great to have your own shade and air conditioning, which in turn, allowed us to travel with our cat for years. You can certainly see why we eventually transitioned from tent camping road trips to RV camping!

Still, we often miss tent camping. We miss how nimble we were and how quickly we could move from place to place. We miss the fresh air that comes from sleeping in a tent. Certainly, we miss how cheap it was. And while we still camp, an RV just isn’t the same as a tent.

Travel Resources

What do you use to find a flight.

We use Skyscanner to find deals on flights. Skyscanner has a great interface and compares tons of airlines for the best pricing and routing. That said, it does not always have every airline and some airlines will have better deals on their website. Still, Skyscanner is a great place to start. Click here to search for a flight.

What do you use to find a hotel?

We typically stay at Hilton properties , so we use the Hilton website . You can find good Hilton Honors discounts or AAA discounts for a hotel there. We make great use of our free night certificates from our Hilton Honors American Express. Click here to book a Hilton property.

If there are no Hilton properties available, we use TripAdvisor to read reviews and book the hotel. We find we can get the best price that way. Click here to search for a hotel.

We recently partnered with Stay22 to add interactive maps to each of our destination posts. This will allow you to see a plethora of hotels and vacation rentals all in one responsive map of the area.

What if I need more space than I can get at a hotel?

We use Vrbo for the times when we have rented a cabin for a weekend getaway, like this cabin in Townsend, TN , or needed to rent a house for a large family vacation. We had a great experience with them in terms of refunding deposits when COVID hit and will continue to use them. Click here to search for a vacation rental.

Who do you use for rental cars?

As a general rule, we book with Hertz for rental cars. We have had nothing but good experiences with them. Plus, we really like unlimited mileage and not worrying about crossing state lines. We have even rented from Hertz overseas in both Slovenia and Croatia . Click here to book a rental car.

How about booking a cruise?

We have found some amazing prices for booking a cruise through Cruise Direct . We have saved a lot of money on our cruises compared to what we found elsewhere, making a last-minute Bahamas cruise even cheaper. Click here to book a cruise.

What if I want to rent an RV?

We highly recommend Outdoorsy for RV rentals. We rented a camper van for a week to visit Rocky Mountain National Park for the elk rut and Custer State Park for the Buffalo Round-Up and had a blast. The program was easy to use and we really enjoyed the freedom of having a camper van for that trip. Click here to rent an RV.

What do you use for booking tours?

We don’t often book tours. Typically, we like to do stuff on our own. That said, there are some experiences you can’t have any other way. So, when we do want to book a tour, we always check Viator first. Click here to book a tour.

Do you use anything to get discounts on the road?

We make extensive use of both Good Sam and AAA on the road. Good Sam is normally regarded as a discount card for RVers at campgrounds and Camping World but anyone can use the 5 cents off a gallon at the pump at both Pilot and Flying J. Click here to get a Good Sam membership. We have had AAA as long as we have been married and it has more than paid for itself in discounts at hotels, aside from the peace of mind of having roadside assistance. Add in paper maps and the ability to get an international driver’s license and it is more than worth it for any traveler out there. Click here to get a AAA membership.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

I accept the Privacy Policy

Road & Track

Road & Track

Glamping Is the Best Way to Experience the Outdoors in Style

Posted: October 3, 2023 | Last updated: October 3, 2023

<p>Outdoor recreation has seriously BOOMED in the past few years. And with another summer approaching, people are looking for new ways to get away from home, see something new, and spend more time outside. Travel to faraway lands can still be a bit dicey these days, but we know for sure that all of the country’s national forests and public lands are open for access (with restrictions, of course). What better way to travel than by spending some time in the woods, reconnecting with yourself and with nature?</p><p>While some of us are all about roughing it in the woods, we understand that not everyone finds comfort in stepping away from their sofas, nice glassware, and cozy bedding, no matter how much we try to convince ourselves — or others — that <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/g918/camping-gear-supplies/">we enjoy camping.</a> If that sounds like you, a glamping (aka glamorous camping) tent is the way to go.</p><h3 class="body-h3">The Best Glamping Tents</h3><h3 class="body-h3">What to Consider</h3><p>Glamping tents come in a remarkable variety and it can be hard to narrow down the options. We recommend you consider the tent's shape, size, materials (construction), and ease of setup, among other factors.</p><ul><li><strong>Shape: </strong>The original, most popular, and our personal favorite style of glamping tent is bell-shaped. But other styles, such as safari (A-frame), wall (higher walls than a safari), dome-shaped, and oversized traditional camping tents are plentiful. A bell-shaped tent is more aerodynamic than a safari tent, but safari tents have more livable and less wasted space, and traditional camping tents are shaped however you choose. </li></ul><ul><li><strong>Size: </strong>Glamping tents range in size from a 6x6-foot square (traditional camping tent) to a 16-foot diameter circle (a large bell tent). Most are big enough to fit a few twin-sized mattresses, at minimum. Unlike most tents, glamping tents aren't usually labeled by the number of people they can sleep, because the point is to spread out with luxuries — not to cram as many people in as possible. For reference, during my annual week-long Colorado hunting trip in October, a 13-foot bell tent would be the just-right amount of space for three adults with <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/equipment/g1108/best-camping-cots/">sleeping cots</a>, <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/g918/camping-gear-supplies/">lots of gear</a>, a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Winnerwell-Portable-Precision-Stainless-Construction/dp/B077N25XGB?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">wood-burning stove</a>, and a seating area in the center.</li></ul><ul><li><strong>Materials (Construction): </strong>The classic glamping tent is made with cotton canvas, steel poles, a PVC floor, and heavy-duty guy lines. These are the most durable and they can be adapted to accept a wood-burning stove, but they are also heavy and bulky. A traditional oversized camping tent is made from waterproof nylon and polyester, which is lighter and more breathable, yet much less durable. </li></ul><ul><li><strong>Ease of Setup: </strong>Most large, canvas glamping tents require two people to set up correctly. Some have a simple design with a center pole, while large, safari-style (outfitter) tents have a number of corner poles, which makes setup more involved. Traditional-style camping tents have a design that is easier to set up and can be managed with one person in a pinch. </li></ul><h3 class="body-h3">How We Chose</h3><p>We've been camping since we could walk, so we've slept in an impressive array of tents. This means we fully understand the pros and cons of every feature a tent could possibly have. </p><p>To help you decide on a luxurious tent for your glamping future, we combined our countless years of camping experience and knowledge with hours of research on new releases, unique features, and surveys of user reviews. We considered shape, size, materials and construction, ease of setup, price, and packability, among other build features. There's something for every glamper — from knock-out luxury to affordable glam — so there's something for every type of outdoorsperson. </p><p>Pick up one of our favorite glamping tents, fill it with your favorite home-away-from-home comforts — think <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/home/decor/a14929034/reviews-best-inflatable-air-mattresses/">air mattress</a>, <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/home/a15073661/reviews-best-mattress-toppers-pads/">comfy bedding</a>, <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/g19602489/safe-tent-heaters-warmers/">portable heater</a>, and some <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/electronics-gadgets/g1891/camping-lanterns-lights/">mood lighting</a> — and enjoy a night in the great outdoors without giving up your favorite luxuries. Outdoor newbies, there's zero shame in your #glamping game. What better time than now?</p><p><em>A note on availability: D</em><em>ue to increased demand and supply chain issues, <em>some of these products may fluctuate between </em><em>in and out of stock</em>. We will be frequently checking and refreshing the links to these products as they become available again.</em></p>

Outdoor recreation has seriously BOOMED in the past few years. And with another summer approaching, people are looking for new ways to get away from home, see something new, and spend more time outside. Travel to faraway lands can still be a bit dicey these days, but we know for sure that all of the country’s national forests and public lands are open for access (with restrictions, of course). What better way to travel than by spending some time in the woods, reconnecting with yourself and with nature?

While some of us are all about roughing it in the woods, we understand that not everyone finds comfort in stepping away from their sofas, nice glassware, and cozy bedding, no matter how much we try to convince ourselves — or others — that we enjoy camping. If that sounds like you, a glamping (aka glamorous camping) tent is the way to go.

The Best Glamping Tents

What to consider.

Glamping tents come in a remarkable variety and it can be hard to narrow down the options. We recommend you consider the tent's shape, size, materials (construction), and ease of setup, among other factors.

  • Shape: The original, most popular, and our personal favorite style of glamping tent is bell-shaped. But other styles, such as safari (A-frame), wall (higher walls than a safari), dome-shaped, and oversized traditional camping tents are plentiful. A bell-shaped tent is more aerodynamic than a safari tent, but safari tents have more livable and less wasted space, and traditional camping tents are shaped however you choose.
  • Size: Glamping tents range in size from a 6x6-foot square (traditional camping tent) to a 16-foot diameter circle (a large bell tent). Most are big enough to fit a few twin-sized mattresses, at minimum. Unlike most tents, glamping tents aren't usually labeled by the number of people they can sleep, because the point is to spread out with luxuries — not to cram as many people in as possible. For reference, during my annual week-long Colorado hunting trip in October, a 13-foot bell tent would be the just-right amount of space for three adults with sleeping cots , lots of gear , a wood-burning stove , and a seating area in the center.
  • Materials (Construction): The classic glamping tent is made with cotton canvas, steel poles, a PVC floor, and heavy-duty guy lines. These are the most durable and they can be adapted to accept a wood-burning stove, but they are also heavy and bulky. A traditional oversized camping tent is made from waterproof nylon and polyester, which is lighter and more breathable, yet much less durable.
  • Ease of Setup: Most large, canvas glamping tents require two people to set up correctly. Some have a simple design with a center pole, while large, safari-style (outfitter) tents have a number of corner poles, which makes setup more involved. Traditional-style camping tents have a design that is easier to set up and can be managed with one person in a pinch.

How We Chose

We've been camping since we could walk, so we've slept in an impressive array of tents. This means we fully understand the pros and cons of every feature a tent could possibly have.

To help you decide on a luxurious tent for your glamping future, we combined our countless years of camping experience and knowledge with hours of research on new releases, unique features, and surveys of user reviews. We considered shape, size, materials and construction, ease of setup, price, and packability, among other build features. There's something for every glamper — from knock-out luxury to affordable glam — so there's something for every type of outdoorsperson.

Pick up one of our favorite glamping tents, fill it with your favorite home-away-from-home comforts — think air mattress , comfy bedding , portable heater , and some mood lighting — and enjoy a night in the great outdoors without giving up your favorite luxuries. Outdoor newbies, there's zero shame in your #glamping game. What better time than now?

A note on availability: D ue to increased demand and supply chain issues, some of these products may fluctuate between in and out of stock . We will be frequently checking and refreshing the links to these products as they become available again.

<p><strong>$699.99</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07MZPS6JS?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">Shop Now</a></p><p>If you love canvas tents with the rounded floor plan (who doesn't?) but can't splurge for a top-of-the-line <a href="https://lotusbelle.com/collections/16ft-lotus-belle-tents/products/16ft-lotus-belle-outback-deluxe">Lotus Belle</a>, this Whiteduck tent is for you. It has an average of 4.7 stars from over 100 Amazon reviews. </p><p>The cotton canvas material is heavy and waterproof, the stove jack is ready to fire up a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Winnerwell-Portable-Precision-Stainless-Construction/dp/B077N25XGB?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">wood-burning stove</a>, and the polyvinyl zipped-in groundsheet is plenty durable and easy to keep clean, so your living quarters will stay cool, dry, and tidy in all four seasons — yes, even winter, if you dare. </p><p>Whether you pick the <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Premium-Repellent-complete-Windows-Glamping/dp/B07MZPS6JS?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">10-foot, 13-foot, or 16-foot </a>option, this tent will turn into your own private luxury boudoir. Setup is possible with one person, but not recommended. </p><p>This 13-foot tent is what I use on hunting trips, with ample space for three adults, cots, a stove, a few end tables, tons of gear, and a foyer for muddy shoes. It's so dang spacious and comfortable that you might, for once, reach the 14-day limit on camping effective in most national forests.<br> </p>

1) Regatta Canvas Bell Tent

If you love canvas tents with the rounded floor plan (who doesn't?) but can't splurge for a top-of-the-line Lotus Belle , this Whiteduck tent is for you. It has an average of 4.7 stars from over 100 Amazon reviews.

The cotton canvas material is heavy and waterproof, the stove jack is ready to fire up a wood-burning stove , and the polyvinyl zipped-in groundsheet is plenty durable and easy to keep clean, so your living quarters will stay cool, dry, and tidy in all four seasons — yes, even winter, if you dare.

Whether you pick the 10-foot, 13-foot, or 16-foot option, this tent will turn into your own private luxury boudoir. Setup is possible with one person, but not recommended.

This 13-foot tent is what I use on hunting trips, with ample space for three adults, cots, a stove, a few end tables, tons of gear, and a foyer for muddy shoes. It's so dang spacious and comfortable that you might, for once, reach the 14-day limit on camping effective in most national forests.

<p><strong>$3164.00</strong></p><p><a href="https://lotusbelle.com/collections/16ft-lotus-belle-tents/products/16ft-lotus-belle-outback-deluxe">Shop Now</a></p><p>Grab your <a href="https://go.redirectingat.com?id=74968X1553576&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.walmart.com%2Fip%2FORCA-Chastertini%2F107370541&sref=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.roadandtrack.com%2Freviews%2Fg44966058%2Fglamping-luxury-tents%2F">glamping martini glass</a> and settle in for a while. If this tent seems like something out of a fairytale, that's because it practically is. This 16-foot bell-shaped tent actually measures 18 feet at its widest point. It's big enough to fit six (yes, six) twin-sized mattresses, or for six people to practice yoga comfortably. </p><p>This deluxe tent is made from a heavy-duty cotton canvas that is fire- and water-resistant, plus a heavy PVC bathtub-style groundsheet to keep heat in and bugs out. It has two mesh windows and two roof vents to maximize airflow, an oversized zip-up front door that is wide enough for a queen-sized bed to fit through, and plenty of exterior tie-downs to keep things secure if the wind picks up. </p><p>Setup is quite involved and will definitely require two people (at least), but you'll never be using this tent alone, anyway. This Lotus Belle is the definition of a glamping tent, and it really sets the bar high, with so much comfort that you might never want to go home.</p><p><strong>More:</strong> <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fun-things-to-do/a1271/luxury-glamping-with-hot-tubs/">These Glamping Destinations Are What Dreams Are Made Of</a></p>

2) 16-Foot Outback Deluxe Glamping Tent

Grab your glamping martini glass and settle in for a while. If this tent seems like something out of a fairytale, that's because it practically is. This 16-foot bell-shaped tent actually measures 18 feet at its widest point. It's big enough to fit six (yes, six) twin-sized mattresses, or for six people to practice yoga comfortably.

This deluxe tent is made from a heavy-duty cotton canvas that is fire- and water-resistant, plus a heavy PVC bathtub-style groundsheet to keep heat in and bugs out. It has two mesh windows and two roof vents to maximize airflow, an oversized zip-up front door that is wide enough for a queen-sized bed to fit through, and plenty of exterior tie-downs to keep things secure if the wind picks up.

Setup is quite involved and will definitely require two people (at least), but you'll never be using this tent alone, anyway. This Lotus Belle is the definition of a glamping tent, and it really sets the bar high, with so much comfort that you might never want to go home.

More: These Glamping Destinations Are What Dreams Are Made Of

<p><strong>$269.00</strong></p><p><a href="https://go.redirectingat.com?id=74968X1553576&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.walmart.com%2Fip%2F54593873%3Fselected%3Dtrue&sref=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.roadandtrack.com%2Freviews%2Fg44966058%2Fglamping-luxury-tents%2F">Shop Now</a></p><p>This option isn't nearly as fancy as some of the other tents in this review, but there's a solid chance that it's bigger than your first New York apartment. With 283 square feet of floor space, this tent can be divided into four separate rooms, each with its own dedicated purpose — one for Mom and Dad, one for the boys, one for the girls, and one for lounging (if the weather is crummy). And three separate entrances offer much-needed privacy or a way to keep from stepping on your friend when you get up in the middle of the night. </p><p>This tent's body, floor, and rainfly are made of waterproof polyester. There are 12 fiberglass poles (to reduce weight) and 8 steel poles, so setup will definitely take you some time, practice, and at least one accomplice. <br>There are tons of windows that can be opened for airflow or closed for warmth. But with so many windows, so much space, and a rainfly with less-than-full coverage, we wouldn't recommend this tent for cold-weather excursions. </p><p>This behemoth claims to hold 20 people, but we wouldn't recommend ever trying to cram that many humans into such small quarters. But if you have a large family or have teenagers, personal space is a must-have, and this tent could solve (some of) your problems.</p>

3) 20-Person 4-Room Cabin Tent

This option isn't nearly as fancy as some of the other tents in this review, but there's a solid chance that it's bigger than your first New York apartment. With 283 square feet of floor space, this tent can be divided into four separate rooms, each with its own dedicated purpose — one for Mom and Dad, one for the boys, one for the girls, and one for lounging (if the weather is crummy). And three separate entrances offer much-needed privacy or a way to keep from stepping on your friend when you get up in the middle of the night.

This tent's body, floor, and rainfly are made of waterproof polyester. There are 12 fiberglass poles (to reduce weight) and 8 steel poles, so setup will definitely take you some time, practice, and at least one accomplice. There are tons of windows that can be opened for airflow or closed for warmth. But with so many windows, so much space, and a rainfly with less-than-full coverage, we wouldn't recommend this tent for cold-weather excursions.

This behemoth claims to hold 20 people, but we wouldn't recommend ever trying to cram that many humans into such small quarters. But if you have a large family or have teenagers, personal space is a must-have, and this tent could solve (some of) your problems.

<p><strong>$799.00</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.canvascamp.com/en_us/patrol-deluxe">Shop Now</a></p><p>Similar to the classic military canvas pup tent but with a few modern twists for added comfort, this safari tent is a pure glamping hideaway. Its cotton canvas is breathable, waterproof, and ready to brave the storm, the sewn-in PVC groundsheet provides a nice barrier to bugs and dirt, and four doors (two front, two back) with integrated mesh windows let in the cross breeze to keep you cool at night. </p><p>This tent gets its structure from a plethora of guylines and three spring-tensioned steel poles — one at each entrance, one in the center. It measures 13x11.4 feet, which is ample space for four large cots and gear. Setup is definitely a two-person job, but it's a rather intuitive job that won't require practice or instructions. </p><p>This A-frame tent is not sold with a stove jack, but one can be purchased separately and installed easily — a feature that Canvas Camp says improves customization because not all stoves are one size fits all. At such an affordable price, this is a shoo-in for a new fan favorite at campsites across the country. </p><p><strong>More:</strong> <a href="https://www.bestproducts.com/fitness/equipment/g2944/comfortable-double-sleeping-bags-for-camping/">These Double Sleeping Bags Are Ready for Glamping</a></p>

4) Patrol Deluxe Tent

Similar to the classic military canvas pup tent but with a few modern twists for added comfort, this safari tent is a pure glamping hideaway. Its cotton canvas is breathable, waterproof, and ready to brave the storm, the sewn-in PVC groundsheet provides a nice barrier to bugs and dirt, and four doors (two front, two back) with integrated mesh windows let in the cross breeze to keep you cool at night.

This tent gets its structure from a plethora of guylines and three spring-tensioned steel poles — one at each entrance, one in the center. It measures 13x11.4 feet, which is ample space for four large cots and gear. Setup is definitely a two-person job, but it's a rather intuitive job that won't require practice or instructions.

This A-frame tent is not sold with a stove jack, but one can be purchased separately and installed easily — a feature that Canvas Camp says improves customization because not all stoves are one size fits all. At such an affordable price, this is a shoo-in for a new fan favorite at campsites across the country.

More: These Double Sleeping Bags Are Ready for Glamping

<p><strong>$699.95</strong></p><p><a href="https://go.redirectingat.com?id=74968X1553576&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.rei.com%2Fproduct%2F169457&sref=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.roadandtrack.com%2Freviews%2Fg44966058%2Fglamping-luxury-tents%2F">Shop Now</a></p><p><em>Everything</em> about Nemo’s Wagontop is well-planned to keep a large group of family or friends happy. Get up, stretch out, and do a little dance — this tent has standing-height ceilings (80-inch peak height) that you'll love when it comes time to get dressed, and tons of floor space (12x9 feet) for the whole family. </p><p>Setup is a breeze and can easily be managed by one person, thanks to a single-wall construction (no separate rainfly) and just four poles that erect the frame in the blink of an eye.</p><p>Each of its four walls has a large screen window for better airflow and more of a “homey” feeling. Two doors give you options for coming and going. The front vestibule, which resembles a foyer, keeps weather out and makes a great place for gear storage, but can be removed easily when the skies are clear for better views.</p><p>When compared to other canvas glamping tents, the Wagontop does not have the same heavy-duty construction or stove compatibility. It does, however, have a much smaller footprint, weighs much less, packs down smaller, sets up way easier, and is more aerodynamic should the winds start whipping. </p>

5) Wagontop 6P Group Camping Tent

Everything about Nemo’s Wagontop is well-planned to keep a large group of family or friends happy. Get up, stretch out, and do a little dance — this tent has standing-height ceilings (80-inch peak height) that you'll love when it comes time to get dressed, and tons of floor space (12x9 feet) for the whole family.

Setup is a breeze and can easily be managed by one person, thanks to a single-wall construction (no separate rainfly) and just four poles that erect the frame in the blink of an eye.

Each of its four walls has a large screen window for better airflow and more of a “homey” feeling. Two doors give you options for coming and going. The front vestibule, which resembles a foyer, keeps weather out and makes a great place for gear storage, but can be removed easily when the skies are clear for better views.

When compared to other canvas glamping tents, the Wagontop does not have the same heavy-duty construction or stove compatibility. It does, however, have a much smaller footprint, weighs much less, packs down smaller, sets up way easier, and is more aerodynamic should the winds start whipping.

<p><strong>419.00</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07QXXN2KG?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">Shop Now</a></p><p>If you're dead set on a canvas glamping tent, this one is not as burly or full-featured as the Whiteduck bell tent above, but you can't deny the price difference. This base model has a 13-foot diameter, and bigger sizes are available. </p><p>This entry-level, 100% cotton canvas glamping tent is super breathable and water-repellent, making it the perfect home for your warm-weather outdoor adventure. Even with the center pole, it can fit one queen-sized bed and two twin-sized beds comfortably.<br>When the sun is really cooking, you can really air out this tent — unzip the floor from the side walls, roll up the sides, open the windows and built-in vents, and you'll have excellent airflow under your canopy. It's the perfect multiuse solution for family camping.<br>Setup is relatively simple for a glamping tent — just stand up the center pole, stake out the floor, stand up the door pole, stake out the guy lines, and <em>voilà</em> — your (budget-friendly) kingdom awaits. </p>

6) Big Family Camping Bell Tent

If you're dead set on a canvas glamping tent, this one is not as burly or full-featured as the Whiteduck bell tent above, but you can't deny the price difference. This base model has a 13-foot diameter, and bigger sizes are available.

This entry-level, 100% cotton canvas glamping tent is super breathable and water-repellent, making it the perfect home for your warm-weather outdoor adventure. Even with the center pole, it can fit one queen-sized bed and two twin-sized beds comfortably. When the sun is really cooking, you can really air out this tent — unzip the floor from the side walls, roll up the sides, open the windows and built-in vents, and you'll have excellent airflow under your canopy. It's the perfect multiuse solution for family camping. Setup is relatively simple for a glamping tent — just stand up the center pole, stake out the floor, stand up the door pole, stake out the guy lines, and voilà — your (budget-friendly) kingdom awaits.

<p><strong>2249.99</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07MV94DJD?tag=syndication-20&ascsubtag=%5Bartid%7C10064.g.44966058%5Bsrc%7Cmsn-us">Shop Now</a></p><p>Wall tents have vertical walls (hence the name), which means they have much more livable space than a dome or bell-shaped tent. This wall tent is available in multiple sizes, ranging from 8x10 feet to 16x20 feet. </p><p>It's made from a stout cotton canvas, has a sturdy aluminum frame and rafters, powder-coated steel brackets, a durable sewn-in PVC floor, military-grade zippers, and large mesh windows with storm flaps, which makes this tent feel more like a temporary dwelling than a camping tent. </p><p>The base model of this wall tent is water-resistant and can handle small portable heaters for four-season use. But if you really want to maximize comfort, splurge for the heat-resistant option with a stove jack and flap, plus fabrics that are treated for fire resistance. </p><p>Setup is quite the undertaking — it will take two, preferably three adults to erect this beast. But the comfort and homeyness are well worth the time it takes for setup. Now all you need is to split some logs, and you're well on your way to calling the woods your new place of residence.</p>

7) Alpha Canvas Wall Tent

Wall tents have vertical walls (hence the name), which means they have much more livable space than a dome or bell-shaped tent. This wall tent is available in multiple sizes, ranging from 8x10 feet to 16x20 feet.

It's made from a stout cotton canvas, has a sturdy aluminum frame and rafters, powder-coated steel brackets, a durable sewn-in PVC floor, military-grade zippers, and large mesh windows with storm flaps, which makes this tent feel more like a temporary dwelling than a camping tent.

The base model of this wall tent is water-resistant and can handle small portable heaters for four-season use. But if you really want to maximize comfort, splurge for the heat-resistant option with a stove jack and flap, plus fabrics that are treated for fire resistance.

Setup is quite the undertaking — it will take two, preferably three adults to erect this beast. But the comfort and homeyness are well worth the time it takes for setup. Now all you need is to split some logs, and you're well on your way to calling the woods your new place of residence.

<p><strong>$299.96</strong></p><p><a href="https://go.redirectingat.com?id=74968X1553576&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.backcountry.com%2Fbig-agnes-big-house-deluxe-tent-4-person-3-season&sref=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.roadandtrack.com%2Freviews%2Fg44966058%2Fglamping-luxury-tents%2F">Shop Now</a></p><p>Live in the lap of luxury on a National Park road trip with Big Agnes’ Bunk House. It’s much smaller than many glamping tents, but it’s a plenty-spacious (92x90 inches) car camping tent that won’t fill up your entire trunk. It’s aimed at people who really want to stand while changing in the tent, with vertical sidewalls and a gracious 70-inch peak height that mom and dad will appreciate when changing the baby. </p><p>The Bunk House is one of the more storm-resistant standup tents around, thanks to sturdy aluminum poles, adjustable guylines, a double-wall construction, a full rainfly, and a bathtub-style waterproof floor to keep the elements out. Setup is much simpler than bigger, heavier glamping tents, and can easily be done by one person. </p><p>Thoughtful details like eight total interior pockets, a fold-out welcome mat, and a pole-supported accessory vestibule make the $500 cost seem like a small price to pay for a lifetime of memories on the road.</p>

8) Big Agnes Big House Deluxe Tent: 4-Person 3-Season

Live in the lap of luxury on a National Park road trip with Big Agnes’ Bunk House. It’s much smaller than many glamping tents, but it’s a plenty-spacious (92x90 inches) car camping tent that won’t fill up your entire trunk. It’s aimed at people who really want to stand while changing in the tent, with vertical sidewalls and a gracious 70-inch peak height that mom and dad will appreciate when changing the baby.

The Bunk House is one of the more storm-resistant standup tents around, thanks to sturdy aluminum poles, adjustable guylines, a double-wall construction, a full rainfly, and a bathtub-style waterproof floor to keep the elements out. Setup is much simpler than bigger, heavier glamping tents, and can easily be done by one person.

Thoughtful details like eight total interior pockets, a fold-out welcome mat, and a pole-supported accessory vestibule make the $500 cost seem like a small price to pay for a lifetime of memories on the road.

More for You

Kevin Seefried January 6

Supreme Court Gets Jan 6. Defendant Out of Jail

WH Press Secretary Abruptly Hangs Up on Radio Hosts after ‘Incredibly Offensive’ Dementia Question

WH Press Secretary Abruptly Hangs Up on Radio Hosts after ‘Incredibly Offensive’ Dementia Question

Watch: World’s biggest anaconda snake measuring 26ft-long found in Amazon.jpg

World’s largest snake Ana Julia found dead in Amazon rainforest just weeks after it was discovered

15 Things That Are Total Rip-Offs

15 Things That Are Total Rip-Offs

hard boiled eggs

11 Facts You Should Know About Hard-Boiled Eggs

Willie Nelson moves 2024 Fourth of July Picnic out of Texas

Willie Nelson moves 2024 Fourth of July Picnic out of Texas

Former President Donald Trump speaks during a press conference at 40 Wall Street on March 25, 2024 in New York City.

Trump targets New York hush money trial judge's daughter day after gag order

Most popular movies on Max this week

The 10 movies everyone's watching on HBO Max right now

Crime Nation's Capital

DC mayor called out for two word response to Baltimore bridge collapse

South Carolina found a state bank account with $1.8B, but they have no idea what it's for

South Carolina found a state bank account with $1.8B, but they have no idea what it's for

Tofu

17 Foods with More Protein Than an Egg to Boost Your Meals

Kenan Thompson Addresses ‘Quiet on Set' Doc:

Kenan Thompson Addresses ‘Quiet on Set' Doc: "My Heart Goes Out to Anybody That's Been Victimized"

FILE - Rep. Lauren Boebert, R-Colo., a member of the House Freedom Caucus, speaks during a news conference, July 14, 2023, on Capitol Hill in Washington. A panel of Colorado Republicans will select a candidate Thursday, March 28, 2024, who will likely serve out the final months of U.S. Rep. Ken Buck’s term — and could pose a challenge to Boebert’s bid for another term in Congress. (AP Photo/Patrick Semansky, File)

Republican committee to select Buck's likely replacement, adding a challenge to Boebert's campaign

The media learned the true characteristics of Zircon (Photo: Russian media)

Major scam of Russian MoD: Media uncover real characteristics of Zircon missile

Emma Flint smiling

I'm abrosexual - it took me 30 years to realise

Shaquille O’Neal trolls Ben Simmons: “I want to learn how you can make $80 million and play 55 games”

Shaquille O’Neal trolls Ben Simmons: “I want to learn how you can make $80 million and play 55 games”

18 Foods You Thought Were Healthy But Aren't

18 Foods You Thought Were Healthy But Aren’t

3. Playa de Isla Verde, San Juan, Puerto Rico

35 Cheapest Beach Towns You Can Afford To Live In

Mike Lindell

Mike Lindell Confirms MyPillow Evicted From Warehouse

FILE - Fulton County Superior Judge Scott McAfee presides in court, Feb. 27, 2024, in Atlanta. Lawyers for former President Donald Trump argued in a court filing that the charges against him in the Georgia election interference case seek to criminalize political speech and advocacy conduct that is protected by the First Amendment. Fulton County Superior Court Judge Scott McAfee plans to hear arguments on that filing and on two pretrial motions filed by former Georgia Republican Party chair David Shafer during a hearing set for Thursday. (AP Photo/Brynn Anderson, Pool, File)

Judge forges ahead with pretrial motions in Georgia election interference case

7 Best Camping Tent Brands In India 2024

Updated on: January 20, 2024

Rahul Gupta

Rahul Gupta

I'm Rahul Gupta, a biotechnology student with a passion for SEO and content writing. I blend science and creativity to optimize online visibility and engage audiences effectively.

Best Camping Tents Brands In India

Trekking and Camping are names that build up images of adventure in our minds. A perfect outdoor experience can relieve stress, energize you and bring some fun to your boring life. However, these outdoor trips are only effective when they are accompanied by the proper equipment.

Choosing a camping tent, on the other hand, is not as simple as it sounds. You must consider various elements, like the number of people who will sleep in the tent, the surrounding temperature, brand, and many others.

Don’t Miss Out ! Join Us

Best Camping Tent Brands In India For Your Adventures

We have created a list of the best camping tent brands in India for you to consider before buying your next tent.

How to Buy the Right Tent?

There are plenty of camping tents on the market offering different sizes. Determine how many people will sleep in the tent before you begin. Will backpacks and equipment be kept inside or outside? What about the pets? Determining all of these will aid you in selecting the appropriate floor area and vestibules.

Everyone desires lightweight and large camping tents. The challenge for you as a buyer is that weight and space compete. The heavier the camping tent, the more space it has. Choose a two-person tent weighing no more than four pounds for backpacking or bike camping. Your back will appreciate it afterward. Make sure to choose your priority, weight, or space. But if you are going to carry it long distances on foot, then make sure to get a lightweight one.

Spring, summer, and fall camping tents are lightweight and keep you cool in hot weather. Winter camping tents can endure snow and strong winds. They are also heavier and more costly.

Many year-round campers have one tent for the winter and another for the rest of the year. Make sure to purchase the tent according to the season you are going to use it in.

Most tents nowadays are waterf[proof but still confirm it before making the purchase. Waterproofing is very important especially in the rainy season to avoid everything getting soaked in water. Nothing is more annoying than wet equipment and items during a camp/

Pick the proper camping tent floor size

The floor space (in square feet) indicates the size of the camping tent. Choose a camping tent with a floor area of at least 20 square feet per person if you require extra elbow room and space to store items inside. A camping tent with roughly 15 square feet per sleeper can work beautifully for people trying to save weight, albeit it will be a tight fit.

Know about vestibules

A vestibule is a floorless storage compartment made by staking the rain fly away from the camping tent. A camper can keep a full-size pack out of the rain with just 5 square feet of vestibule space. If you must choose a small tent to conserve weight, a vestibule will come in handy.

Consider tent height

The height of a camping tent is measured from the ground to the top of the tent’s exterior. Subtract 2 or 3 inches from the specified “peak height” to calculate interior height. 3 ft. 6 in. is normally sufficient to sit up in.

You should also inspect the ventilation of a camping tent. It is critical to maintaining sufficient ventilation within the tent, as well as to prevent internal condensation. If you are going camping in a hot and humid area, purchasing a camping tent with vents is essential.

Polyester fabric is used to make the majority of camping tents. This variant is more robust, lighter, and less expensive than others. However, there are several aspects concerning this material that you should be aware of. These are not inherently breathable and are also poor heat insulators.

Cotton and canvas are the traditional materials for camping tents. The tent’s fabric is breathable and effective as an insulator, despite being heavy and thick. Poly-cotton materials are a blend of polyester and cotton. This material is also used to make tents.

7 Best Camping Tent Brands in India

  • Amazon Basics
  • Right Choice

Best Camping Tents To Buy In India

Tents for 2 persons (~4×6.5×4 ft), coleman polyester darwin 2 camping tent.

tent in travel

Coleman combines high-quality materials, experience, and a desire to provide products that prioritize your comfort, convenience, and performance, no matter where your adventure takes you.

A two-person tent with a 40-centimeter front space. The outer tent is made of 190T polyester tent fabric with a polyurethane coating and a 3000 mm water column. The tent is UV resistant and flame retardant.

The inside tent is composed of lightweight, breathable polyester. In addition, the tent has a sturdy and durable PE groundsheet. The tent can be quickly and easily assembled thanks to the ring and pin system and the 8.5 mm thick fiberglass bow sticks. The tent has zip fasteners with a double runner and closable mesh ventilation ports with a spacer. The tent has a travel cover, guy ropes, and pegs.

  • It can tolerate tough weather.
  • The tent is really simple to set up.
  • You will not be suffocated by the mesh ventilation system.
  • It comes with a transport cover to make it easier to transport.
  • The tent is resistant to UV rays and flame retardant.
  • The quality and quantity of pegs might be improved.

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

Quechua Camping Tent

tent in travel

The QUECHUA camping tent is great if you are going camping for the first time or hiking. This tent was created with the highest quality by the manufacturer. This product’s spacious groundsheet can accommodate two people. This item’s compact shape makes it convenient to transport on camping vacations.

It is sophisticated, with a self-standing dome construction that allows for easy movement. The three-person tent is simple to set up and takes little time.

After assembling the shock-corded poles, slide them through the pole sleeves and lift the poles to stand the tent up. There are simple assembly instructions supplied.

The AmazonBasics tent has a cool-air port and adjustable ventilation for temperature adjustment and preferred air circulation. For optimum cross-ventilation, open the back window and the huge front door—the entrance is hooded for ideal airflow even when it’s raining.

A ground vent and mesh vents on the roof assist in moving air up and out. It is easily accessible and has passed all durability and waterproofing testing. So, when you’ve chosen the ideal location, you’re ready to go camping.

  • The tent is quite large.
  • A freestanding construction is simple to set up.
  • The tent’s fabric is strong enough.
  • The tent can withstand direct sunshine.
  • It can withstand strong winds and rain.
  • The tent’s ventilation may need to be improved.
  • It comes in only one color which is grey.

YFXOHAR Polyester 2 Persons Waterproof Camping Tent

tent in travel

You will need extra protection from the weather, wild animals, pests, and insects while camping. This is the best tent you can buy for that purpose. On the door, there are sealable mesh panels. You can always use this tent for whatever reason. It is also appropriate for camping in your backyard or garden.

This tent sleeps two people. So, if your child wants to spend time with her best friend, she can do so. Because it is composed of polyester, the tent can survive any weather condition.

The tent’s windproof and waterproof design makes it appropriate for any weather. You no longer need to alter your camping plans. It comes with a carry bag, making it extremely portable.

The tent may be folded into small pieces and carried effortlessly. It is quite convenient, and it is also simple to set up. The breathable polyester fabric gives a comfortable environment to stay in.

  • The compact form makes it simple to transport.
  • This is ideal for vacationing and trekking with the family.
  • It shields you from rain, sunlight, wind, insects, and other elements.
  • Mesh paneled doors are ideal for both protection and views of the outdoors.
  • This tent’s sewing might be better.

Tents For 3 persons (~5×6.5×4.5 ft)

Coleman darwin 3 plus dome tent.

tent in travel

The durable Darwin Tent is suitable for all seasons. The Darwin Tent is ideal for a weekend away, regardless of the weather, and provides comfort and convenience for active campers. The ring and pin pole attachments make it easy to put up the tent. You may also add a porch to the tent to increase the amount of space for your bags and bikes.

The innovative Weathertec System with a 3000mm water column makes the tent completely waterproof.

The optional porch with a 1.8m2 living area is the superior tent adaptation. This large compartment allows you to store your bikes, luggage, and other large camping gear outside of the sleeping area. The porch is entirely waterproof and shields you and your equipment from the elements.

The porch has two huge PVC windows with covers, which will keep you dry or prevent you from getting burnt during the warmer days while still allowing you to admire the natural surroundings.

Thanks to its Quick-pitch extended dome construction with ring and pin pole connection, the Darwin 3+ Tent can be set up in a matter of minutes, including the porch. The hydrostatic head of fabric is used to determine its waterproof characteristics.

This tent has a 3000 mm hydrostatic head, which means that a 3-meter column of water may be placed on its surface before any drops show through the fabric. Water does not enter the tent because the seams are taped.

  • It can tolerate inclement weather.
  • The tent is really simple to erect.
  • The mesh ventilation system is adequate.
  • Waterproof to the core.
  • No UV Protection

tent in travel

Tents For 4 persons (~6×6.5×5)

Amazonbasics tent for camping.

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

This AmazonBasics four-person tent is ideal for weekend car camping or short backpacking treks, and it is suitable for both novice and experienced campers. The four-person tent is 9 by 7 feet and has a 59-inch central height for plenty of room to roam around.

Camping with the AmazonBasics tent is fun whether you’re at a beautiful beach, a pristine national park, or right in your own backyard. The four-person tent is simple to set up and takes little time.

After assembling the shock-corded poles, slide them through the pole sleeves and lift the poles to stand the tent up. There are simple assembly instructions supplied. The AmazonBasics tent has a cool-air port and adjustable ventilation for temperature adjustment and preferred air circulation. For optimum cross-ventilation, open the back window and the huge front door—the entrance is hooded for ideal airflow even when it’s raining.

A ground vent and mesh vents on the roof assist in moving air up and out. The dome-style AmazonBasics tent provides long-lasting performance. The rainfly and walls of the tent are made of coated polyester fabric for strength, and the welded 1000D-polyethylene bathtub-style floor (wraps up the sides) with inverted seams provides ultimate leak protection. Campers are kept warm and dry by the water-resistant tent.

The tent performs well as a three-season tent despite not being designed for extreme weather. The rainfly awning provides shade and rain protection, and the pegs included assist keep the tent anchored when the wind picks up. The AmazonBasics tent includes an internal mesh storage pocket for storing small items such as keys, phones, and flashlights.

  • The tent is built of long-lasting materials.
  • It can accommodate four people.
  • It includes shock-corded poles.
  • The rainfly allows you to enjoy the scenery without getting wet.
  • Weekend camping and hiking vacations are ideal.
  • Can’t handle severe snowfall.

Wildcraft Polyester Tent

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

If you enjoy walking or hiking, the Wildcraft polyester ent is an excellent choice. This tent can accommodate four people. As a result, you may carry it comfortably on group hikes.

This camping tent has been particularly designed to keep users safe and comfortable. It allows you to spend the maximum time in nature. It comes with a clip-hanging system to make pitching easier. You will also receive an attached groundsheet. To enjoy the lovely view of nature, you must first find a suitable location and erect the tent.

You have the benefit of a seam-sealed, double-layered rainfly here. As a result, you can use it during the rainy season as well. Furthermore, the multi-point tensioning system ensures the product’s endurance and sturdiness. As a result, the tent can withstand strong winds while keeping you comfortable under the shade. The clip-hanging mechanism makes pitching the tent easier. It comes with a groundsheet attached.

A seam-sealed and double-layered rainfly keeps the tent waterproof multi-point tensioning system for added sturdiness mesh/net windows for enhanced ventilation pockets on the inside of the tent enable handy storing.

  • The tent is of high quality.
  • It has ample space.
  • It is best suited for hiking.
  • The structure is strong and long-lasting.
  • Value for money.
  • Sliders need improvement.

Egab Picnic Camping Portable Tent

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

Inside, it comfortably seats four people. The interior is roomy, with plenty of room to roam around. The doors are wide enough to allow for easy entry and departure.

The steel stakes are light but strong. As a result, you can use the tent in windy conditions. Those stakes secure the tent to the ground. This tent’s colors are really appealing. You can select from a variety of options.

For waterproof protection, full-coverage flysheets are polyester coated. Polyester flysheets with an extra UV-resistant coating on the fabric for added UV protection. An adult can easily enter and exit through the D-shaped front and rear doors. If you’re going camping or trekking with your family, this tent is ideal. Not only is it simple to set up, but it is also simple to take down. You simply fold it and stuff it inside your bag.

  • Comes with polyester flysheets that protect it from UV rays.
  • The D-shape front door makes it easy to make entry and exit.
  • It weighs only 1kg so carrying it is easy.
  • This lightweight tent is durable.
  • With proper ventilation, staying inside the tent is comfortable.
  • It is not suitable for use in hot and humid weather.

Coleman Polyester Sundome Dome Tent

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

The Coleman Sundome 4, 9’x7′ Dome Tent is one of Coleman’s famous Sundome family of tents. The Sundome 4 sleeps four happy campers and has a big door for easy entry/exit as well as a hooded flap for ventilation even in the rain.

Airflow for cross ventilation is also provided by a wide back hooded window. Mesh roof vents provide additional ventilation, and the tough 1000d polyethylene floor is a bathtub style (wraps up the sides) for extreme weather protection and has welded seams, even in the corners, to prevent a leaky floor.

The coated polyester materials on the fly and walls are tough and long-lasting.It is easy to set up and take down, as are all Coleman Sundome tents, and it has an electrical access point, a ground vent, and an internal mesh storage pocket.

YFXOHAR Waterproof Polyester Outdoor Tent

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

With enough space for the entire family or a group of friends, this huge YFXOHAR tent can comfortably accommodate up to eight campers. It can also accommodate cots or air mattresses for a more restful night’s sleep.

The family-sized tent moves and stands. It is simple and quick to set up a family-size tent. After assembling the shock-corded poles, slide them through the corresponding compartments and lift them to stand the tent up.

There are simple assembly instructions included. The tent also comes with a sturdy carry bag as well as separate storage bags for the tent, poles, and stakes, assuring tidy storage and easy portability.

This tent has a cool-air port and an adjustable ventilation system that distributes fresh airflow as needed for temperature management and air ventilation. A gear net attached to the ceiling is ideal for storing small items like keys, phones, and flashlights, while inner pockets offer additional storage space and fast access to commonly used items.

  • It is easy to move due to its compact size.
  • This is great for family vacations and treks.
  • It protects you from rain, sunlight, wind, insects, and other environmental factors.
  • Mesh paneled doors are perfect for both security and views of the outside world.
  • The sewing on this tent might be better.

Tents For 6 Persons (~7x7x5 ft)

Egab military picnic camping portable waterproof dome tent.

Best Camping Tent Brands In India

This tent comes with an advanced and enhanced automated opening structure that significantly reduces the time required to set up. It is large enough to keep all the essentials inside. For waterproof protection, full-coverage flysheets are polyester coated which ensures almost zero leakage even in heavy rain.

Polyester flysheets with an extra UV-resistant coating on the fabric for added UV protection are also provided. An adult can easily enter and exit through the D-shaped front and rear doors.

Waterproof, rugged, lightweight tear-resistant textiles keep you dry and safe on the inside. The micro-mesh fabric improves ventilation is very good and keeps the air fresh and circulating which helps in comfort while decreasing condensation. Its design creates an impenetrable rain shield and avoids leaking. The tent is built of high-quality materials that will last for many years.

  • It comes with polyester flysheets to keep UV rays at bay.
  • The D-shaped entrance door makes it simple to enter and exit.
  • It only weighs 1kg, making it convenient to transport.
  • This lightweight tent is long-lasting.
  • Staying inside the tent is comfortable with appropriate ventilation.
  • It should not be used in hot and humid weather.

Coleman Sundome Camping Green Tents

tent in travel

This tent is very ideal for weekend getaways, long camping trips, scout teams, and summer camp. The dome form is simple to erect and provides excellent ventilation through large windows and a ground vent that aids in the circulation of air in and out of the tent.

The unique Weathertech system with welded floors and inverted covered seams will keep you dry, and the robust Insta-Clip Pole attachments will keep you safe from the weather.

The snag-free continuous pole sleeves eliminate the need to feed the poles more than once, and the innovative ring-and-pin design allows you to quickly fix the poles. This results in a quick and easy setup within minutes.

The Sundome tent has adequate capacity for four people with storage mesh pockets to keep your possessions or gear tidy. The E-Port allows electrical power to be brought inside the tent.

The tent’s air circulation is improved with two large windows and a ground vent. This technique aids in keeping the tent cool during the day and providing a restful night’s sleep.

  • It can withstand bad weather.
  • The tent is quite simple to set up.
  • The mesh ventilation system will not suffocate you.
  • It comes with a transport cover to make transportation easy.
  • The tent is UV-resistant and flame-retardant.
  • Peg quality and quantity could be improved.

Tents For 8 Persons (~8x8x5 Ft)

tent in travel

This is the product to get if you want a camping tent that is simple to set up. It only takes a minute to put this up! Furthermore, it is so light that you will have no trouble carrying it when hiking. This tent is also available in a variety of stunning colors. A riverside camping trip can be fantastic with such a lovely tent to spend time in. Storm flaps with zippers protect the tent and you from heavy winds.

The tent has a small footprint. When not in use, you can effortlessly fold it and store it within the carry bag. You can have a camping night in your backyard if you want to. The tent is lightweight and movable. The fiberglass poles are strong and secure to the ground.

While sitting inside the tent, watch the sunset with your buddies! It has a shock-corded fiberglass pole frame and a sturdy polyester fabric wall and a canopy with silver polyurethane.

The spacious front entry has a 2-way zipper mesh closing as well as zipped storm flaps. With its compact dimensions and full-featured operation, this portable lightweight four-person tent is great for trekking and camping. Very simple to assemble and disassemble.

  • It is suited for everyone due to its portable and lightweight design.
  • It is safe because of the breathable polyester fabric.
  • There are storm flaps to keep you safe from severe winds.
  • Six people can sleep peacefully within.
  • It is not appropriate for the winter.

And there you have it. This guide will help you to get your perfect tent according to your needs. make sure to like and share this article. Sleeping bags are also a very important part of camping.

You can check our article on the Best Sleeping Bags Brand in India .

FAQS (Frequently Asked Questions)

Following are some of the best camping tents you can buy: 1. Coleman Polyester Darwin 2 Camping Tent, 2 person 2. Quechua Camping Tent For 2 Persons 3. YFXOHAR Polyester 2 Persons Waterproof Camping Tent 4. Coleman Darwin 3 Plus Dome Tent 5. AmazonBasics Tent for Camping 6. Wildcraft Polyester Tent For 4 Persons 7. Egab Picnic Camping Portable Tent (4 Person) 8. Coleman Polyester Sundome 4-Person Dome Tent 9. YFXOHAR Waterproof Polyester Outdoor 4-Person Camping Dome Tent for Picnic 10. Egab Military Picnic Camping Portable Waterproof Dome Tent 11. Coleman Sundome Camping Green Tents 6 person 12. Right Choice Polyester Picnic Hiking Camping Portable Dome Tent

Following are some of the best camping tent brands: 1. Coleman 2. Quechua 3. YFXOHAR 4. Amazon Basics 5. Wildcraft 6. Egab 7. Right Choice

Wildcraft, Coleman, and Quechua along with Amazon Basics are the best camping tent brands in India.

In India, good quality tents range from ₹2000 to ₹5000 on average.

Coleman Dom and Egab Tents are some of the best waterproof tents for camping.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Stay Updated ! Join Now

Looking for a stay, most recent.

tent in travel

Spiritual Tourism

10 famous temples in tamil nadu you should explore.

Top 15 Places to Visit in Uttarakhand in Summers

Destinations

Top 15 places to visit in uttarakhand in summers.

tent in travel

15 Magnificent Devi Temples In Tamil Nadu

Places To Visit In India By Train

20 Places To Visit In India By Train From Delhi

How To Plan A Solo Trip From USA To India

Travel Tips

How to plan a solo trip to india from usa experience best trip.

Packing List India: Male and Female

Travel Accessories , Travel Tips

Packing list for india: pack for india with confidence.

Subscribe for new stories, activities & photos. Let's stay updated!

  • Adventure Travel (58)
  • Destinations (61)
  • Nature & Wildlife (4)
  • Popular (10)
  • Spiritual Tourism (7)
  • Travel Accessories (19)
  • Travel Tips (30)
  • Travelogues (17)
  • Weekend Getaways (31)

Explore India with our 1200+ passionate subscribers! Stay updated with latest on Destinations, Travel Tips, Accessories, Offers & much more.

Thank you for subscribing.

Something went wrong.

We respect your privacy and take protecting it seriously

Roni The Travel Guru

Moscow Metro – Part 2

' src=

Have you been to Moscow ? In all seriousness, they have the prettiest metro stations I have ever seen and I still can’t believe how immaculate and lovely every station was. There are several different stations pictured below and this is the second of several posts where I will show you the beauty of the Moscow Metro. Did you see part 1 ?  There really isn’t much to say because I think the pictures speak for themselves. I have so many more pictures to share with you!

moscow metro

Have you ever been to Moscow? Is it someplace you have thought about visiting?

' src=

She speaks fluent English, French and Spanish, and works for a major airline. And guess what? She’s also a licensed elementary teacher and has an MBA.

Similar Posts

When Plans Change…Are You Able To?

When Plans Change…Are You Able To?

Sometimes things happen when you travel or when you want to travel that are completely out of your control….

Why You Should Never Pack Your Medication In Your Checked Bag

 “Can I get my bag? I need to take my medicine.” This was what a passenger said to me…

Grand Park Downtown Los Angeles

Grand Park Downtown Los Angeles

Have you ever heard of Grand Park in Downtown Los Angeles? If you aren’t familiar with Downtown you may…

Incredible Ambience Inside A Plane In Accra, Ghana

Incredible Ambience Inside A Plane In Accra, Ghana

Have you even been inside an airplane that was a restaurant? I hadn’t either until I ate dinner at…

Relaxing At Airports – Minute Suites

Relaxing At Airports – Minute Suites

On my way to Spain a couple of months ago I had a long layover in Philadelphia. I’m all…

Ways To Cover Your Child's Car Seat While You Travel

Ways To Cover Your Child's Car Seat While You Travel

Since I wrote a previous post about how you shouldn’t travel with your car seat, I thought I would…

This is the train STATION?? Oh my god… So gorgeous. Moscow has never even crossed my mind as a possible travel destination but this is gorgeous…Hmmm… LOL

I know, right? We spent several hours in the metro, just marveling at the beauty of each one. Thanks for stopping by!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Facts.net

Turn Your Curiosity Into Discovery

Latest facts.

9 Longevity Supplement Facts A Growing Global Industry

9 Longevity Supplement Facts A Growing Global Industry

5 Interesting Facts about Automotive Transport

5 Interesting Facts about Automotive Transport

40 facts about elektrostal.

Lanette Mayes

Written by Lanette Mayes

Modified & Updated: 02 Mar 2024

Jessica Corbett

Reviewed by Jessica Corbett

40-facts-about-elektrostal

Elektrostal is a vibrant city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia. With a rich history, stunning architecture, and a thriving community, Elektrostal is a city that has much to offer. Whether you are a history buff, nature enthusiast, or simply curious about different cultures, Elektrostal is sure to captivate you.

This article will provide you with 40 fascinating facts about Elektrostal, giving you a better understanding of why this city is worth exploring. From its origins as an industrial hub to its modern-day charm, we will delve into the various aspects that make Elektrostal a unique and must-visit destination.

So, join us as we uncover the hidden treasures of Elektrostal and discover what makes this city a true gem in the heart of Russia.

Key Takeaways:

  • Elektrostal, known as the “Motor City of Russia,” is a vibrant and growing city with a rich industrial history, offering diverse cultural experiences and a strong commitment to environmental sustainability.
  • With its convenient location near Moscow, Elektrostal provides a picturesque landscape, vibrant nightlife, and a range of recreational activities, making it an ideal destination for residents and visitors alike.

Known as the “Motor City of Russia.”

Elektrostal, a city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia, earned the nickname “Motor City” due to its significant involvement in the automotive industry.

Home to the Elektrostal Metallurgical Plant.

Elektrostal is renowned for its metallurgical plant, which has been producing high-quality steel and alloys since its establishment in 1916.

Boasts a rich industrial heritage.

Elektrostal has a long history of industrial development, contributing to the growth and progress of the region.

Founded in 1916.

The city of Elektrostal was founded in 1916 as a result of the construction of the Elektrostal Metallurgical Plant.

Located approximately 50 kilometers east of Moscow.

Elektrostal is situated in close proximity to the Russian capital, making it easily accessible for both residents and visitors.

Known for its vibrant cultural scene.

Elektrostal is home to several cultural institutions, including museums, theaters, and art galleries that showcase the city’s rich artistic heritage.

A popular destination for nature lovers.

Surrounded by picturesque landscapes and forests, Elektrostal offers ample opportunities for outdoor activities such as hiking, camping, and birdwatching.

Hosts the annual Elektrostal City Day celebrations.

Every year, Elektrostal organizes festive events and activities to celebrate its founding, bringing together residents and visitors in a spirit of unity and joy.

Has a population of approximately 160,000 people.

Elektrostal is home to a diverse and vibrant community of around 160,000 residents, contributing to its dynamic atmosphere.

Boasts excellent education facilities.

The city is known for its well-established educational institutions, providing quality education to students of all ages.

A center for scientific research and innovation.

Elektrostal serves as an important hub for scientific research, particularly in the fields of metallurgy, materials science, and engineering.

Surrounded by picturesque lakes.

The city is blessed with numerous beautiful lakes, offering scenic views and recreational opportunities for locals and visitors alike.

Well-connected transportation system.

Elektrostal benefits from an efficient transportation network, including highways, railways, and public transportation options, ensuring convenient travel within and beyond the city.

Famous for its traditional Russian cuisine.

Food enthusiasts can indulge in authentic Russian dishes at numerous restaurants and cafes scattered throughout Elektrostal.

Home to notable architectural landmarks.

Elektrostal boasts impressive architecture, including the Church of the Transfiguration of the Lord and the Elektrostal Palace of Culture.

Offers a wide range of recreational facilities.

Residents and visitors can enjoy various recreational activities, such as sports complexes, swimming pools, and fitness centers, enhancing the overall quality of life.

Provides a high standard of healthcare.

Elektrostal is equipped with modern medical facilities, ensuring residents have access to quality healthcare services.

Home to the Elektrostal History Museum.

The Elektrostal History Museum showcases the city’s fascinating past through exhibitions and displays.

A hub for sports enthusiasts.

Elektrostal is passionate about sports, with numerous stadiums, arenas, and sports clubs offering opportunities for athletes and spectators.

Celebrates diverse cultural festivals.

Throughout the year, Elektrostal hosts a variety of cultural festivals, celebrating different ethnicities, traditions, and art forms.

Electric power played a significant role in its early development.

Elektrostal owes its name and initial growth to the establishment of electric power stations and the utilization of electricity in the industrial sector.

Boasts a thriving economy.

The city’s strong industrial base, coupled with its strategic location near Moscow, has contributed to Elektrostal’s prosperous economic status.

Houses the Elektrostal Drama Theater.

The Elektrostal Drama Theater is a cultural centerpiece, attracting theater enthusiasts from far and wide.

Popular destination for winter sports.

Elektrostal’s proximity to ski resorts and winter sport facilities makes it a favorite destination for skiing, snowboarding, and other winter activities.

Promotes environmental sustainability.

Elektrostal prioritizes environmental protection and sustainability, implementing initiatives to reduce pollution and preserve natural resources.

Home to renowned educational institutions.

Elektrostal is known for its prestigious schools and universities, offering a wide range of academic programs to students.

Committed to cultural preservation.

The city values its cultural heritage and takes active steps to preserve and promote traditional customs, crafts, and arts.

Hosts an annual International Film Festival.

The Elektrostal International Film Festival attracts filmmakers and cinema enthusiasts from around the world, showcasing a diverse range of films.

Encourages entrepreneurship and innovation.

Elektrostal supports aspiring entrepreneurs and fosters a culture of innovation, providing opportunities for startups and business development.

Offers a range of housing options.

Elektrostal provides diverse housing options, including apartments, houses, and residential complexes, catering to different lifestyles and budgets.

Home to notable sports teams.

Elektrostal is proud of its sports legacy, with several successful sports teams competing at regional and national levels.

Boasts a vibrant nightlife scene.

Residents and visitors can enjoy a lively nightlife in Elektrostal, with numerous bars, clubs, and entertainment venues.

Promotes cultural exchange and international relations.

Elektrostal actively engages in international partnerships, cultural exchanges, and diplomatic collaborations to foster global connections.

Surrounded by beautiful nature reserves.

Nearby nature reserves, such as the Barybino Forest and Luchinskoye Lake, offer opportunities for nature enthusiasts to explore and appreciate the region’s biodiversity.

Commemorates historical events.

The city pays tribute to significant historical events through memorials, monuments, and exhibitions, ensuring the preservation of collective memory.

Promotes sports and youth development.

Elektrostal invests in sports infrastructure and programs to encourage youth participation, health, and physical fitness.

Hosts annual cultural and artistic festivals.

Throughout the year, Elektrostal celebrates its cultural diversity through festivals dedicated to music, dance, art, and theater.

Provides a picturesque landscape for photography enthusiasts.

The city’s scenic beauty, architectural landmarks, and natural surroundings make it a paradise for photographers.

Connects to Moscow via a direct train line.

The convenient train connection between Elektrostal and Moscow makes commuting between the two cities effortless.

A city with a bright future.

Elektrostal continues to grow and develop, aiming to become a model city in terms of infrastructure, sustainability, and quality of life for its residents.

In conclusion, Elektrostal is a fascinating city with a rich history and a vibrant present. From its origins as a center of steel production to its modern-day status as a hub for education and industry, Elektrostal has plenty to offer both residents and visitors. With its beautiful parks, cultural attractions, and proximity to Moscow, there is no shortage of things to see and do in this dynamic city. Whether you’re interested in exploring its historical landmarks, enjoying outdoor activities, or immersing yourself in the local culture, Elektrostal has something for everyone. So, next time you find yourself in the Moscow region, don’t miss the opportunity to discover the hidden gems of Elektrostal.

Q: What is the population of Elektrostal?

A: As of the latest data, the population of Elektrostal is approximately XXXX.

Q: How far is Elektrostal from Moscow?

A: Elektrostal is located approximately XX kilometers away from Moscow.

Q: Are there any famous landmarks in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal is home to several notable landmarks, including XXXX and XXXX.

Q: What industries are prominent in Elektrostal?

A: Elektrostal is known for its steel production industry and is also a center for engineering and manufacturing.

Q: Are there any universities or educational institutions in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal is home to XXXX University and several other educational institutions.

Q: What are some popular outdoor activities in Elektrostal?

A: Elektrostal offers several outdoor activities, such as hiking, cycling, and picnicking in its beautiful parks.

Q: Is Elektrostal well-connected in terms of transportation?

A: Yes, Elektrostal has good transportation links, including trains and buses, making it easily accessible from nearby cities.

Q: Are there any annual events or festivals in Elektrostal?

A: Yes, Elektrostal hosts various events and festivals throughout the year, including XXXX and XXXX.

Was this page helpful?

Our commitment to delivering trustworthy and engaging content is at the heart of what we do. Each fact on our site is contributed by real users like you, bringing a wealth of diverse insights and information. To ensure the highest standards of accuracy and reliability, our dedicated editors meticulously review each submission. This process guarantees that the facts we share are not only fascinating but also credible. Trust in our commitment to quality and authenticity as you explore and learn with us.

Share this Fact:

Claudia Looi

Touring the Top 10 Moscow Metro Stations

By Claudia Looi 2 Comments

Komsomolskaya metro station

Komsomolskaya metro station looks like a museum. It has vaulted ceilings and baroque decor.

Hidden underground, in the heart of Moscow, are historical and architectural treasures of Russia. These are Soviet-era creations – the metro stations of Moscow.

Our guide Maria introduced these elaborate metro stations as “the palaces for the people.” Built between 1937 and 1955, each station holds its own history and stories. Stalin had the idea of building beautiful underground spaces that the masses could enjoy. They would look like museums, art centers, concert halls, palaces and churches. Each would have a different theme. None would be alike.

The two-hour private tour was with a former Intourist tour guide named Maria. Maria lived in Moscow all her life and through the communist era of 60s to 90s. She has been a tour guide for more than 30 years. Being in her 60s, she moved rather quickly for her age. We traveled and crammed with Maria and other Muscovites on the metro to visit 10 different metro stations.

Arrow showing the direction of metro line 1 and 2

Arrow showing the direction of metro line 1 and 2

Moscow subways are very clean

Moscow subways are very clean

To Maria, every street, metro and building told a story. I couldn’t keep up with her stories. I don’t remember most of what she said because I was just thrilled being in Moscow.   Added to that, she spilled out so many Russian words and names, which to one who can’t read Cyrillic, sounded so foreign and could be easily forgotten.

The metro tour was the first part of our all day tour of Moscow with Maria. Here are the stations we visited:

1. Komsomolskaya Metro Station  is the most beautiful of them all. Painted yellow and decorated with chandeliers, gold leaves and semi precious stones, the station looks like a stately museum. And possibly decorated like a palace. I saw Komsomolskaya first, before the rest of the stations upon arrival in Moscow by train from St. Petersburg.

2. Revolution Square Metro Station (Ploshchad Revolyutsii) has marble arches and 72 bronze sculptures designed by Alexey Dushkin. The marble arches are flanked by the bronze sculptures. If you look closely you will see passersby touching the bronze dog's nose. Legend has it that good luck comes to those who touch the dog's nose.

Touch the dog's nose for good luck. At the Revolution Square station

Touch the dog's nose for good luck. At the Revolution Square station

Revolution Square Metro Station

Revolution Square Metro Station

3. Arbatskaya Metro Station served as a shelter during the Soviet-era. It is one of the largest and the deepest metro stations in Moscow.

Arbatskaya Metro Station

Arbatskaya Metro Station

4. Biblioteka Imeni Lenina Metro Station was built in 1935 and named after the Russian State Library. It is located near the library and has a big mosaic portrait of Lenin and yellow ceramic tiles on the track walls.

Biblioteka Imeni Lenina Metro Station

Lenin's portrait at the Biblioteka Imeni Lenina Metro Station

IMG_5767

5. Kievskaya Metro Station was one of the first to be completed in Moscow. Named after the capital city of Ukraine by Kiev-born, Nikita Khruschev, Stalin's successor.

IMG_5859

Kievskaya Metro Station

6. Novoslobodskaya Metro Station  was built in 1952. It has 32 stained glass murals with brass borders.

Screen Shot 2015-04-01 at 5.17.53 PM

Novoslobodskaya metro station

7. Kurskaya Metro Station was one of the first few to be built in Moscow in 1938. It has ceiling panels and artwork showing Soviet leadership, Soviet lifestyle and political power. It has a dome with patriotic slogans decorated with red stars representing the Soviet's World War II Hall of Fame. Kurskaya Metro Station is a must-visit station in Moscow.

tent in travel

Ceiling panel and artworks at Kurskaya Metro Station

IMG_5826

8. Mayakovskaya Metro Station built in 1938. It was named after Russian poet Vladmir Mayakovsky. This is one of the most beautiful metro stations in the world with 34 mosaics painted by Alexander Deyneka.

Mayakovskaya station

Mayakovskaya station

Mayakovskaya metro station

One of the over 30 ceiling mosaics in Mayakovskaya metro station

9. Belorusskaya Metro Station is named after the people of Belarus. In the picture below, there are statues of 3 members of the Partisan Resistance in Belarus during World War II. The statues were sculpted by Sergei Orlov, S. Rabinovich and I. Slonim.

IMG_5893

10. Teatralnaya Metro Station (Theatre Metro Station) is located near the Bolshoi Theatre.

Teatralnaya Metro Station decorated with porcelain figures .

Teatralnaya Metro Station decorated with porcelain figures .

Taking the metro's escalator at the end of the tour with Maria the tour guide.

Taking the metro's escalator at the end of the tour with Maria the tour guide.

Have you visited the Moscow Metro? Leave your comment below.

' src=

January 15, 2017 at 8:17 am

An excellent read! Thanks for much for sharing the Russian metro system with us. We're heading to Moscow in April and exploring the metro stations were on our list and after reading your post, I'm even more excited to go visit them. Thanks again 🙂

' src=

December 6, 2017 at 10:45 pm

Hi, do you remember which tour company you contacted for this tour?

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Please go to the Instagram Feed settings page to create a feed.

IMAGES

  1. Best Camping Tents of 2019

    tent in travel

  2. The 10 Best Tents for Hiking and Camping

    tent in travel

  3. 20 Beautiful Tent Views Photos Will Inspire You to Go Camping Hiking

    tent in travel

  4. Best Backpacking Tents of 2019

    tent in travel

  5. Desert-Fox-3-4-Person-Dome-Automatic-Tent-Easy-Instant-Setup-Protable

    tent in travel

  6. 10 Best Extra Large Family Camping Tents

    tent in travel

VIDEO

  1. Travel the world with our roof top tents

  2. Roof Top Tent Testing in Camping 01 #rooftoptents #hardshellrooftoptent #rooftoptentmanufacturer

  3. Roof Top Tent Testing in Camping 02 #rooftoptentlife #rooftoptents

  4. OVER NIGHT TENT CAMPING ON A HILLTOP

  5. From Concept to Reality: Inside Look at Lydarz Inflatable Tent Production. #airtent

  6. Best Travel Portable Tent ⛺ House #camping #beachtent #diy #camp #campingtable #outdoorcomfort #camp

COMMENTS

  1. The 9 Best Tents of 2024, Tested and Reviewed

    With a feathery 3.3 pound minimal weight, the Nemo Dagger Osmo 2-person Tent will appease even the most arduous backpacker. A 31.3-square-foot interior and a peak height of 42 inches provide ample ...

  2. 5 Best Travel Tents of 2024 (Buyer's Guide)

    Quick Answer: Best Backpacking Tents for 2024. Overall Best Tent for Backpacking -> MSR Hubba Hubba. Best One Man Tent -> REI Co-op Trailmade 1 Tent. Best 3 Person Tent -> MSR Hubba Hubba. Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent -> Nemo Hornet. Best Hammock Tent -> Lawson Blue Ridge Hammock Tent. Best Bivvy Style Tent -> Crua Hybrid.

  3. Best Camping Tents of 2024

    Best Overall Camping Tent 1. The North Face Wawona 6 ($500) Floor area: 86.1 sq. ft. Peak height: 80 in. Capacities: 4P, 6P, 8P Weight: 20 lb. 15 oz. What we like: Open interior and massive vestibule at a good value. What we don't: Time-consuming to set up, partial-coverage rainfly, and mesh door is draft-prone. The North Face can be hit or miss in the camping market, but they have a winner ...

  4. The 11 Best Camping Tents of 2022, According to Reviews

    Best Backpacking Tent: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Tent. Best Canopy Tent for Camping: CLAM Quick-Set Escape Screen Tent. Best Dome Tent for Camping: Alpha Camp 3 Person Backpacking Camping Tent ...

  5. The 7 Best Camping Tents of 2024

    The 7 Best Camping Tents of 2024. We tested the best car camping tents from Marmot, The North Face, REI, MSR, and more to help you fully enjoy your time in the great outdoors. By Rob Gaedtke and Jason Wanlass. Wednesday February 7, 2024.

  6. 10 Best Tents of 2024

    The ease with which it can go from travel mode to camping mode and back again is mind-blowingly quick, and the process is almost as simple as lifting the hatchback on the back of your car. The initial rooftop install is nearly as easy. The tent doesn't require assembly; lift the entire box onto your roof rack and tighten the bolts.

  7. 10 Best Camping Tents of 2024, Tested & Reviewed

    Best camping tent overall: REI Skyward 4 ($374) Jump to Review. High-quality & durable tent for two: Mountain Hardwear Mineral King 3 ($375) Jump to Review. Best luxury camping tent: REI Wonderland 4 ($499) Jump to Review. Best bang for your buck: Kelty Wireless 6 ($280) Jump to Review.

  8. Best Backpacking Tents of 2024

    Best Overall Backpacking Tent 1. Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ($550) Category: All-around Packaged weight: 3 lb. 2 oz. Floor dimensions: 88 x 52/42 in. Capacities: 1P, 2P, 2+P, 3P, 3+P What we like: Best-in-class combination of low weight, generous interior space, and ease of setup. What we don't: Pricey and thin materials require extra care. For a backpacking tent that deftly balances ...

  9. 10 Best Backpacking Tents of 2024

    Best backpacking tent overall: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ($530) Jump to Review. Best ultralight backpacking tent: Zpacks Duplex ($669) Jump to Review. Best budget tent for backpacking & car camping: REI Half Dome SL 2+ ($349) Jump to Review. Best semi-freestanding tent: Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ($450)

  10. The 6 Best Camping Tents for 2024

    Easy to set up and pack away, the Mineral King 3 is a lightweight, two-door tent with a generous footprint and a sturdy dome shape. It's the perfect choice for three-season multipurpose camping ...

  11. The Best Camping Tents of 2024

    Expensive. Ryan Baker. The MSR Habitude 6 ($600-700) is a strong contender for best overall camping tent, bringing a slate of smart front-country features to the table and a built-tough ...

  12. 5 Best Camping Tents in 2024, Tested by Experts

    While we haven't tested this specific model in the Textiles Lab, Big Agnes tents were a top performer in previous camping tent tests, standing out for superior workmanship and easy setup ...

  13. 11 Best Outdoor Tents for Camping and Backpacking

    e.l.f. Cosmetics Glow Reviver Tinted Lip Oil. Nike Air Max 90. On Cloud X 3. We found the best outdoor tents according to wilderness experts and guides, including the best one-person and two ...

  14. The 25 best camping tents, according to tent experts

    REI Co-op Wonderland 4. REI. If you're looking for lots of ventilation without sacrificing protection from the rain, this tent is a great option. Even with the rain fly on, you'll feel airflow ...

  15. Best Camping & Backpacking Tents in 2024 (Buying Guide)

    Paria Bryce Ultralight Tent. With a weight of only 2lbs, 15 oz., the Bryce Ultralight Tent is a great one-person option. The tent comes fully-featured with two-way inner and outer zippers, a rainfly, three stuff sacks, mesh pockets, a back ventilation system, a pole repair splint, taped seams, and waterproofing.

  16. Travel with a Tent: Why Every Backpacker Should Check out of the Hostel

    The Best Tents for Travel. When picking out a tent, there are a few factors to take into consideration. The ideal tent for travel will be: Lightweight-You'll be carrying it everywhere you go so the lighter the better. Ultralight tents are expensive but you'll be happy with the reduced weight on your back.

  17. Planning the Perfect Tent Camping Road Trip

    A tent camping road trip is a great (and affordable!) way to see the country! Check out our tips on how to make the most of your trip! ... Led Lantern - 10000mAh 8inch Rechargeable Battery Operated Tent Fan with Light and Hanging Hook for Outdoor Camping Tent RV Travel Fishing Hurricane Emergency Power Outage. $39.99. Solar Generator.

  18. Glamping Is the Best Way to Experience the Outdoors in Style

    Size: Glamping tents range in size from a 6x6-foot square (traditional camping tent) to a 16-foot diameter circle (a large bell tent). Most are big enough to fit a few twin-sized mattresses, at ...

  19. 7 Best Camping Tent Brands In India 2024 • Travelothon

    AmazonBasics Tent for Camping. Credit: Amazon. This AmazonBasics four-person tent is ideal for weekend car camping or short backpacking treks, and it is suitable for both novice and experienced campers. The four-person tent is 9 by 7 feet and has a 59-inch central height for plenty of room to roam around.

  20. No heat in Elektrostal city of Moscow region since middile December

    Ukrainian military had 64 combat engagements with Russian forces near Synkivka of Kharkiv region, south to Terny and Vesele of Donetsk region, Klischiyivka and Andriyivka of Donetsk region, near Novobakhmutivka, Avdiyivka, Syeverne, Pervomayske and Nevelske of Donetsk region, Heorhiyivka, Pobyeda and Novomykhaylivka of Donetsk region, Staromayorske of Donetsk region, at the east bank of Dnipro ...

  21. Moscow Metro

    Ihere is something special about seeing art and beauty while hundreds of feet underground. The metro in Moscow is breathtakingly beautiful, don't you think?

  22. 40 Facts About Elektrostal

    Lanette Mayes. Elektrostal is a vibrant city located in the Moscow Oblast region of Russia. With a rich history, stunning architecture, and a thriving community, Elektrostal is a city that has much to offer. Whether you are a history buff, nature enthusiast, or simply curious about different cultures, Elektrostal is sure to captivate you.

  23. Touring the Top 10 Moscow Metro Stations

    6. Novoslobodskaya Metro Station was built in 1952. It has 32 stained glass murals with brass borders. Novoslobodskaya metro station. 7. Kurskaya Metro Station was one of the first few to be built in Moscow in 1938. It has ceiling panels and artwork showing Soviet leadership, Soviet lifestyle and political power.